CA2324648A1 - Luciferases, fluorescent proteins, nucleic acids encoding the luciferases and fluorescent proteins and the use thereof in diagnostics, high throughput screening and novelty items - Google Patents

Abstract

Isolated and purified nucleic acid molecules that encode a luciferase from Renilla mulleri, Gaussia and Pleuromamma, and the proteins encoded thereby are provided. Isolated and purified nucleic acids encoding green fluorescent proteins from the genus Renilla and Ptilosarcus, and the green fluorescent proteins encoded thereby are also provided. Compositions and combinations comprising the green fluorescent proteins and/or the luciferase are further provided.

Description

LUCIFERASES, FLUORESCENT PROTEINS, NUCLEIC ACIDS ENCODING THE
LUCIFERASES AND FLUORESCENT PROTEINS AND THE USE THEREOF IN
DIAGNOSTICS. HIGH THROUGHPUT SCREENING AND NOVELTY ITEMS
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority to U.S. provisional application Serial No.
60/102,939, filed October 1, 1998, to Bruce Bryan and Christopher Szent-Gyorgyi, entitled "LUCIFERASES, FLUORESCENT PROTEINS, NUCLEIC ACIDS
ENCODING THE LUCIFERASES AND FLUORESCENT PROTEINS AND THE USE
THEREOF IN DIAGNOSTICS, HIGH THROUGHPUT SCREENING AND NOVELTY
ITEMS". Priority is also claimed to U.S. provisional application Serial No.
60!089,367, filed June 15, 1998, to Bruce Bryan and Christopher Szent-Gyorgyi, entitled "GAUSSIA LUCIFERASE, NUCLEIC ACIDS ENCODING THE
LUCIFERASE ANO METHODS USING THE LUCIFERASE", and to U.S.
provisional application Serial No. 60!079,624, filed March 27, 1998, to Bruce Bryan and Christopher Szent-Gyorgyi, entitled "RENILLA GREEN FLUORESCENT
PROTEIN COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS." For U.S. purposes, benefit of priority to each of these applications is claimed under 35 U.S.C. ~ 1 19ie).
This application is also related to subject matter in U.S. application Serial No. 08!757,046, filed November 25, 1996, to Bruce Bryan entitled "BIOLUMINESCENT NOVELTY ITEMS", now U.S. Patent No. 5,876,995, issued March 2, 1999, and in U.S. application Serial No. 08/597,274, filed February 6, 7 996, to Bruce Bryan, entitled "BIOLUMINESCENT NOVELTY ITEMS". This application is also related to U.S. application Serial No. 08!908,909, filed August 8, 1997, to Bruce Bryan entitled "DETECTION AND VISUALIZATION OF
NEOPLASTIC TISSUE AND OTHER TISSUES". The application is also related to U.S. application Serial No. 08!990,103, filed December 12, 1997, to Bruce Bryan entitled "APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR DETECTING AND
IDENTIFYING INFECTIOUS AGENTS".
The subject matter of each of the, above noted U.S. applications and provisional applications is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to isolated and purified nucleic acids and encoded proteins from the genera Renilla, Gaussia, Philocarpus and Pleuromamma. More particularly, nucleic acids encoding luciferase and fluorescent proteins from species of these genera are provided.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Luminescence is a phenomenon in which energy is specifically channeled to a molecule to produce an excited state, Return to a lower energy state is accompanied by release of a photon (hy). Luminescence includes fluorescence, phosphorescence, chemiluminescence and bioluminescence. Bioluminescence is the process by which living organisms emit light that is visible to other organisms. Luminescence may be represented as follows:
A + BMX' + Y
X' -~ X + hv, where X' is an electronically excited molecule and by represents light emission upon return of X' to a lower energy state. Where the luminescence is bioluminescence, creation of the excited state derives from an enzyme catalyzed reaction. The color of the emitted light in a bioluminescent (or chemiluminescent or other luminescent) reaction is characteristic of the excited molecule, and is independent from its source of excitation and temperature.
An essential condition for bioluminescence is the use of molecular oxy-gen, either bound or free in the presence of a luciferase. Luciferases, are oxygenases, that act on a substrate, luciferin, in the presence of molecular oxygen and transform the substrate to an excited state. Upon return to a lower energy level, energy is released in the form of light Ifor reviews see, e.,g_, McElroy et al. (1966) in Molecular Architecture in Cell Physiology, Hayashi et al., eds., Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ, pp. 63-80; Ward et al., Chapter 7 in Chemi-and Bioluminescence, Burr, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc. NY, pp.321-358; Hastings, J. W. in (1995) Cell Physiology: Source Book, N.
Sperelakis led.), Academic Press, pp 665-681; Luminescence, Narcosis and Life in the Deep Sea, Johnson, Vantage Press, NY, see, esp. pp. 50-56].

Though rare overall, bioluminescence is more common in marine organisms than in terrestrial organisms. Bioluminescence has developed from as many as thirty evolutionarily distinct origins and, thus, is manifested in a variety of ways so that the biochemical and physiological mechanisms responsible for bioluminescence in different organisms are distinct. Bioluminescent species span many genera and include microscopic organisms, such as bacteria [primarily marine bacteria including Yibrio species), fungi, algae and dinoflagellates, to marine organisms, including arthropods, mollusks, echinoderms, and chordates, and terrestrial organism including annelid worms and insects.
Assays employing bioluminescence During the past twenty years, high-sensitivity biochemical assays used in research and in medicine have increasingly employed luminescence and fluorescence rather than radioisotopes. This change has been driven partly by the increasing expense of radioisotope disposal and partly by the need to find more rapid and convenient assay methods. More recently, the need to perform biochemical assays in situ in living cells and whole animals has driven researchers toward protein-based luminescence and fluorescence. The uses of firefly luciferase for ATP assays, aequorin and obelin as calcium reporters, Vargula luciferase as a neurophysiological indicator, and the Aequorea green fluorescent protein as a protein tracer and pH indicator show the potential of bioluminescence-based methods in research laboratories.
Bioluminescence is also beginning to directly impact medicine and biotechnology; for example, Aeguorea GFP is employed to mark cells in murine model systems and as a reporter in high throughput drug screening. Reniila luciferase is under development for use in diagnostic platforms.
Bioluminescence generating systems Bioluminescence, as well as other types of chemiluminescence, is used for quantitative determinations of specific substances in biology and medicine.
For example, luciferase genes have been cloned and exploited as reporter genes in numerous assays, for many purposes. Since the different luciferase systems have different specific requirements, they may be used to detect and quantify a WO 99149019 ~ PCT/US99/06698 variety of substances. The majority of commercial bioluminescence applications are based on firefly iPhotinus pyralis] luciferase. One of the first and still widely used assays involves the use of firefly luciferase to detect the presence of ATP.
It is also used to detect and quantify other substrates or co-factors in the reaction. Any reaction that produces or utilizes NAD(H1, NADP(H] or long chain aldehyde, either directly or indirectly, can be coupled to the light-emitting reaction of bacterial luciferase.
Another luciferase system that has been used commercially for analytical purposes is the Aequorin system. The purified jellyfish photoprotein, aequorin, is used to detect and quantify intracellular Caz+ and its changes under various experimental conditions. The Aeguorin photoprotein is relatively small [-20kDa], nontoxic, and can be injected into cells in quantities adequate to detect calcium over a large concentration range f3 X 10' to 10'° M].
Because of their analytical utility, luciferases and substrates have been studied and well-characterized and are commercially available fe-a., firefly luciferase is available from Sigma, St. Louis, MO, and Boehringer Mannheim Biochemicals,lndianapolis, IN; recombinantly produced firefly luciferase and other reagents based on this gene or for use with this protein are available from Promega Corporation, Madison, WI; the aequorin photoprotein luciferase from jellyfish and luciferase from Renilla are commercially available from Sealite Sciences, Bogart, GA; coelenterazine, the naturally-occurring substrate for these luciferases, is available from Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR]. These luciferases and related reagents are used as reagents for diagnostics, quality control, environmental testing and other such analyses.
Because of the utility of luciferases as reagents in analytical systems and the potential for use in high throughput screening systems, there is a need to identify and isolated a variety of luciferases that have improved or different spectral properties compared to those presently available. For all these reasons, it would be advantageous to have luciferases from a variety of species, such as Gaussia and various Renilla species available.

Fluorescent Proteins Reporter genes, when co-transfected into recipient cells with a gene of interest, provide a means to detect transfection and other events. Among reporter genes are those that encode fluorescent proteins. The bioluminescence generating systems described herein are among those used as reporter genes. To increase the sensitivity bioluminescence generating systems have been combined with fluorescent compounds and proteins, such as naturally fluorescent phycobiliproteins. Also of interest are the fluorescent proteins that are present in a variety of marine invertebrates, such as the green and blue fluorescent proteins, particularly the green fluorescent protein (GFP) of Aequorea victoria.
The green fluorescent proteins (GFP) constitute a class of chromoproteins found only among certain bioluminescent coelenterates. These accessory proteins are fluorescent and function as the ultimate bioluminescence emitter in these organisms by accepting energy from enzyme-bound, excited-state oxyluciferin (e~4., see Ward et al. (1979) J. Biol. Chem. 254:781-788;
Ward et al. (1978) Photochem. Photobiol. 27:389-396; Ward et al. (1982) Biochemistry 21:4535-4540).
The best characterized GFPs are those isolated from the jellyfish species Aequorea, particularly Aequorea victoria (A. victoria) and Aequorea forsk~lea (Ward et al. (1982) 8iochemistrv 21:4535-4540; Prendergast et al. (19781 Biochemistry 17:3448-3453). Purified A. victoria GFP is a monomeric protein of about 27 Kda that absorbs blue light with excitation wavelength maximum of 395 nm, with a minor peak at 470 nm, and emits green fluorescence with an emission wavelength of about 510 nm and a minor peak near 540 nm (Ward ei al. (1979) Photochem. Photobiol. Rev 4:1-57). This GFP has certain limitations. The excitation maximum of the wildtype GFP is not within the range of wavelengths of standard fluorescein detection optics.
The detection of green fluorescence does not require any exogenous substrates or co-factors. Instead, the high level of fluorescence results from the intrinsic chromophore of the protein. The chromophore includes modified amino acid residues within the polypeptide chain. For example, the fluorescent WO 99/49019 PCTlUS99106698 chromophore of A, victoria GFP is encoded by the hexapeptide sequence, FSYGVQ, encompassing amino acid residues 64-69. The chromophore is formed by the intramolecular cyclization of the polypeptide backbone at residues Ser65 and GIy67 and the oxidation of the a-,8 bond of residue Tyr66 (e.~., see Cody et al. (1993) Biochemistry 32:1212-1218; Shimomura (1978) FEES
Letters 104:220-222; Ward et al. (1989) Photochem. Photobiol. 49:625). The emission spectrum of the isolated chromophore and the denatured protein at neutral Ph do not match the spectrum of the native protein, suggesting that chramophore formation occurs post-translationally (e.~Lc ., see Cody et al.
(1993) Biochemistry 32:1212-1218).
In addition, the crystal structure of purified A, victoria GFP has been determined (e-4., see Ormo (1996) Science 273:1392-1395). The predominant structural features of the protein are an 11-stranded ,B barrel that forms a nearly perfect cylinder wrapping around a single central a-helix, which contains the modified p-hydroxybenzylideneimadaxolidinone chromophore. The chromophore is centrally located within the barrel structure and is completely shielded fram exposure to bulk solvent.
DNA encoding an isotype of A. victoria GFP has been isolated and its nucleotide sequence has been determined (e-a., see Prasher ( 1992) Gene 1 11:229-233). The A. victoria CDNA contains a 714 nucleotide open reading frame that encodes a 238 amino acid polypeptide of a calculated M~ of 26,888 Da. Recombinantly expressed A. victoria GFPs retain their ability to fluoresce in vivo in a wide variety organisms, including bacteria (e.g_, see Chalfie et al.
(1994) Science 263:802-805; Miller et al. (1997) Gene 191:149-153), yeast and fungi (Fey et al. (1995) Gene 165:127-130; Straight et al. (1996) Curr.
Biol. 6:1599-1608; Cormack et al. (1997) Microbiologv 143:303-311 ), Drosophila (e~. ,.-, see Wang et al. (1994) Nature 369:400-403; Plautz (1996) Gene 173:83-87), plants (Heinlein et al. (1995); Casper et al. (1996) Gene 173:69-73), fish (Amsterdam et a!. (1995) ), and mammals (Ikawa et al.
(1995). Aequorea GFP vectors and isolated Aequorea GFP proteins have been WO 99/49019 PC'F/US99/06698 _7-used as markers for measuring gene expression, cell migration and localization, microtubule formation and assembly of functional ion channels (e.~c ., see Terry et al. (1995) Biochem. Bioahys. Res. Commun. 217:21-27; Kain et al. (1995) Biotechniaues 19:650-655).The A. victoria GFP, however, is not ideal for use in analytical and diagnostic processes. Consequently GFP mutants have been selected with the hope of identifying mutants that have single excitation spectral peaks shifted to the red.
In fact a stated purpose in constructing such mutants has been to attempt to make the A. victoria GFP more like the GFP from Renilla, which has thus far not been cloned, but which has properties that make it far more ideal for use as an analytical tool. For many practical applications, the spectrum of Renilla GFP would be preferable to that of the Aequorea GFP, because wavelength discrimination between different fluorophores and detection of resonance energy transfer are easier if the component spectra are tall and narrow rather than low and broad [see, U.S. Patent No. 5,625,048).
Furthermore, the longer wavelength excitation peak (475 nm) of Renilla GFP is almost ideal for fluorescein filter sets and is resistant to photobleaching, but has lower amplitude than the shorter wavelength peak at 395 nm, which is more susceptible to photobleaching (Chalfie et al. ( 1994) Science 263:802-805 1.
There exists a phylogenetically diverse and largely unexplored repertoire of bioluminescent proteins that are a reservoir for future development. Many of these, such as nucleic acid encoding Renilla GFPs have not, despite concentrated efforts to do so.
For these reasons, it would be desirable to have a variety of new luciferases and fluorescent proteins, particularly, Renilla GFP available rather than use muteins of A. victoria GFP. It has, not, however, been possible to clone the gene encoding any Renilla GFPs. It would also be desirable to have a variety of GFPs and luciferases available in order to optimize systems for particular applications and to improve upon existing methods. Therefore, it is an object herein to provide isolated nucleic acids encoding heretofore unavailable luciferases and the protein encoded thereby. It is also an object herein to provide isolated nucleic acids encoding Renilla GFPs, GFPs from other _g_ species, and luciferases from a variety of species, and the proteins encoded thereby. It is also an object herein to provide bioluminescence generating systems that include the luciferases, luciferins, and also include GFPs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Isolated nucleic acids that encode fluorescent proteins and nucleic acids that encode luciferases are provided. Nucleic acid molecules encoding GFPs from Renilla and from Ptiiosarcus are provided.
Nucleic acid molecules that encode the Renilla mulleri luciferase, a Gaussia species luciferase and a Pleuromamma species luciferase are provided. Nucleic acid probes derived therefrom are also provided. Functionally equivalent nucleic acids, such as those that hybridize under conditions of high stringency to the disclosed molecules, are also contemplated.
Host cells, including bacterial, yeast and mammalian host cells, and plasmids for expression of the nucleic acids encoding each luciferase and GFP
and combinations of luciferases and GFPs are also provided in these hosts are also provided. The genes can be modified by substitution of codons optimized for expression in selected host cells or hosts, such as humans and other mammals, or can be rnutagenized to alter the emission properties.
Luciferases Recombinant host cells, including bacterial, yeast and mammalian cells, containing heteroiogous nucleic acid encoding a Renilla mulleri luciferase and the nucleic acid are provided. In preferred embodiments, the heterologous nucleic acid encodes the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEa ID No. 1$.
In more preferred embodiments, the heterologous nucleic acid encodes the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEO, ID No. 17. Also provided are functionally equivalent nucleic acids, such as nucleic acid molecules that hybridize under moderate or high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEa !D No. 17, particularly when using the probes provided herein.
Isolated nucleic acids that encode luciferases from Gaussia are provided herein. In particular, nucleic acid fragments that encode Gaussia princeps luciferase, and nucleic acid probes derived therefrom are provided. In a particular embodiment, the fuciferase is encoded by the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 19. Also provided are nucleic acid molecules that hybridize under moderate or high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 19, particularly when using probes provided herein. Probes derived from this nucleic acid that can be used in methods provided herein to isolate luciferases from any Gaussia species are provided. In an exemplary embodiment, nucleic acid encoding Gaussia princeps luciferase is provided.
This nucleic acid encodes the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEQ ID No.
20.
Nucleic acids that encode Pleuromamma luciferase are provided. In particular, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Pleuromamma luciferase and the encoded luciferase are set forth in SEa ID Nos. 28 and 29, respectively.
Nucleic acid encoding a Pleuromamma luciferase has also been isolated.
Expression vectors that contain DNA encoding a Renilla mulleri, Gaussia or Pleuromamma luciferase linked in operational association with a promoter element that allows for the constitutive or inducible expression of the iuciferase are provided. In preferred embodiments, the vectors are capable of expressing the Renilla mulleri luciferase in a wide variety of host cells. Vectors for producing chimeric Renilla mulleri luciferase fusion proteins, preferably chimeric antibody-luciferase or acetylcholine esterase fusion proteins, containing a promoter element and a multiple cloning site located upstream or downstream of DNA encoding Renilla mulleri luciferase are also provided.
Recombinant cells containing heterologous nucleic acid encoding a Gaussia luciferase are also provided. Purified Gaussia iuciferases and compositions containing a Gaussia luciferase alone or in combination with at other components of a bioluminescence-generating system, such as a Renilla green fluorescent protein, are provided. The Gaussia luciferase can be used, for example, to provide fluorescent illumination of novelty items or used in methods of detecting and visualizing neoplastic tissue and other tissues, detecting infectious agents using immunoassays, such homogenous immunoassays and in vitro fluorescent-based screening assays using mufti-well assay devices, or provided in kits for carrying out any of the above-described methods. In particular, the Gaussia luciferase may be used in conjunction with suitable fluorescent proteins in assays provided herein.
Methods using the probes for the isolation and cloning of iuciferase-encoding DNA in Gaussia, Pleuromamma and other species are also provided.
In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes are degenerate probes of at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 16 to 30 nucleotides, that are based on amino acids set forth in SEQ. ID No. 19 and or the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 29.
Vectors containing DNA encoding a Gaussia luciferase or Pleuromamma luciferase are provided. In particular, expression vectors that contain DNA
encoding the luciferase linked in operational association with a promoter element that allows for the constitutive or inducible expression of iuciferase are provided. In preferred embodiments, the vectors are capable of expressing the luciferase in a wide variety of host cells. Vectors for producing chimeric luciferase fusion proteins (see, e-g., U.S. Patent No. 5,4fi4,745, which describes the use of protein binding domains; see SEQ ID Nos. 21 and 22, which set forth the sequences of a cellulose binding domain-luciferase fusion protein; and which are depicted in FIGS. 1 and 2) containing a promoter element and a multiple cloning site located upstream or downstream from DNA encoding Gaussia or Pleuromamma luciferase are also provided. In a particular embodiment, DNA encoding the luciferase is linked to DNA encoding the N-terminal portion of the cellulose binding domain (CBD~,p,; see, SEa ID Nos. 21 and 22) in a PET vector (Novagen; see, U.S. Patent Nos.5,719,044 and 5,738,984, 5,670,623 and 5,496,934 and the Novagen catalog; complete sequences of each PET vector are provided with purchase of the vector).
Fusions of the nucleic acid, particularly DNA, encoding a Gaussia or Pleuromamma luciferase with DNA encoding a GFP or phycobiliprotein are also provided herein. Also provided are fusions of Renilla luciferase and a Renilla GFP. In these fusions the luciferase and GFP encoding DNA can be contiguous or separated by a spacer peptide. The fusions are used to produce fusion proteins, which by virtue of the interaction between the luciferase and GFP
pair have a variety of unique analytical applications. The interaction is assessed by the emission spectrum of the luciferase-GFP protein pair in the presence of a luciferin and appropriate binding factors.
Recombinant host cells containing heterologous nucleic acid encoding a Gaussia or Pleuromamma luciferase are provided. in certain embodiments, the recombinant cells that contain the heterologous DNA encoding the luciferase are produced by transfection with DNA encoding a luciferase or by introduction of RNA transcripts of DNA encoding the protein. The DNA may be introduced as a linear DNA fragment or may be included in an expression vector for stable or transient expression of the encoding DNA.
The cells that express functional luciferase may be used alone or in conjunction with a bioluminescence-generating system, in cell-based assays and screening methods, such as those described herein. Presently preferred host cells for expressing the luciferase are bacteria, yeasts, fungi, plant cells, insect cells and animal cells.
Purified Gaussia, Pleuromamma and Renilla mulleri luciferases are provided. These luciferases are preferably obtained by expression of the nucleic acid provided herein in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells that contain the nucleic acid that encodes the luciferase protein; and isolation of the expressed protein.
Compositions containing the luciferases are provided. The compositions can take any of a number of forms, depending on the intended method of use therefor. in certain embodiments, for example, the compositions contain a Gaussia luciferase, Gaussia luciferase peptide or Gaussia luciferase fusion protein, formulated for use in luminescent novelty items, immunoassays, donors in FET (fluorescent energy transfer) assays, FRET (fluorescent resonance energy transfer) assays, HTRF (homogeneous time-resolved fluorescence) assays or used in conjunction with mufti-well assay devices containing integrated photodetectors, such as those described herein.
In more preferred embodiments, the bioluminescence-generating system includes, in addition to the luciferase a Renilla mulleri or Ptilosarcus GFP.
These compositions can be used in a variety of methods and systems, such as included in conjunction with diagnostic systems for the in vivo detection of neoplastic tissues and other tissues, such as those methods described herein.
Combinations containing a first composition containing a luciferase and a second composition containing one or more additional components of a bioiuminescence-generating system for use with articles of manufacture to produce novelty items are provided. These novelty items are designed for entertainment, recreation and amusement, and include, but are not limited to: toys, particularly squirt guns, toy cigarettes, toy "Halloween" eggs, footbags and board/card games; finger paints and other paints, slimy play material; textiles, particularly clothing, such as shirts, hats and sports gear suits, threads and yarns;
bubbles in bubble making toys and other toys that produce bubbles; balloons;
figurines;
personal items, such as cosmetics, bath powders, body lotions, gels, powders and creams, nail polishes, make-up, toothpastes and other dentifrices, soaps, body paints, and bubble bath; items such as inks, paper; foods, such as gelatins, icings and frostings; fish food containing luciferins and transgenic fish, particularly transgenic fish that express a luciferase; plant food containing a luciferin or fuciferase, preferably a luciferin for use with transgenic plants that express luciferase; and beverages, such as beer, wine, champagne, soft drinks, and ice cubes and ice in other configurations; fountains, including liquid "fireworks" and other such jets or sprays or aerosols of compositions that are solutions, mixtures, suspensions, powders, pastes, particles or other suitable form.
Any article of manufacture that can be combined with a bioluminescence-generating system as provided herein and thereby provide entertainment, recreation and/or amusement, including use of the items for recreation or to attract attention, such as for advertising goods andlor services that are associated with a logo or trademark is contemplated herein. Such uses may be in addition to or in conjunction with or in place of the ordinary or normal use of such items. As a result of the combination, the items glow or produce, such as in the case of squirt guns and fountains, a glowing fluid or spray of liquid or particles. The novelty in the novelty item derives from its bioluminescence.

WO 99149019 PC'T/US99106698 G FPS
Isolated nucleic acids that encode GFPs from Renilla are provided herein.
Also provided are isolated and purified nucleic acids that encode a component of the bioluminescence generating system and a green fluorescent protein (GFP) of a member of the genus Renilla, and the proteins encoded thereby are provided. In particular, nucleic acid fragments that encode Renilla green fluorescent protein (GFPs) and the Renilla mulleri luciferase, and nucleic acid probes derived therefrom are provided.
Nucleic acid molecules encoding Renilla GFP are provided. In particular, nucleic acid molecules encoding a Renilla GFP that includes the coding portion of the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15 or that hybridizes under moderate or high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15, particularly when using probes provided herein, are provided.
Probes derived from this nucleic acid that can be used in methods provided herein to isolated GFPs from any Renilla species. In an exemplary embodiment, nucleic acid encoding Renilla mulleri GFP is provided. This nucleic acid encodes the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEa ID No. 16.
Nucleic acid probes can be labeled, which if needed, for detection, containing at least about 14, preferably at least about 16, or, if desired, 20 or 30 or more, contiguous nucleotides of sequence of nucleotides encoding a Renilla GFP, particularly Renilla mulleri. In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes for the Renilla GFP are selected from the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15.
Methods using the probes for the isolation and cloning of GFP-encoding DNA in Renilla and other species are also provided. In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes are degenerate probes based upon the conserved regions between the Renilla species of GFP as set forth in Figure 3. Such degenerate probes contain at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 16 to 30 nucleotides, that are based on amino acids 51 to 68, 82 to 98 and 198 to 208 set forth in SEQ ID No. 16, amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 24, amino acids 9-20 set forth in SEQ ID No. 25 and amino acids 39-53 set forth in SEQ ID No. 27. In other preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes encoding the above-described preferred amino acid regions are selected among the sequence of nucleotides encoding these regions as set forth in SEQ ID NO.
15. Alternatively, nucleic acids, particularly those set forth in SEa ID No.

that encode the noted regions may be used as primers for PCR amplification of libraries of a selected RenilJa species, whereby DNA comprising that encodes a Renilla GFP is isolated.
Nucleic acids that encode a Ptilosarcus GFP are set forth in SEa ID Nos.
30 and 31; the encoded GFP is set forth in SEQ ID No. 32. Also provided are nucleic acid molecules that hybridize under moderate or high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID Nos. 28, 30 and 31.
Vectors containing DNA encoding a Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP are provided. In particular, expression vectors that contain DNA encoding a Renilla or Piilosarcus GFP linked in operational association with a promoter element that allows for the constitutive or inducible expression of Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP are provided. Native Renilla GFP has been expressed.
The vectors are capable of expressing the Renilla GFP in a wide variety of host cells. Vectors for producing chimeric Renilla GFP fusion proteins containing a promoter element and a multiple cloning site located upstream or downstream of DNA encoding Renilla GFP are also provided.
Recombinant cells containing heterologous nucleic acid encoding a Ptilosarcus GFP, Renilla GFP, Renilla mulleri luciferase, Gaussia luciferase, and Pleuromamma luciferase are also provided. Purified Renilla mulleri GFP, Renilla reniformis GFP peptides and compositions containing a Renilla GFPs and GFP
peptides alone or in combination with at least one component of a bioluminescence-generating system, such as a Renilla mulleri luciferase, are provided. The Renilla GFP and GFP peptide compositions can be used, for example, to provide fluorescent illumination of novelty items or used in methods of detecting and visualizing neoplastic tissue and other tissues, detecting infectious agents using immunoassays, such homogenous immunoassays and in vitro fluorescent-based screening assays using multi-well assay devices, or provided in kits for carrying out any of the above-described methods. In particular, these proteins may be used in FP (fluorescence polarization]
assays, FET [fluorescent energy transfer) assays, FRET [fluorescent resonance energy transfer] assays and HTRF [homogeneous time-resolved fluorescence] assays and also in the BRET assays and sensors provided herein.
Non-radioactive energy transfer reactions, such as FET or FRET, FP and HTRF assays, are homogeneous luminescence assays based on energy transfer are carried out between a donor luminescent label and an acceptor label (see, e.a., Cardullo et al. (19881 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:8790-8794;
Peerce et al. (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 83:8092-8096; U.S. Patent No.

4,777,128; U.S. Patent No. 5,162,508; U.S. Patent No. 4,927,923; U.S.
Patent No. 5,279,943; and International PCT Application No. WO 92/01225].
Non-radioactive energy transfer reactions using GFPs have been developed [see, International PCT application Nos. WO 98/02571 and WO 97/28261 ]. Non-radioactive energy transfer reactions using GFPs and luciferases, such as a luciferase and its cognate GFP (or multimers thereof), such as in a fusion protein, are contemplated herein.
Nucleic acids that exhibit substantial sequence identity with the nucleic acids provided herein are also contemplated. These are nucleic acids that can be produced by substituting codons that encode conservative amino acids and also nucleic acids that exhibit at least about 80%, preferably 90 or 95%
sequence identity. Sequence identity refers to identity as determined using standard programs with default gap penalties and other defaults as provided by the manufacturer thereof.
The nucleic acids provide an opportunity to produce luciferases and GFPs, which have advantageous application in all areas in which luciferase/luciferins and GFPs have application. The nucleic acids can be used to obtain and produce GFPs and GFPs from other, particularly Renilla species using the probes described herein that correspond to conserved regions (see, e.g., Figure 31. These GFPs have advantageous application in all areas in which GFPs and/or luciferase/luciferins have application. For example, The GFP's provide a means to amplify the output signal of bioluminescence generating systems.
Renilla GFP has a single excitation absorbance peak in blue light (and around 498 nm) and a predominantly single emission peak around 510 nm (with a small shoulder near 540). This spectra provides a means for it to absorb blue light and efficiently convert it to green light. This results in an amplification of the output. When used in conjunction with a bioluminescence generating system that yields blue light, such as Aequorea or Renilla or Vargula (Cypridina), the output signal for any application, including diagnostic applications, is amplified.
In addition, this green light can serve as an energy donor in fluorescence-based assays, such as fluorescence polarization assays, FET (fluorescent energy transfer] assays, FRET [fluorescent resonance energy transfer] assays and HTRF
f homogeneous time-resolved fluorescence] assays. Particular assays, herein referred to as BRET [bioluminescence resonance energy transfer assays in which energy is transferred from a bioluminescence reaction of a luciferase to a fluorescent protein], are provided.
Non-radioactive energy transfer reactions, such as FET or FRET, FP and HTRF assays, are homogeneous luminescence assays based on energy transfer that are carried out between a donor luminescent label and an acceptor label [see, e.~, Carduilo et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. $5:8790-8794;
Peerce et al. (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 83:8092-8096; U.S. Patent No. 4,777,128; U.S. Patent No. 5,162,508; U.S. Patent No. 4,927,923; U.S.
Patent No. 5,279,943; and International PCT Application No. WO 92/01225].
Non-radioactive energy transfer reactions using GFPs have been developed (see, International PCT application Nos. WO 98/02571 and WO 97!28261 ].
Mutagenesis of the GFPs is contemplated herein, particularly mutagenesis that results in modified GFPs that have red-shifted excitation and emission spectra. The resulting systems have higher output compared to the unmutagenized forms. These GFPs may be selected by random mutagenesis and selection for GFPs with altered spectra or by selected mutagenesis of the chromophore region of the GFP.
Recombinant host cells containing heterologous nucleic acid encoding a Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP are also provided. In certain embodiments, the recombinant cells that contain the heterologous DNA encoding the Renilla or Ptiiosarcus GFP are produced by transfection with DNA encoding a Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP or by introduction of RNA transcripts of DNA encoding a Renilla .17_ or Ptilosarcus protein. The DNA may be introduced as a linear DNA fragment or may be included in an expression vector for stable or transient expression of the encoding DNA.
In certain embodiments, the cells contain DNA or RNA encoding a Renilla mulleri GFP or a Ptilosarcus GFP (particularly from a species other than P.
gurneyrl also express the recombinant Renilla mulleri GFP or Ptilosarcus polypeptide. It is preferred that the cells are selected to express functional GFPs that retain the ability to fluorescence and that are not toxic to the host cell. In some embodiments, cells may also include heterologous nucleic acid encoding a component of a bioluminescence-generating system, preferably a photoprotein or luciferase. In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid encoding the bioluminescence-generating system component is isolated from the species Aequorea, Vargula, Pleuromamma, Ptilosarcus or Renilla. In more preferred embodiments, the bioluminescence-generating system component is a Renilla mulleri luciferase including the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No.

or the Pleuromamma luciferase set forth in SEa ID No. 28, or the Gaussia luciferase set forth in SEQ ID No. 19.
The GFPs provided herein may be used in combination with any suitable bioluminescence generating system, but is preferably used in combination with a Renilla or Aequorea, Pleuromamma or Gaussia luciferase.
Purified Renilla GFPs, particularly Renilla mulleri GFP, and purified Renilla reniformis GFP peptides are provided. Presently preferred Renilla GFP for use in the compositions herein is Renilla mulleri GFP including the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEa 1D No. 16. Presently preferred Renilla reniformis GFP
peptides are those containing the GFP peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in SEQ ID Nos 19-23.
The Renilla GFP, GFP peptides and luciferase can be isolated from natural sources or isolated from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell transfected with nucleic acid that encodes the Renilla GFP and/or luciferase protein.
Fusions of the nucleic acid, particularly DNA, encoding Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP with DNA encoding a luciferase are also provided herein.

The cells that express functional fuciferase andlor GFP, which may be used alone or in conjunction with a bioluminescence-generating system, in cell-based assays and screening methods, such as those described herein.
Presently preferred host cells for expressing GFP and luciferase are bacteria, yeasts, fungi, plant cells, insect cells and animal cells.
The luciferases and GFPs or cells that express them also may be used in methods of screening for bacterial contamination and methods of screening for metal contaminants. To screen for bacterial contamination, bacterial cells that express the luciferase and/or GFP are put in autoclaves or in other areas in which testing is contemplated. After treatment or use of the area, the area is tested for the presence of glowing bacteria. Presence of such bacteria is indicative of a failure to eradicate other bacteria. Screening for heavy metals and other environmental contaminants can also be performed with cells that contain the nucleic acids provided herein, if expression is linked to a system that is dependent upon the particular heavy metal or contaminant.
The systems and cells provided herein can be used for high throughout screening protocols, intracellular assays, medical diagnostic assays, environmental testing, such as tracing bacteria in water supplies, in conjunction with enzymes for detecting heavy metals, in spores for testing autoclaves in hospital, foods and industrial autoclaves. Non-pathogenic bacteria containing the systems can be included in feed to animals to detect bacterial contamination in animal products and in meats.
Compositions containing a Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP are provided. The compositions can take any of a number of forms, depending on the intended method of use therefor. in certain embodiments, for example, the compositions contain a Renilla GFP or GFP peptide, preferably Renilla mulleri GFP or Renilla reniformis GFP peptide, formulated for use in luminescent novelty items, immunoassays, FET [fluorescent energy transfer) assays, FRET f fluorescent resonance energy transfer) assays, HTRF [homogeneous time-resolved fluorescence] assays or used in conjunction with multi-well assay devices containing integrated photodetectors, such as those described herein. In other instances, the GFPs are used in beverages, foods or cosmetics.

Compositions that contain a Renilla mulleri GFP or GFP peptide and at least one component of a bioluminescence-generating system, preferably a tuciferase, luciferin or a luciferase and a luciferin, are provided. In preferred embodiments, the luciferasehuciferin bioluminescence- generating system is selected from those isolated from: an insect system, a coelenterate system, a ctenophore system, a bacterial system, a mollusk system, a crustacea system, a fish system, an annelid system, and an earthworm system. Bioluminescence-generating systems include those isolated from Renilla, Aequorea, and Vargula, Gaussia and Pleuromamma.
Combinations containing a first composition containing a Renilla mulleri GFP or Ptilosarcus GFP or mixtures thereof and a second composition containing a bioluminescence- generating system for use with inanimate articles of manufacture to produce novelty items are provided. These novelty items, which are articles of manufacture, are designed for entertainment, recreation and amusement, and include, but are not limited to: toys, particularly squirt guns, toy cigarettes, toy "Halloween" eggs, footbags and boardicard games;
finger paints and other paints, slimy play material; textiles, particularly ctothing, such as shirts, hats and sports gear suits, threads and yarns; bubbles in bubble making toys and other toys that produce bubbles; balloons; figurines; personal items, such as bath powders, body lotions, gels, powders and creams, nail polishes, cosmetics including make-up, toothpastes and other dentifrices, soaps, cosmetics, body paints, and bubble bath, bubbles made from non-detergent sources, particularly proteins such as albumin and other non-toxic proteins;
in fishing lures, particularly crosslinked polyacrylamide containing a fluorescent protein and/or components of a bioluminescence generating system, which glow upon contact with water; items such as inks, paper; foods, such as gelatins, icings and frostings; fish food containing luciferins and transgenic fish, particularly transgenic fish that express a luciferase; plant food containing a luciferin or luciferase, preferably a luciferin for use with transgenic plants that express luciferase; and beverages, such as beer, wine, champagne, soft drinks, and ice cubes and ice in other configurations; fountains, including liquid "fireworks" and other such jets or sprays or aerosols of compositions that are solutions, mixtures, suspensions, powders, pastes, particles or other suitable form.
Any article of manufacture that can be combined with a bioluminescence-generating system as provided herein and thereby provide entertainment, recreation andlor amusement, including use of the items for recreation or to attract attention, such as for advertising goods and/or services that are associated with a logo or trademark is contemplated herein. Such uses may be in addition to or in conjunction with or in place of the ordinary or normal use of such items. As a result of the combination, the items glow or produce, such as in the case of squirt guns and fountains, a glowing fluid or spray of liquid or particles.
Methods for diagnosis and visualization of tissues in vivo or in situ using compositions containing a Renilla mulleri GFP and/or a Renilla mulleri fuciferase or others of the luciferases andlor GFPs provided herein are provided. For example, the Renilla mulleri GFP protein can be used in conjunction with diagnostic systems that rely on bioluminescence for visualizing tissues in situ.
The systems are particularly useful for visualizing and detecting neoplastic tissue and specialty tissue, such as during non-invasive and invasive procedures. The systems include compositions containing conjugates that include a tissue specific, particularly a tumor-specific, targeting agent linked to a targeted agent, a Renilla mulleri GFP, a luciferase or luciferin. The systems also include a second composition that contains the remaining components of a bioluminescence generating reaction andlor the Renilla mulleri GFP. In some embodiments, all components, except for activators, which are provided in situ or are present in the body or tissue, are included in a single composition.
Methods for diagnosis and visualization of tissues in vivo or in situ using compositions containing a Gaussia iuciferase are provided. For example, the Gaussia luciferase or Gaussia luciferase peptide can be used in conjunction with diagnostic systems that rely on bioluminescence for visualizing tissues in situ.
The systems are particularly useful for visualizing and detecting neoplastic tissue and specialty tissue, such as during non-invasive and invasive procedures. The systems include compositions containing conjugates that WO 99/49019 PC'T/US99/06698 include a tissue specific, particularly a tumor-specific, targeting agent linked to a targeted agent, a Gaussia luciferase, a GFP or luciferin. The systems also include a second composition that contains the remaining components of a bioluminescence generating reaction andlor the Gaussia luciferase. In some embodiments, all components, except for activators, which are provided in situ or are present in the body or tissue, are included in a single composition.
In particular, the diagnostic systems include two compositions. A first composition that contains conjugates that, in preferred embodiments, include antibodies directed against tumor antigens conjugated to a component of the bioluminescence generating reaction, a fuciferase or luciferin, preferably a luciferase are provided. In certain embodiments, conjugates containing tumor-specific targeting agents are linked to luciferases or luciferins. In other embodiments, tumor-specific targeting agents are linked to microcarriers that are coupled with, preferably more than one of the bioluminescence generating components, preferably more than one luciferase molecule.
The second composition contains the remaining components of a bioluminescence generating system, typically the luciferin or luciferase substrate. In some embodiments, these components, particularly the luciferin ace linked to a protein, such as a serum albumin, or other protein carrier.
The carrier and time release formulations, permit systemically administered components to travel to the targeted tissue without interaction with blood cell components, such as hemoglobin that deactivates the luciferin or iuciferase..
Methods for diagnosing diseases, particularly infectious diseases, using chip methodotogy (see, e-g., copending U.S. application Serial No. 08/990,103) a tuciferase/luciferin bioluminescence-generating system and a Renilla mulleri or Ptilosarcus GFP are provided. In particular, the chip includes an integrated photodetector that detects the photons emitted by the bioluminescence-generating system, particularly using luciferase encoded by the nucleic acids provided herein andlor Renilla mulleri or Ptiiosarcus GFP.
In one embodiment, the chip is made using an integrated circuit with an array, such as an X-Y array, of photodetectors. The surface of circuit is treated to render it inert to conditions of the diagnostic assays for which the chip is intended, and is adapted, such as by derivatization for linking molecules, such as antibodies. A selected antibody or panel of antibodies, such as an antibody specific for a bacterial antigen, is affixed to the surface of the chip above each photodetector. After contacting the chip with a test sample, the chip is contacted with a second antibody linked to a Renilla or Pleuromamm GFP, a chimeric antibody-Renilla GFP fusion protein or an antibody linked to a component of a bioluminescence generating system, such as a luciferase or luciferin, that are specific for the antigen. The remaining components of the bioluminescence generating reaction are added, and, if any of the antibodies linked to a component of a bioluminescence generating system are present on the chip, light will be generated and detected by the adjacent photodetector.
The photodetector is operatively linked to a computer, which is programmed with information identifying the linked antibodies, records the event, and thereby identifies antigens present in the test sample.
Methods for generating chimeric GFP fusion proteins are provided. The methods include linking DNA encoding a gene of interest, or portion thereof, to DNA encoding a GFP coding region in the same translationaf reading frame. The encoded-protein of interest may be linked in-frame to the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the GFP. The DNA encoding the chimeric protein is then linked in operable association with a promoter element of a suitable expression vector.
Alternatively, the promoter element can be obtained directly from the targeted gene of interest and the promoter-containing fragment linked upstream of the GFP coding sequence to produce chimeric GFP proteins.
Methods for identifying compounds using recombinant cells that express heterologous DNA encoding a GFP under the control of a promoter element of a gene of interest are provided. The recombinant cells can be used to identify novel compounds or ligands that modulate the level of transcription from the promoter of interest by measuring GFP-mediated fluorescence. Recombinant cells expressing the chimeric Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFPs may also be used for monitoring gene expression or protein trafficking, or determining the cellular localization of the target protein by identifying localized regions of GFP-mediated fluorescence within the recombinant cell.

Other assays using the GFPs and/or luciferases are contemplated herein.
Any assay or diagnostic method known used by those of skill in the art that employ Aequora GFPs and/or other luciferases are contemplated herein.
Kits containing the GFPs for use in the methods, including those described herein, are provided. In one embodiment, the kits containing an article of manufacture and appropriate reagents for generating bioluminescence are provided. The kits containing such soap compositions, with preferably a moderate Ph (between 5 and 8] and bioluminescence generating reagents, including luciferase and luciferin and the GFP are provided herein. These kits, for example, can be used with a bubble-blowing or producing toy. These kits can also include a reloading or charging cartridge or can be used in connection with a food.
In another embodiment, the kits are used for detecting and visualizing neoplastic tissue and other tissues and include a first composition that contains the GFP and at least one component of a bioluminescence generating system, and a second that contains the activating composition, which contains the remaining components of the bioluminescence generating system and any necessary activating agents.
Thus, these kits will typically include two compositions, a first composition containing the GFP formulated for systemic administration (or in some embodiments local or topical application), and a second composition containing the components or remaining components of a bioluminescence generating system, formulated for systemic, topical or local administration depending upon the application. Instructions for administration will be included.
In other embodiments, the kits are used for detecting and identifying diseases, particularly infectious diseases, using multi-well assay devices and include a multi-well assay device containing a plurality of wells, each having an integrated photodetector, to which an antibody or panel of antibodies specific for one or more infectious agents are attached, and composition containing a secondary antibody, such as an antibody specific for the infectious agent that is linked to a Renilla mulleri or Ptilosarcus GFP protein, a chimeric antibody-Re»illa mulleri (or Ptilosarcus) GFP fusion protein or F(Ab)2 antibody fragment-Renilla WO 99/49019 PCfIUS99i06698 mulleri GFP fusion protein. A second composition containing a bioluminescence generating system that emits a wavelength of light within the excitation range of the Renilla mulleri GFP, such as species of Renilla or Aequorea, for exciting the Renilla mulleri, which produces green light that is detected by the photodetector of the device to indicate the presence of the agent.
As noted above, fusions of nucleic acid encoding the luciferases and or GFPs provided herein with other luciferases and GFPs are provided. Of particular interest are fusions that encode pairs of luciferases and GFPs, such as a Renilla luciferase and a Renilla GFP (or a homodimer or other multiple of a Renilla GFPI. The luciferase and GFP bind and in the presence of a luciferin will produced fluraescence that is red shifted compared to the luciferase in the absence of the GFP. This fusion or fusions in which the GFP and luciferase are linked via a target, such as a peptide, can be used as a tool to assess anything that interacts with the linker.
Muteins of the GFPs and luciferases are provided. Of particular interest are muteins, such as temperature sensivitive muteins, of the GFP and luciferases that alter their interaction, such as mutations in the Renilla luciferase and Renilla GFP that alters their interaction at a critical temperature.
Antibodies, polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to any of the proteins encoded by the nucleic acids provided herein are also provided. These antibodies, monoclonal or polyclonal, can be prepared employing standard techniques, known to those of skill in the art. In particular, immunoglobulins or antibodies obtained from the serum of an animal immunized with a substantially pure preparation of a luciferase or GFP provided herein or an or epitope-containing fragment thereof are provided. Monoclonal antibodies are also provided. The immunoglobulins that are produced have, among other properties, the ability to specifically and preferentially bind to and/or cause the immunoprecipitation of a GFP or luciferase, particularly a Renilla or Ptsilocarpus GFP or a Pleuromamma, Gaussia or Renilla mulleri luciferase, that may be present in a biological sample or a solution derived from such a biological sample.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
FIGURE 1 depicts the components of the commercially available PET-34 vector iEK is enterokinase).
FIGURE 2 shows a portion of the vector with the inserted Gaussia-encoding luciferase.
FIGURE 3 displays an alignment of the deduced amino acid sequence of Renilla mulleri green fluorescent protein and the amino acid sequence of isolated Renilla reniformis GFP peptides obtained by proteolytic digestion of purified Renilla reniformis GFP. Positions in the amino acid sequence of direct identity are marked by the solid vertical lines (1) between the two Renilla species.
FIGURE 4 shows the fluorescence emission and excitation spectrum for the Renilla mulleri GFP, with a peak emission at 50fi nm..
FIGURE 5 shows the fluorescence emission and excitation spectrum for the Ptilosarcus GFP, with a peak emission at 508.
FIGURE 6 shows a photoemission as a function of salt and Ph for Pleuromamma luciferase.
FIGURE 7 depicts the components of a Renilla mulleri luciferase-GFP
fusion construct in pET-34; rbs: ribosome binding sequence; CDS: coding domain sequence; CBD: the cellulose binding domain; thrombin: thrombin cleavage site; EK: enterokinase cleavage site; S Tag: the RNase-S-peptide tag;
and LIC: ligation independent cloning site.
FIGURE 8 shows a photoemission as a function of salt and pH for a Gaussia luciferase.
FIGURE 9 shows a photoemission spectrum for a Gaussia luciferase.
FIGURE 10 shows a photoemission spectrum for a Pleuromamma luciferase.
FIGURE 1 1 illustrates the underlying principle of Bioluminescent Resonance Energy Transfer (BRET) and its use as sensor: A) in isolation, a luciferase, preferably an anthozoan luciferase, emits blue light from the coelenterazine-derived chromophore; B) in isolation, a GFP, preferably an anthozoan GFP that binds to the luciferase, that is excited with blue-green light emits green light from its integral peptide based flurophore; C) when the WO 99149019 PCT/US99i06698 luciferase and GFp associate as a complex in vivo or in vitro, the luciferase non-radiatively transfers its reaction energy to the GFP flurophore, which then emits the green light; D) any molecular interaction that disrupts the luciferase-GFP
complex can be quantitatively monitored by observing the spectral shift from green to blue light.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. DEFINITIONS

B. BIOLUMINESCENT GENERATING SYSTEMS

1. Exemp lary bioluminescence generating systems a. General description (1 ) Luciferases (2) Luciferins (3) Activators 14) Reactions b. Ctenophore systems ( 1 ) The aequorin system (a) Aequorin and related photoproteins (b) Luciferin (2) The Reniila system c. Crustacean, particularly Cyrpidina systems i ) Vargula luciferase (a) Purification from Cypridina (b) Preparation by Recombinant Methods (2) Vargula luciferin (3) Reaction d. Insect bioluminescent systems including fireflies, click beetles, and other insect system ( 1 ) Luciferase (2) Luciferin (3) Reaction e. Bacterial systems (1) Luciferases (2) Luciferins (3) Reactions f. Other systems (1) Dinoflageilate bioluminescence generating systems (2) Systems from molluscs, such as Latia and Pholas (3) Earthworms and other annelids (4) Glow worms (6) Marine polycheate worm systems (6) South American railway beetle (7) Fish g. Fluorescent proteins (1 ) Green and blue fluorescent proteins (2) Phycobiliproteins C. ISOLATION
AND IDENTIFICATION
OF NUCLEIC
ACIDS ENCODING

LUCIFERASES

ISOLATION
AND IDENTIFICATION
OF NUCLEIC
ACID ENCODING
Gaussia LUCIFERASE

1. Isolation of specimens of the genus Gaussia 2. Preparation of Gaussia cDNA expression libraries 3. Isolation and identification of DNA encoding Gaussia iuciferase ISOLATION
AND IDENTIFICATION
OF NUCLEIC
ACID ENCODING
Renilla PROTEINS

1. Isolation of specimens of the genus Renilla 2. Preparation of Renilla cDNA expression libraries e. RNA isolation and cDNA synthesis b. Construction of cONA expression libraries 3. Isolation and identification of DNA encoding Renilla GFP
4. Isolation and identification of DNA encoding Renilla luciferase D. NUCLEIC ACID PROBES AND METHODS FOR ISOLATING AND CLONING LUCIFERASE-and GFP-ENCODING NUCLEIC ACIDS FROM OTHER SPECIES
Gaussia NUCLEIC ACID PROBES AND METHODS FOR ISOLATING AND CLONING OF
GFP-ENCODING NUCLEIC ACIDS FROM OTHER SPECIES OF Renilla Other species E. RECOMBINANT EXPRESSION OF PROTEINS

Gaussia 1. DNA encoding Gaussia proteins 2. DNA constructs for recombinant production of Gaussia proteins 3. Host organisms for recombinant production of Gaussia proteins 4. Methods for recombinant production of Gaussia proteins Renilla 1. DNA encoding Renilla proteins 2. DNA constructs for recombinant production of Renilla proteins 3. Host organisms for recombinant production of Renilla proteins 4. Methods for recombinant production of Renilla proteins F. RECOMBINANT CELLS EXPRESSING HETEROLOGOUS NUCLEIC ACID
ENCODING A LUCIFERASES AND GFPs Gaussia RECOMBINANT CELLS EXPRESSING HETEROLOGOUS NUCLEIC ACID
ENCODING A Renilla GREEN FLUORESCENT PROTEIN AND/OR LUCIFERASE
G. Luciferases H. Renilla and Ptilosarcus GFPs I. COMPOSITIONS
1. Gaussia luciferase compositions 2. Renilla tuciferase compositions 3. Renilla GFP compositions 4. Conjugates a. Linkers b. Targeting Agents Anti-tumor Antigen Antibodies Preparation of the conjugates 5. Formulation of the compositions for use in the a. The first composition: formulation of the conjugates diagnostic systems b. The second composition c. Practice of the reactions in combination with targeting agents J. COMBINATIONS
K. METHODS OF USE
1. Methods for diagnosis of neoplasms and other tissues 2. Methods of diagnosing diseases WO 99!49019 PCT/US99/06b98 3. Methods for generating chimeric Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP, Renilla mulleri Iuciferase,PJeuromamma luciferase and Gaussia iuciferase fusion proteins 4. Cell-based assays for identifying compounds L. KITS
1. Dispensing and Packaging Apparatus for Combination with the GFP and Bioluminescent System Components 2. Capsules. pellets, liposomes, endosomes, vacuoles, micronized particles a. Encapsulating vehicles in general b. Encapsulating vehicles -liposomes c. Encapsulating vehicles -gelatin and polymeric vehicles d. Endosomes and vacuoles e. Micronized particles 3. Immobilized systems a. Matrix materials b. Immobilization and activation M. Bioluminescence Resonance Energy Transfer (BRET) System N. EXAMPLES
A. DEFINITIONS
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs. All patents and publications of referred to herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
As used herein, chemiluminescence refers to a chemical reaction in which energy is specifically channeled to a molecule causing it to become electronically excited and subsequently to release a photon thereby emitting visible light. Temperature does not contribute to this channeled energy. Thus, chemiluminescence involves the direct conversion of chemical energy to light energy.
As used herein, luminescence refers to the detectable EM radiation, generally, UV, IR or visible EM radiation that is produced when the excited product of an exergic chemical process reverts to its ground state with the emission of light. Chemiluminescence is luminescence that results from a chemical reaction. Bioluminescence is chemiluminescence that results from a chemical reaction using biological molecules for synthetic versions or analogs thereof] as substrates andior enzymes.
As used herein, bioluminescence, which is a type of chemiluminescence, refers to the emission of light by biological molecules, particularly proteins. The essential condition for bioluminescence is molecular oxygen, either bound or free in the presence of an oxygenase, a luciferase, vvhich acts on a substrate, a luciferin. Biotuminescence is generated by an enzyme or other protein [luciferase] that is an oxygenase that acts on a substrate luciferin [a bioluminescence substrate] in the presence of molecular oxygen and transforms the substrate to an excited state, which upon return to a lower energy level releases the energy in the form of light.
As used herein, the substrates and enzymes for producing bioluminescence are generically referred to as luciferin and iuciferase, respectively. When reference is made to a particular species thereof, for clarity, each generic term is used with the name of the organism from which it derives, for example, bacterial luciferin or firefly luciferase.
As used herein, luciferase refers to oxygenases that catalyze a light emitting reaction. For instance, bacterial luciferases catalyze the oxidation of flavin mononucleotide [FMN] and aliphatic aldehydes, which reaction produces light. Another class of luciferases, found among marine arthropods, catalyzes the oxidation of Cypridina [Vargula] luciferin, and another class of luciferases catalyzes the oxidation of Coleoptera iuciferin.
Thus, luciferase refers to an enzyme or photoprotein that catalyzes a bioluminescent reaction [a reaction that produces bioluminescencel. The luciferases, such as firefly and Gaussia and Renilla luciferases, that are enzymes which act catalytically and are unchanged during the bioluminescence generating reaction. The luciferase photoproteins, such as the aequorin photoprotein to which luciferin is non-covalently bound, are changed, such as by release of the luciferin, during bioluminescence generating reaction. The luciferase is a protein that occurs naturally in an organism or a variant or mutant thereof, such as a variant produced by mutagenesis that has one or more properties, such as thermal stability, that differ from the naturally-occurring protein. Luciferases and modified mutant or variant forms thereof are well known. For purposes herein, reference to luciferase refers to either the photoproteins or luciferases.
Thus, reference, for example, to "Gaussia luciferase" means an enzyme isolated from member of the genus Gaussia or an equivalent molecule obtained from any other source, such as from another related copepod, or that has been prepared synthetically. It is intended to encompass Gaussia luciferases with conservative amino acid substitutions that do not substantially alter activity. Suitable conservative substitutions of amino acids are known to those of skill in this art and may be made generally without altering the biological activity of the resulting molecule. Those of skill in this art recognize that, in general, single amino acid substitutions in non-essential regions of a polypeptide do not substantially alter biological activity (see, e-4., Watson et al. Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Edition, 1987, The Bejacmin/Cummings Pub. co., p.224).
"Renilla GFP" refers to GFPs from the genus Renilla and to mutants or variants thereof. It is intended to encompass Renilla GFPs with conservative amino acid substitutions that do not substantially alter activity.
Such substitutions are preferably made in accordance with those set forth in TABLE 1 as follows:

Original residue Conservative substitution Ale (A) Gly; Ser Arg (R) Lys Asn (N) Gln; His Cys (C) Ser Gln (Q) Asn Glu (E) Asp Gly (G) Ala; Pro His (H) Asn; Gln Ile (I) Leu; Val Leu (L) Ile; Val Lys (K) Arg; Gln; Glu Met (M) Leu; Tyr; Ife Phe (F) Met; Leu; Tyr Ser (S) Thr Thr (T) Ser Original residue Conservative substitution Trp (W) TYr Tyr tY) Trp; Phe Val (V) Ile; Leu Other substitutions are also permissible and may be determined empirically or in accord with known conservative substitutions.
The luciferases and luciferin and activators thereof are referred to as bioluminescence generating reagents or components. Typically, a subset of these reagents wil! be provided or combined with an article of manufacture.
Bioluminescence will be produced upon contacting the combination with the remaining reagents. Thus, as used herein, the component luciferases, luciferins, and other factors, such as OZ, Mg2*, Ca~* are also referred to as bioluminescence generating reagents [or agents or componentsl.
As used herein, bioluminescence substrate refers to the compound that is oxidized in the presence of a luciferase, and any necessary activators, and generates light. These substrates are referred to as luciferins herein, are substrates that undergo oxidation in a bioluminescence reaction. These bioluminescence substrates include any luciferin or analog thereof or any synthetic compound with which a luciferase interacts to generate light.
Preferred substrates are those that are oxidized in the presence of a luciferase or protein in a light-generating reaction. Bioluminescence substrates, thus, include those compounds that those of skill in the art recognize as luciferins.
Luciferins, for example, include firefly luciferin, Cypridina [also known as Vargula] luciferin [coefenterazine], bacterial luciferin, as well as synthetic analogs of these substrates or other compounds- that are oxidized in the presence of a luciferase in a reaction the produces bioluminescence.
As used herein, capable of conversion into a bioluminescence substrate means susceptible to chemical reaction, such as oxidation or reduction, that yields a bioluminescence substrate. For example, the luminescence producing reaction of bioluminescent bacteria involves the reduction of a flavin mononucleotide group (FMNf to reduced flavin mononucleotide (FMNHZ) by a flavin reductase enzyme. The reduced flavin mononucleotide [substrate) then reacts with oxygen fan activator] and bacterial luciferase to form an intermediate peroxy flavin that undergoes further reaction, in the presence of a long-chain aldehyde, to generate light. With respect to this reaction, the reduced flavin and the long chain aldehyde are substrates.
As used herein, a bioluminescence generating system refers to the set of reagents required to conduct a bioluminescent reaction. Thus, the specific luciferase, luciferin and other substrates, solvents and other reagents that may be required to complete a bioluminescent reaction form a bioluminescence system. Thus a bioluminescence generating system refers to any set of reagents that, under appropriate reaction conditions, yield bioluminescence.
Appropriate reaction conditions refers to the conditions necessary for a bioluminescence reaction to occur, such as pH, salt concentrations and temperature. In general, bioluminescence systems include a bioluminescence substrate, luciferin, a luciferase, which includes enzymes luciferases and photoproteins, and one or more activators. A specific bioluminescence system may be identified by reference to the specific organism from which the luciferase derives; for example, the Vargula (also called Cypridina]
bioluminescence system (or Vargula system) includes a Vargula luciferase, such as a luciferase isolated from the ostracod, Vargula or produced using recombinant means or modifications of these luciferases. This system would also include the particular activators necessary to complete the bioluminescence reaction, such as oxygen and a substrate with which the luciferase reacts in the presence of the oxygen to produce light.
The luciferases provided herein may be incorporated into bioluminescence generating systems and used, as appropriate, with the GFPs provided herein or with other GFPs. Similarly, the GFPs provided herein may be used with known bioluminescence generating systems.
As used herein, the amino acids, which occur in the various amino acid sequences appearing herein, are identified according to their well-known, three-letter or one-letter abbreviations. The nucleotides, which occur in the various DNA fragments, are designated with the standard single-letter designations used routinely in the art.

As used herein, a fluorescent protein refers to a protein that possesses the ability to fluoresce (i.e., to absorb energy at one wavelength and emit it at another wavelength). These proteins can be used as a fluorescent label or marker and in any applications in which such labels would be used, such as immunoassays, CRET, FRET, and FET assays, and in the assays designated herein as BRET assays. For example, a green fluorescent protein refers to a polypeptide that has a peak in the emission spectrum at about 510 nm.
As used herein, tbee term BRET (Bioluminescence Resonance Energy Transfer) refers to non-radiative luciferase-to-FP energy transfer. It differs from (Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer), which historically has been used for energy transfer between chemical fluors, but more recently has been applied to energy transfer between Aequorea GFP spectral variants.
As used herein, a BRET system refers the combination of a FP
and luciferase for resonance energy transfer and and BRET refers to any method in which the luciferase is used to generate the light upon reaction with a luciferin which is then non-radiatively transferred to a FP. The energy is transferred to a FP, particularly a GFP, which focuses and shifts the energy and emits it at a different wavelength. In preferred embodiments, the BRET sytem includes a bioluminescence generating system and a GFP from the same source as the luciferase in the system. A preferred pair is a Renilla luciferase and a Renilla GFP, which specifically interact. Alterations in the binding will be reflected in changes in the emission spectra of fight produced by the luciferase.
As a result the pair can function as a sensor of external events.
As used herein, a biosensor (or sensor) refers to a BRET system for use to detect alterations in the environment in vitro or in vivo in which the BRET
system is used.
As used herein, "not strictly cataiytically" means that the photoprotein acts as a catalyst to promote the oxidation of the substrate, but it is changed in the reaction, since the bound substrate is oxidized and bound molecular oxygen is used in the reaction. Such photoproteins are regenerated by addition of the substrate and molecular oxygen under appropriate conditions known to those of skill in this art.

As used herein, a nucleic acid probe is single-stranded DNA or RNA that has a sequence of nucleotides that includes at least 14 contiguous bases, preferably at least 16 contiguous bases, typically about 30, that are the same as (or the complement of) any 14 yr more contiguous bases set forth in any of SEQ ID No., particularly SEQ ID Nos 15, 19, 21, 28, 30, 31 and also nucleic acid that encodes any of the peptides in SEQ ID Nos. 23-27. Among the preferred regions from which to construct probes include 5' andior 3' coding sequences, sequences predicted to encode regions that are conserved among Renilla species. Probes from regions conserved among Renilla species GFPs 'i0 are for isolating GFP-encoding nucleic acid from Renilla libraries.
In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes are degenerate probes of at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 16 to 30 nucleotides, that are based on amino acids 51 to 68, 82 to 98 and 198 to 208 set forth in SEa ID No. 16, amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 24, amino acids 9-20 set forth in SEQ 10 No. 25 and amino acids 39-53 set forth in SEa ID No. 27. In other preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes encoding the above-described preferred amino acid regions are selected among the sequence of nucleotides encoding these regions set forth in SEQ ID NO. 15.
In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes are degenerate probes of at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 16 to 30 nucleotides, that are based on amino acids set forth in SEQ ID No. 20. In other preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes encoding the above-described preferred amino acid regions are selected among the sequence of nucleotides encoding these regions set forth in SEa ID NO. 19.
As used herein, vector for plasmid) refers to discrete elements that are used to introduce heteroiogous DNA into cells for either expression or replication thereof. Selection and use of such vehicles are well within the skill of the artisan. An expression vector includes vectors capable of expressing DNAs that are operatively linked with regulatory sequences, such as promoter regions, that are capable of effecting expression of such DNA fragments. Thus, an expression vector refers to a recombinant DNA or RNA construct, such as a plasmid, a phage, recombinant virus or other vector that, upon introduction into an appropriate host cell, results in expression of the cloned DNA. Appropriate expression vectors are well known to those of skill in the art and include those that are replicabie in eukaryotic cells and/or prokaryotic cells and those that remain episomal or those which integrate into the host cell genome. Presently preferred plasmids for expression of Gaussia luciferase, Renilla GFP and luciferase are those that are expressed in bacteria and yeast, such as those described herein.
As used herein, a promoter region or promoter element refers to a segment of DNA or RNA that controls transcription of the DNA or RNA to which it is operatively linked. The promoter region includes specific sequences that are sufficient for RNA Qolymerase recognition, binding and transcription initiation. This portion of the promoter region is referred to as the promoter. In addition, the promoter region includes sequences that modulate this recognition, binding and transcription initiation activity of RNA polymerase. These sequences may be cis acting or may be responsive to traps acting factors.
Promoters, depending upon the nature of the regulation, may be constitutive or regulated. Exemplary promoters contemplated for use in prokaryotes include the bacteriophage T7 and T3 promoters, and the like.
As used herein, operatively linked or operationally associated refers to the functional relationship of DNA with regulatory and effector sequences of nucleotides, such as promoters, enhancers, transcriptional and translational stop sites, and other signal sequences. For example, operative linkage of DNA to a promoter refers to the physical and functional relationship between the DNA
and the promoter such that the transcription of such DNA is initiated from the promoter by an RNA polymerase that specifically recognizes, binds to and transcribes the DNA. In order to optimize expression and/or in vitro transcription, it may be necessary to remove, add or alter 5' untranslated portions of the clones to eliminate extra, potential inappropriate alternative translation initiation (i.e., start) codons or other sequences that may interfere with or reduce expression, either at the level of transcription or translation.
Alternatively, consensus ribosome binding sites (see, e-a., Kozak (1991 ) J.
Bioi.
Chem. 266:19867-19870) can be inserted immediately 5' of the start codon and may enhance expression. The desirability of f or need for) such modification may be empirically determined.
As used herein, to target a targeted agent, such as a luciferase, means to direct it to a cell that expresses a selected receptor or other cell surface protein by linking the agent to a such agent. Upon binding to or interaction with the receptor or cell surface protein the targeted agent, can be reacted with an appropriate substrate and activating agents, whereby bioluminescent light is produced and the tumorous tissue or cells distinguished from non-tumorous tissue.
As used herein, an effective amount of a compound for treating a particular disease is an amount that is sufficient to ameliorate, or in some manner reduce the symptoms associated with the disease. Such amount may be administered as a single dosage or may be administered according to a regimen, whereby it is effective. The amount may cure the disease but, 7 5 typically, is administered in order to ameliorate the symptoms of the disease.
Repeated administration may be required to achieve the desired amelioration of symptoms.
As used herein, an effective amount of a conjugate for diagnosing a disease is an amount that will result in a detectable tissue. The tissues are detected by visualization either without aid from a detector more sensitive than the human eye, or with the use of a light source to excite any fluorescent products.
As used herein, visualizable means detectable by eye, particularly during surgery under normal surgical conditions, or, if necessary, slightly dimmed light.
As used herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters or other derivatives of the conjugates include any salts, esters or derivatives that may be readily prepared by those of skill in this art using known methods for such derivatization and that produce compounds that may be administered to animals or humans without substantial toxic effects and that either are pharmaceutically active or are prodrugs.
As used herein, treatment means any manner in which the symptoms of a conditions, disorder or disease are ameliorated or otherwise beneficially altered. Treatment also encompasses any pharmaceutical use of the compositions herein.
As used herein, amelioration of the symptoms of a particular disorder by administration of a particular pharmaceutical composition refers to any lessening, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with administration of the composition.
As used herein, substantially pure means sufficiently homogeneous to appear free of readily detectable impurities as determined by standard methods of analysis, such as thin layer chromatography (TLC), gel electrophoresis and high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), used by those of skill in the art to assess such purity, or sufficiently pure such that further purification would not detectably alter the physical and chemical properties, such as enzymatic and biological activities, of the substance. Methods for purification of the compounds to produce substantially chemically pure compounds are known to those of skill in the art. A substantially chemically pure compound may, however, be a mixture of stereoisomers or isomers. In such instances, further purification might increase the specific activity of the compound.
As used herein, a prodrug is a compound that, upon in vivo administration, is metabolized or otherwise converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. To produce a prodrug, the pharmaceutically active compound is modified such that the active compound will be regenerated by metabolic processes. The prodrug may be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug. By virtue of knowledge of pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, those of skill in this art, once a pharmaceutically active compound is known, can design prodrugs of the compound (see, e-g., Nogrady (1985) Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392).
As used herein, biological activity refers to the in vivo activities of a compound or physiological responses that result upon in vivo administration of a compound, composition or other mixture. Biological activity, thus, encompasses therapeutic effects and pharmaceutical activity of such compounds, compositions and mixtures. Biological activities may be observed in in vitro systems designed to test or use such activities. Thus, for purposes herein the biological activity of a luciferase is its oxygenase activity whereby, upon oxidation of a substrate, light is produced.
As used herein, targeting agent refers to an agent that specifically or preferentially targets a linked targeted agent, a luciferin or luciferase, to a neoplastic cell or tissue.
As used herein, tumor antigen refers to a cell surface protein expressed or located on the surface of tumor cells.
As used herein, neoplastic cells include any type of transformed or altered cell that exhibits characteristics typical of transformed cells, such as a lack of contact inhibition and the acquisition of tumor-specific antigens.
Such cells include, but are not limited to leukemic cells and cells derived from a tumor.
As used herein, neoplastic disease is any disease in which neoplastic cells are present in the individual afflicted with the disease. Such diseases include, any disease qharacterized as cancer.
As used herein, metastatic tumors refers to tumors that are not localized in one site.
As used herein, specialty tissue refers to non-tumorous tissue for which information regarding location is desired. Such tissues include, for example, endometriotic tissue, ectopic pregnancies, tissues associated with certain disorders and myopathies or pathologies.
As used herein, a receptor refers to a molecule that has an affinity for a given ligand. Receptors may be naturally-occurring or synthetic molecules.
Receptors may also be referred to in the art as anti-ligands. As used herein, the receptor and anti-ligand are interchangeable. Receptors can be used in their unaltered state or as aggregates with other species. Receptors may be attached, covalently or noncovalently, or in physical contact with, to a binding member, either directly or indirectly via a specific binding substance or linker.
Examples of receptors, include, but are not limited to: antibodies, cell membrane receptors surface receptors and internalizing receptors, monoclonal antibodies and antisera reactive with specific antigenic determinants [such as on viruses, cells, or other materials], drugs, polynucleotides, nucleic acids, peptides, cofactors, lectins, sugars, polysaccharides, cells, cellular membranes, and organelles.
Examples of receptors and applications using such receptors, include but are not restricted to:
a) enzymes: specific transport proteins or enzymes essential to survival of microorganisms, which could serve as targets far antibiotic [ligandl selection;
b) antibodies: identification of a ligand-binding site on the antibody molecule that combines with the epitope of an antigen of interest may be investigated; determination of a sequence that mimics an antigenic epitope may lead to the development of vaccines of which the immunogen is based on one or more of such sequences or lead to the development of related diagnostic agents or compounds useful in therapeutic treatments such as for auto-immune diseases c) nucleic acids: identification of ligand, such as protein or RNA, binding sites;
d) catalytic polypeptides: polymers, preferably polypeptides, that are capable of promoting a chemical reaction involving the conversion of one or more reactants to one or more products; such polypeptides generally include a binding site specific for at least one reactant or reaction intermediate and an active functionality proximate to the binding site, in which the functionality is capable of chemically modifying the bound reactant [see, e.--1-c ., U.S.
Patent No.
5,215,899];
e) hormone receptors: determination of the ligands that bind with high affinity to a receptor is useful in the development of hormone replacement therapies; for example, identification of ligands that bind to such receptors may lead to the development of drugs to control blood pressure; and f) opiate receptors: determination of ligands that bind to the opiate receptors in the brain is useful in the development of less-addictive replacements for morphine and related drugs.

WO 99/49019 PCTlUS99/06698 As used herein; antibody includes antibody fragments, such as Fab fragments, which are composed of a light chain and the variable region of a heavy chain.
As used herein, an antibody conjugate refers to a conjugate in which the targeting agent is an antibody.
As used herein, antibody activation refers to the process whereby activated antibodies are produced. Antibodies are activated upon reaction with a linker, such as heterobifunctional reagent.
As used herein, a surgical viewing refers to any procedure in which an opening is made in the body of an animal. Such procedures include traditional surgeries and diagnostic procedures, such as laparoscopies and arthroscopic procedures.
As used herein, humanized antibodies refer to antibodies that are modified to include "human" sequences of amino acids so that administration to a human will not provoke an immune response. Methods for preparation of such antibodies are known. For example, the hybridoma that expresses the monoclonal antibody is altered by recombinant DNA techniques to express an antibody in which the amino acid composition of the non-variable regions is based on human antibodies. Computer programs have been designed to identify such regions.
As used herein, ATP, AMP, NAD + and NADH refer to adenosine triphosphate, adenosine monophosphate, nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (oxidized form) and nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide ireduced form), respectively.
As used herein, production by recombinant means by using recombinant DNA methods means the use of the well known methods of molecular biology for expressing proteins encoded by cloned DNA.
As used herein, substantially identical to a product means sufficiently similar so that the property of interest is sufficiently unchanged so that the substantially identical product can be used in place of the product.
As used herein equivalent, when referring to two sequences of nucleic acids means that the two sequences in question encode the same sequence of amino acids or equivalent proteins. When "equivalent" is used in referring to two proteins or peptides, it means that the two proteins or peptides have substantially the same amino acid sequence with only conservative amino acid substitutions [see, e-g., Table 1, above] that do not substantially alter the activity or function of the protein or peptide. When "equivalent" refers to a property, the property does not need to be present to the same extent [e.g:, two peptides can exhibit different rates of the same type of enzymatic activity], but the activities are preferably substantially the same. "Complementary,"
when referring to two nucleotide sequences, means that the two sequences of nucleotides are capable of hybridizing, preferably with less than 25%, more preferably with less than 15%, even more preferably with less than 5%, most preferably with no mismatches between opposed nucleotides. Preferably the two molecules will hybridize under conditions of high stringency.
As used herein: stringency of hybridization in determining percentage mismatch is as follows:
1 ) high stringency: 0.1 x SSPE, 0.1 % SDS, 65 °C
2) medium stringency: 0.2 x SSPE, 0.1 °~ SDS, 50°C
3) low stringency: 1.0 x SSPE, 0.1 % SDS, 50°C
It is understood that equivalent stringencies may be achieved using alternative buffers, salts and temperatures.
The term "substantially" identical or homologous or similar varies with the context as understood by those skilled in the relevant art and generally means at least 70%, preferably means at least 80%, more preferably at least 9096, and most preferably at least 95% identity.
As used herein, a composition refers to a any mixture. It may be a solution, a suspension, liquid, powder, a paste, aqueous, non-aqueous or any combination thereof.
As used herein, a combination refers to any association between two or among more items.
As used herein, fluid refers to any composition that can flow. Fluids thus encompass compositions that are in the form of semi-solids, pastes, solutions, aqueous mixtures, gels, lotions, creams and other such compositions.

Examples of receptors and applications using such receptors, include but are not restricted to:
a! enzymes: specific transport proteins or enzymes essential to survival of microorganisms, which could serve as targets for antibiotic fligandl selection;
b? antibodies: identification of a ligand-binding site on the antibody molecule that combines with the epitope of an antigen of interest may be investigated; determination of a sequence that mimics an antigenic epitope may lead to the development of vaccines of which the immunogen is based on one or more of such sequences or lead to the development of related diagnostic agents or compounds useful in therapeutic treatments such as for auto-immune diseases c) nucleic acids: identification of ligand, such as protein or RNA, binding sites;
d) catalytic polypeptides: polymers, preferably polypeptides, that are capable of promoting a chemical reaction involving the conversion of one or more reactants to one or more products; such polypeptides generally include a binding site specific for at least one reactant or reaction intermediate and an active functionality proximate to the binding site, in which the functionality is capable of chemically modifying the bound reactant Isee, e-g., U.S. Patent No.
5,215,8991;
e1 hormone receptors: determination of the ligands that bind with high affinity to a receptor is useful in the development of hormone replacement therapies; for example, identification of ligands that bind to such receptors may lead to the development of drugs to control blood pressure; and f1 opiate receptors: determination of ligands that bind to the opiate receptors in the brain is useful in the development of less-addictive replacements for morphine and related drugs.
As used herein, complementary refers to the topological compatibility or matching together of interacting surfaces of a ligand molecule and its receptor.
Thus, the receptor and its ligand can be described as complementary, and furthermore, the contact surface characteristics are complementary to each other.

As used herein; a ligand-receptor pair or complex formed when two macromolecules have combined through molecular recognition to form a complex.
As used herein, a substrate refers to any matrix that is used either directly or following suitable derivatization, as a solid support for chemical synthesis, assays and other such processes. Preferred substrates herein, are silicon substrates or siliconized substrates that are derivitized on the surface intended for linkage of anti-ligands and ligands and other macromolecules, including the fluorescent proteins, phycobiliproteins and other emission shifters.
As used herein, a matrix refers to any solid or semisolid or insoluble support on which the molecule of interest, typically a biological molecule, macromolecule, organic molecule or biospecific ligand is linked or contacted.
Typically a matrix is a substrate material having a rigid or semi-rigid surface. In many embodiments, at least one surface of the substrate will be substantially flat, although in some embodiments it may be desirable to physically separate synthesis regions for different polymers with, for example, wells, raised regions, etched trenches, or other such topology. Matrix materials include any materials that are used as affinity matrices or supports for chemical and biological molecule syntheses and analyses, such as, but are not limited to: polystyrene, polycarbonate, polypropylene, nylon, glass, dextran, chitin, sand, pumice, polytetrafluoroethylene, agarose, polysaccharides, dendrimers, buckyballs, polyacrylamide, Kieselguhr-polyacrylamide non-covalent composite, polystyrene-polyacrylamide covalent composite, polystyrene-PEG f polyethylenegiycol) composite, silicon, rubber, and other materials used as supports for solid phase syntheses, affinity separations and purifications, hybridization reactions, immunoassays and other such applications.
As used herein, the attachment layer refers the surface of the chip device to which molecules are linked. Typically, the chip is a semiconductor device, which is coated on a least a portion of the surface to render it suitable for linking molecules and inert to any reactions to which.the device is exposed.
Molecules are linked either directly or indirectly to the surface, linkage may be effected by absorption or adsorption, through covalent bonds, ionic interactions WO 99/49019 PCT/US9910669$
-4.5-or any other interaction. Where necessary the attachment layer is adapted, such as by derivatization for linking the molecules.
B. BIOLUMINESCENCE GENERATING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS
The following is a description of bioluminescence generating systems and the components thereof. These luciferases and luciferins and fluorescent proteins can be used with the luciferases and GFPs provided herein.
1. Exemplary bioluminescence generating systems A bioluminescence-generating system refers to the components that are necessary and sufficient to generate bioluminescence. These include a luciferase, luciferin and any necessary co-factors or conditions. Virtually any bioluminescent system known to those of skill in the art will be amenable to use in the apparatus, systems, combinations and methods provided herein. Factors for consideration in selecting a bioluminescent-generating system, include, but are not limited to: the targeting agent used in combination with the bioluminescence; the medium in which the reaction is run; stability of the components, such as temperature or pH sensitivity; shelf life of the components; sustainability of the light emission, whether constant or intermittent; availability of components; desired light intensity; color of the light;
and other such factors.
a. General description In general, bioluminescence refers to an energy-yielding chemical reaction in which a specific chemical substrate, a luciferin, undergoes oxidation, catalyzed by an enzyme, a luciferase. Bioluminescent reactions are easily maintained, requiring only replenishment of exhausted luciferin or other substrate or cofactor or other protein, in order to continue or revive the reaction. Bioluminescence generating reactions are well-known to those of skill in this art and any such reaction may be adapted for use in combination with articles of manufacture as described herein.
There are numerous organisms and sources of bioluminescence generating systems, and some representative genera and species that exhibit bioluminescence are set forth in the following table [reproduced in part from Hastings in (1995) Cell Physiology:Source Book, N. Sperelakis (ed.), Academic Press, pp 665-681 J:

Representative luminous organism Type of Organism Representative genera Bacteria Photobacterium Vibrio Xenorhabdus Mushrooms Panus, Armillaria Pleurotus Dinoflagellates Gonyaulax Pyrocystis Noctiluca Cnidaria (coelenterates) Jellyfish Aequorea Hydroid Obelia Sea Pansy Renilla Ctenophores Mnemiopsis Beroe Annelids Earthworms Diplocardia Marine polychaetes Chaetopterus, Phyxotrix Syllid fireworm Odontosyllis Molluscs Limpet Latia Clam Pholas Squid Heteroteuthis Heterocarpus Crustacea Ostracod Vargula (Cypridina) Shrimp (euphausids) Meganyctiphanes Acanthophyra Oplophorus Gnathophausia Decapod Sergestes Copepods Type of Organism Representative genera Insects Coleopterids (beetles) Firefly Photinus, Photuris Click beetles Pyrophorus Railroad worm Phengodes, Phrixothrix Diptera (flies) Arachnocampa Echinoderms Brittle stars Ophiopsila Sea cucumbers Laetmogone Chordates Tunicates Pyrosoma Fish Cartilaginous Squalus Bony Ponyfish Leiognathus Flashlight fish Photoblepharon Angler fish Cryptopsaras Midshipman Porichthys Lantern fish Benia Shiny loosejaw Aristostomias Hatchet fish Agyropelecus and other fish Pachystomias Malacosteus Midwater fish Cyclothone Neoscopelus Tarletonbeania Other bioluminescent organisms contemplated for use herein are Gonadostomias, Gaussia (copepods, VVatensia, Halisturia, Vampire squid, Glyphus, Mycotophids (fish), Vinciguerria, Howella, Florenciella, Chaudiodus, Melanocostus and Sea Pens.
It is understood that a bioluminescence generating system may be isolated from natural sources, such as those in the above Table, or may be produced synthetically. In addition, for uses herein, the components need only be sufficiently pure so that mixture thereof, under appropriate reaction conditions, produces a glow so that cells and tissues can be visualized during a surgical procedure.

Thus, in some embodiments, a crude extract or merely grinding up the organism may be adequate. Generally, however, substantially pure components are used. Also, components may be synthetic components that are not isolated from natural sources. DNA encoding luciferases is available [see, e-g., SEQ ID
Nos. 1-13] and has been modified [see, e-a., SEQ ID Nos. 3 and 10-13] and synthetic and alternative substrates have been devised. The DNA listed herein is only representative of the DNA encoding luciferases that is available.
Any bioluminescence generating system, whether synthetic or isolated form natural sources, such as those set forth in Table 2, elsewhere herein or known to those of skill in the art, is intended for use in the combinations, systems and methods provided herein. Chemiluminescence systems per se, which do not rely on oxygenases [luciferases] are not encompassed herein.
1 ) Luciferases The targeted agents herein include luciferases or luciferins. t-uciferases refer to any compound that, in the presence of any necessary activators, catalyze the oxidation of a bioluminescence substrate [luciferin] in the presence of molecular oxygen, whether free or bound, from a lower energy state to a higher energy state such that the substrate, upon return to the lower energy state, emits fight. For purposes herein, luciferase is broadly used to encompass enzymes that act catalytically to generate light by oxidation of a substrate and also photoproteins, such as aequorin, that act, though not strictly catalytically [since such proteins are exhausted in the reaction], in conjunction with a substrate in the presence of oxygen to. generate light. These luciferases, including photoproteins, such as aequorin, are herein also included among the luciferases. These reagents include the naturally-occurring luciferases [including photoproteins], proteins produced by recombinant DNA, and mutated or modified variants thereof that retain the ability to generate light in the presence of an appropriate substrate, co-factors and activators or any other such protein that acts as a catalyst to oxidize a substrate, whereby fight is produced.
Generically, the protein that catalyzes or initiates the bioluminescent reaction is referred to as a luciferase, and the oxidizable substrate is referred to as a luciferin. The oxidized reaction product is termed oxyluciferin, and certain luciferin precursors are termed etioluciferin. Thus, for purposes herein bioluminescence encompasses light produced by reactions that are catalyzed by [in the case of luciferases that act enzymatically] or initiated by (in the case of the photoproteins, such as aequorin, that are not regenerated in the reaction]
a biological protein or analog, derivative or mutant thereof.
For clarity herein, these catalytic proteins are referred to as luciferases and include enzymes such as the luciferases that catalyze the oxidation of luciferin, emitting light and releasing oxyluciferin. Also included among luciferases are photoproteins, which catalyze the oxidation of luciferin to emit light but are changed in the reaction and must be reconstituted to be used again. The luciferases may be naturally occurring or may be modified, such as by genetic engineering to improve or alter certain properties. As long as the resulting molecule retains the ability to catalyze the bioluminescent reaction, it is encompassed herein.
Any protein that has luciferase activity (a protein that catalyzes oxidation of a substrate in the presence of molecular oxygen to produce light as defined herein] may be used herein. The preferred luciferases are those that are described herein or that have minor sequence variations. Such minor sequence variations include, but are not limited to, minor allelic or species variations and insertions or deletions of residues, particularly cysteine residues. Suitable conservative substitutions of amino acids are known to those of skill in this art and may be made generally without altering the biological activity of the resulting molecule. Such substitutions are preferably made in accordance with those set forth in TABLE 1 as described above.
The luciferases may be obtained commercially, isolated from natural sources, expressed in host cells using DNA encoding the luciferase, or obtained in any manner known to those of skill in the art. For purposes herein, crude extracts obtained by grinding up selected source organisms may suffice. Since large quantities of the luciferase may be desired, isolation of the luciferase from host cells is preferred. DNA for such purposes is widely available as are modified forms thereof.

Examples of luciferases include, but are not limited to, those isolated from the ctenophores Mnemiopsis (mnemiopsin) and Beroe ovata (berovin), those isolated from the coelenterates Aequorea (aequorin), Obelia (obelin), Pelagia, the Renilla luciferase, the luciferases isolated from the molluscs Pholas (pholasin), the luciferases isolated from fish, such as Aristostomias, Pachystomias and Poricthys and from the ostracods, such as Cypridina (also referred to as Vargula). Preferred luciferases for use herein are the Aequorin protein, Renilla luciferase and Cypridina [also called Vargula] luciferase [see, e-q., SEQ ID Nos. 1, 2, and 4-13J. Also, preferred are luciferases which react to produce red and/or near infrared light. These include luciferases found in species of Aristostomias, such as A. scintillans, Pachystomias, Malacosteus, such as M. niger.
(2) Luciferins The substrates for the reaction or for inclusion in the conjugates include any molecules) with which the luciferase reacts to produce light. Such molecules include the naturally-occurring substrates, modified forms thereof, and synthetic substrates [see, e-4., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,374,534 and 5,098,828). Exemplary luciferins include those described herein, as well as derivatives thereof, analogs thereof, synthetic substrates, such as dioxetanes (see, e-4., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,004,565 and 5,455,357], and other compounds that are oxidized by a luciferase in a light-producing reaction [see, ae~g., U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,374,534, 5,098,828 and 4,950,588]. Such substrates also may be identified empirically by selecting compounds that are oxidized in bioluminescent reactions.
(3) Activators The bioluminescent generating systems also require additional components discussed herein and known to those of skill in the art. All bioluminescent reactions require molecular oxygen in the form of dissolved or bound oxygen. Thus, molecular oxygen, dissolved in water or in air or bound to a photoprotein, is the activator for bioluminescence reactions. Depending upon the form of the components, other activators include, but are not limited to, ATP [for firefly luciferase], flavin reductase (bacterial systems] for regenerating FMNH2 from FMN, and Ca2+ or other suitable metal ion [aequorin].
Most of the systems provided herein will generate light when the luciferase and luciterin are mixed and exposed to air or water. The systems that use photoproteins that have bound oxygen, such as aequorin, however, will require exposure to Ca2+ for other suitable metal ion], which can be provided in the form of an aqueous composition of a calcium salt. In these instances, addition of a Ca2+ [or other suitable metal ion] to a mixture of luciferase faequorin] and luciferin (such as coelenterazine] will result in generation of light.
The Renilla system and other Anthozoa systems also require Ca2+ (or other suitable metal ion].
1f crude preparations are used, such as ground up Cypridina [shrimp] or ground fireflies, it may be necessary to add only water. In instances in which fireflies [or a firefly or beetle luciferase] are used the reaction may only require addition ATP. The precise components will be apparent, in light of the disclosure herein, to those of skill in this art or may be readily determined empirically.
It is also understood that these mixtures will also contain any additional salts or buffers or ions that are necessary for each reaction to proceed.
Since these reactions are well-characterized, those of skill in the art will be able to determine precise proportions and requisite components. Selection of components will depend upon the apparatus, article of manufacture and luciferase. Various embodiments are described and exemplified herein; in view of such description, other embodiments will be apparent.
(4) Reactions In all embodiments, all but one component, either the luciferase or luciferin, of a bioluminescence generating system will be mixed or packaged with or otherwise combined. The remaining component is conjugated to a targeting agent and is intended for administration to an animal.
Prior to a surgical procedure, the conjugate is administered via any suitable route, whereby the targeting agent binds to the targeted tissue by virtue of its specific interaction with a tissue-specific cell surface protein.

During surgery the tissue is contacted, with the remaining component(s), typically by spraying the area or local injection, and any tissue to which conjugate is bound will glow. The glow should be sufficient to see under dim light or, if necessary, in the dark.
In general, since the result to be achieved is the production of light visible to the naked eye for qualitative, not quantitative, diagnostic purposes, the precise proportions and amounts of components of the bioluminescence reaction need not be stringently determined or met. They must be sufficient to produce light. Generally, an amount of luciferin and luciferase sufficient to generate a visible glow is used; this amount can be readily determined empirically and is dependent upon the selected system and selected application.
Where quantitative measurements are required, more precision may be required.
For purposes herein, such amount is preferably at least the concentrations and proportions used for analytical purposes by those of skill in the such arts. Higher concentrations may be used if the glow is not sufficiently bright. Alternatively, a microcarrier coupled to more than one luciferase molecule linked to a targeting agent may be utilized to increase signal output.
Also because the conditions in which the reactions are used are not laboratory conditions and the components are subject to storage, higher concentration may be used to overcome any loss of activity. Typically, the amounts are 7 mg, preferably 10 mg and more preferably 100 mg, of a luciferase per liter of reaction mixture or 1 mg, preferably 10 mg, more preferably 100 mg.
Compositions may contain at least about 0.01 mg/I, and typically 0.1 mg/l, 1 mgll, 10 mg/I or more of each component on the item. The amount of luciferin is also between about 0.01 and 100 mg/l, preferably between 0.1 and 10 mg/I, additional luciferin can be added to many of the reactions to continue the reaction. In embodiments in which the luciferase acts catalytically and does not need to be regenerated, lower amounts of luciferase can be used. In those in which it is changed during the reaction, it also can be replenished; typically higher concentrations will be selected. Ranges of concentration per liter (or the amount of coating on substrate the results from contacting with such composition] of each component on the order of 0.1 to 20 mg, preferably 0.1 to mg, more preferably between about 1 and 10 mg of each component will be sufficient. When preparing coated substrates, as described herein, greater amounts of coating compositions containing higher concentrations of the luciferase or luciferin may be used.
5 Thus, for example, in presence of calcium, 5 mg of luciferin, such as coelenterazine, in one liter of water will glow brightly for at least about 10 to 20 minutes, depending on the temperature of the water, when about 10 mgs of luciferase, such as aequorin photoprotein luciferase or luciferase from Renilla, is added thereto. Increasing the concentration of luciferase, for example, to 100 10 mg/I, provides a particularly brilliant display of light.
It is understood, that concentrations and amounts to be used depend upon the selected bioluminescence generating system but these may be readily determined empirically. Proportions, particularly those used when commencing an empirical determination, are generally those used for analytical purposes, and amounts or concentrations are at least those used for analytical purposes, but the amounts can be increased, particularly if a sustained and brighter glow is desired.
2. The ReniIIa system Renilla, also known as soft coral sea pansies, are members of the class of coelenterates Anthozoa, which includes other bioluminescent genera, such as Cavarnularia, Ptilosarcus, Stylatula, Acanthoptilum, and Parazoanthus.
Bioluminescent members of the Anthozoa genera contain luciferases and luciferins that are similar in structure [see, e-g., Cormier et al. (1973) J.
Cell.
Phvsiol. 81:291-298; see, also Ward et al. (1975) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A.
72:2530-2534]. The luciferases and luciferins from each of these anthozoans crossreact with one another and produce a characteristic blue luminescence.
Renilla luciferase and the other coelenterate and ctenophore luciferases, such as the aequorin photoprotein, use imidazopyrazine substrates, particularly the substrates generically called coelenterazine [see, formulae (I) and (II) of Section B.1.b, above]. Other genera that have luciferases that use a coelenterazine include: squid, such as Chiroteuthis, Eucleoteuthis, Onychoteuthis, Watasenia, cuttlefish, Sepiolina; shrimp, such as Oplophorus, WO 99/49019 PCT/US99i06698 Acanthophyra, Sergestes, and Gnathophausia; deep-sea fish, such as Argyropelecus, Yarella, Diaphus, Gonadostomias and Neoscopelus.
Renilla luciferase does not, however, have bound oxygen, and thus requires dissolved oxygen in order to produce light in the presence of a suitable luciferin substrate. Since Renilla luciferase acts as a true enzyme [i.e., it does not have to be reconstituted for further use] the resulting luminescence can be long-lasting in the presence of saturating levels of luciferin. Also, Renilla luciferase is relatively stable to heat.
Renilla luciferases; DNA encoding Renilla reniformis fuciferase, and use of the Renilla reniformis DNA to produce recombinant luciferase, as well as DNA
encoding luciferase from other coelenterates, are well known and available [see, e'a., SEQ ID No. 1, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,418,155 and 5,292,658; see, also, Prasher et al. (1985) Biochem. Biophvs. Res Commun 126:1259-1268;
Cormier (1981 ) "Renilla and Aeguorea bioluminescence" in Bioluminescence and Chemiluminescence, pp. 225-233; Charbonneau et al. (1979) J. Biol. Chem.
254:769-780; Ward et al. (1979) J. Biol. Chem. 254:781-788; Lorenz _et _al.
(1981 ) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 88: 4438-4442; Hori et a!. (1977) Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 74:4285-4287; Hori et al. (1975) Biochemistry 14:2371-2376; Hori et al. ( 1977) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 74:4285-4287;
Inouye et al. ( 1975) Jaa. Soc. Chem. Lett 141-144; and Matthews et al. ( 1979) Biochemistry 16:85-91 ]. The DNA encoding Renilla reniformis luciferase and host cells containing such DNA provide a convenient means for producing large quantities of Renilla reniformis enzyme, such as in those known to those of skill in the art [see, eg_, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,418,155 and 5,292,658, which describe recombinant production of Renilla reniformis luciferase].
When used herein, the Renilla luciferase can be packaged in lyophilized form, encapsulated in a vehicle, either by itself or in combination with the luciferin substrate. Prior to use the mixture is contacted with an aqueous composition, preferably a phosphate buffered saline pH 7-8; dissolved 02 will activate the reaction. Final concentrations of luciferase in the glowing mixture will be on the order of 0.01 to 1 mgll or more. Concentrations of luciferin will be 'at least about 10'8 M, but 1 to 100 or more orders of magnitude higher to produce a long lasting bioluminescence.
In certain embodiments herein, about 1 to 10 mg, or preferably 2-5 mg, more preferably about 3 mg of coelenterazine will be used with about 100 mg of Renilla luciferase. The precise amounts, of course can be determined empirically, and, also will depend to some extent on the ultimate concentration and application. In particular, about addition of about 0.25 ml of a crude extract from the bacteria that express Renilla to 100 ml of a suitable assay buffer and about 0.005 pg was sufficient to produce a visible and lasting glow fsee, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,418,155 and 5,292,658, which describe recombinant production of Renilla reniformis luciferase].
Lyophilized mixtures, and compositions containing the Renilla luciferase are also provided. The luciferase or mixtures of the luciferase and luciferin may also be encapsulated into a suitable delivery vehicle, such as a liposome, glass particle, capillary tube, drug delivery vehicle, gelatin, time release coating or other such vehicle. The luciferase may also be linked to a substrate, such as biocompatible materials.
b. Ctenophore systems Ctenophores, such as Mnemiopsis (mnemiopsin) and Beroe ovate (berovin), and coelenterates, such as Aequorea (aequorin), Obelia (obelin) and Pelagic, produce bioluminescent light using similar chemistries [see, e.g_, Stephenson et al. (1981 ) Biochimica et Bioahvsica Acta 678:65-75; Hart et al.
(1979) Biochemistry 18:2204-2210; International PCT Application No. WO
94!18342, which is based on U.S. application Serial No. 08/Oi7,116, U.S.
Patent No. 5,486,455 and other references and patents cited herein]. The Aequorin and Renilla systems are representative and are described in detail herein as exemplary and as among the presently preferred systems. The Aequorin and Renilla systems can use the same luciferin and produce light using the same chemistry, but each luciferase is different. The Aequorin luciferase aequorin, as well as, for example, the luciferases mnemiopsin and berovin, is a photoprotein that includes bound oxygen and bound luciferin, requires Ca2+ [or other suitable metal ion! to trigger the reaction, and must be regenerated for repeated use; whereas, the Renilla luciferase acts as a true enzyme because it is unchanged during the reaction and it requires dissolved molecular oxygen.
( 1 ) The aequorin system The aequorin system is well known (see, eg,,, Tsuji et al. (1986) "Site-specific mutagenesis of the calcium-binding photoprotein aequorin,"
Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:8107-8111; Prasher et al. ( 1985) "Cloning and Expression of the cDNA Coding for Aequorin, a Bioluminescent Calcium-Binding Protein," Biochemical and Bioohysical Research Communications 126:1259-1268; Prasher et al. (1986) Methods in Enzymolo4v 133:288-297;
Prasher, et al. (1987) "Sequence Comparisons of cDNAs Encoding for Aequorin Isotypes," Biochemistry 26:1326-1332; Charbonneau et al. (1985) "Amino Acid Sequence of the Calcium-Dependent Photoprotein Aequorin,"
Biochemistry 24:6762-6771; Shimomura et al. (1981 ) "Resistivity to denaturation of the apoprotein of aequorin and reconstitution of the luminescent photoprotein from the partially denatured apoprotein," Biochem.
J. 199:825-828; Inouye et al. (1989) J. Biochem. 105:473-477; Inouye et al.
(1986) "Expression of Apoaequorin Complementary DNA in Escherichia coli,"
Biochemistry 25:8425-8429; Inouye et al. (1985) "Cloning and sequence analysis of cDNA for the luminescent protein aequorin," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA 82:3154-3158; Prendergast, et al. (1978) "Chemical and Physical Properties of Aequorin and the Green Fluorescent Protein Isolated from Aequorea forskalea" J. Am. Chem. Soc. 17:3448-3453; European Patent Application 0 540 064 A1; European Patent Application 0 226 979 A2, European Patent Application 0 245 093 A1 and European Patent Application 0 26 245 093 B1; U.S. Patent No. 5,093,240; U.S. Patent No. 5,360,728; U.S.
Patent No. 5,139,937; U.S. Patent No. 5,422,266; U.S. Patent No. 5,023,181;
U.S. Patent No. 5,162,227; and SEQ ID Nos. 5-13, which set forth DNA
encoding the apoprotein; and a form, described in U.S. Patent No. 5,162,227, European Patent Application 0 540 064 A 1 and Sealite Sciences Technical Report No. 3 ( 1994), is commercially available from Sealite, Sciences, Bogart, GA as AQUALITE'].

WO 99!49019 PCTIUS99/06698 This system is among the preferred systems for use herein. As will be evident, since the aequorin photoprotein includes noncovalently bound luciferin and molecular oxygen, it is suitable for storage in this form as a lyophilized powder or encapsulated into a selected delivery vehicle. The system can be encapsulated into pellets, such as liposomes or other delivery vehicles. When used, the vehicles are contacted with a composition, even tap water, that contains Caz' [or other suitable metal ion], to produce a mixture that glows.
(a) Aequorin and related photoproteins The photoprotein, aequorin, isolated from the jellyfish, Aequorea, emits light upon the addition of Ca2+ [or other suitable metal ion]. The aequorin photoprotein, which includes bound luciferin and bound oxygen that is released by Ca2+, does not require dissolved oxygen. Luminescence is triggered by calcium, which releases oxygen and the luciferin substrate producing apoaqueorin.
The bioluminescence photoprotein aequorin is isolated from a number of species of the jellyfish Aeguorea. It is a 22 kilodalton [kD] molecular weight peptide complex fsee, e.~c., Shimomura et al. (1962) J. Cellular and Coma.
Phvsiol. 59:233-238; Shimomura et al. (1969) Biochemistry 8:3991-3997;
Kohama et al. (1971 ) Siochemistrv 10:4149-4152; and Shimomura et al. (1972) Biochemistry 1 1:1602-1608]. The native protein contains oxygen and a heterocyclic compound coelenterazine, a luciferin, [see, below] noncovalently bound thereto. The protein contains three calcium binding sites. Upon addition of trace amounts Ca2+ for other suitable metal ion, such as strontium] to the photoprotein, it undergoes a conformational change that catalyzes the oxidation of the bound coelenterazine using the protein-bound oxygen. Energy from this oxidation is released as a flash of blue light, centered at 469 nm.
Concentrations of calcium ions as low as 10'g M are sufficient to trigger the oxidation reaction.
Naturally-occurring apoaequorin is not a single compound but rather is a mixture of microheterogeneous molecular species. Aequoria jellyfish extracts contain as many as twelve distinct variants of the protein [see, e-g., Prasher et al. (187) Biochemistry 26:1326-1332; Blinks et al. (1975) Fed. Proc. 34:474].

DNA encoding numerous forms has been isolated (see, e..~c ., SEQ ID Nos. 5-9 and 13].
The photoprotein can be reconstituted (see, e~g., U.S. Patent No.
5,023,181] by combining the apopro~ein, such as a protein recombinantly produced in E. coli, with a coelenterazine, such as a synthetic coelenterazine, in the presence of oxygen and a reducing agent [see, ~, Shimomura et al.
(1975) Nature 256:236-238; Shimomura et al. (1981 ) Biochemistry J., i 99:825-828], such as 2-mercaptoethanol, and also EDTA or EGTA (concentrations between about 5 to about 100 mM or higher for applications herein] tie up any Caz+ to prevent triggering the oxidation reaction until desired. DNA encoding a modified form of the apoprotein that does not require 2-mercaptoethanol for reconstitution is also available (see, e-4., U.S. Patent No. U.S. Patent No.
5,093,240]. The reconstituted photoprotein is also commercially available (sold, e;4., under the trademark AQUALITE°, which is described in U.S. Patent No.
5,162,227].
The light reaction is triggered by adding Ca2+ at a concentration sufficient to overcome the effects of the chelator and achieve the 10-8 M
concentration. Because such low concentrations of Ca2+ can trigger the reaction, for use in the methods herein, higher concentrations of chelator may be included in the compositions of photoprotein. Accordingly, higher concentrations of added Ca2+ in the form of a calcium salt will be required.
Precise amounts may be empirically determined. For use herein, it may be sufficient to merely add water to the photoprotein, which is provided in the form of a concentrated composition or in lyophilized or powdered form. Thus, for purposes herein, addition of small quantities of Ca2+, such as those present in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or other suitable buffers or the moisture on the tissue to which the compositions are contacted, should trigger the bioluminescence reaction.
Numerous isoforms of the aequorin apoprotein been identified isolated.
DNA encoding these proteins has been cloned, and the proteins and modified forms thereof have been produced using suitable host cells (see, e-g., U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,162,227, 5,360,728, 5,093,240; see, also, Prasher et al. (1985) Biophys. Biochem. Res. Commun. 126:1259-1268; Inouye et al. (1986) Biochemistry 25: 8425-8429). U.S. Patent No. 5,093,240; U.S. Patent No.
5,360,728; U.S. Patent No. 5,139,937; U.S. Patent No. 5,288,623; U.S.
Patent No. 5,422,266, U.S. Patent No. 5,162,227 and SEQ ID Nos. 5-13, which set forth DNA encoding the apoprotein; and a form is commercially available form Sealite, Sciences, Bogart, GA as AQUALITE']. DNA encoding apoaequorin or variants thereof is useful for recombinant production of high quantities of the apoprotein. The photoprotein is reconstituted upon addition of the luciferin, coelenterazine, preferably a sulfated derivative thereof, or an analog thereof, and molecular oxygen [see, e.~c ., U.S. Patent No. 5,023,181 ].
The apoprotein and other constituents of the photoprotein and bioluminescence generating reaction can be mixed under appropriate conditions to regenerate the photoprotein and concomitantly have the photoprotein produce light.
Reconstitution requires the presence of a reducing agent, such as 7 5 mercaptoethanol, except for modified forms, discussed below, that are designed so that a reducing agent is not required [see, e.g" U.S. Patent No.
5,093,240].
For use herein, it is preferred aequorin is produced using DNA, such as that set forth in SEQ ID Nos. 5-13 and known to those of skill in the art or modified forms thereof. The DNA encoding aequorin is expressed in a host cell, such as E. coli, isolated and reconstituted to produce the photoprotein [see, e:g" U.S. Patent Nos. 5,418,155, 5,292,658, 5,360,728, 5,422,266, 5,162,227].
Of interest herein, are forms of the apoprotein that have been modified so that the bioluminescent activity is greater than unmodified apoaequorin [see, e.~lc ,., U.S. Patent No. 5,360,728, SEQ ID Nos. 10-121. Modified forms that exhibit greater bioluminescent activity than unmodified apoaequorin include proteins including sequences set forth in SEQ 1D Nos. 10-12, in which aspartate 124 is changed to serine, glutamate 135 is changed to serine, and glycine 129 is changed to alanine, respectively. Other modified forms with increased bioluminescence are also available.
For use in certain embodiments herein, the apoprotein and other components of the aequorin bioluminescence generating system are packaged or provided as a mixture, which, when desired is subjected to conditions under which the photoprotein reconstitutes from the apoprotein, luciferin and oxygen [see, eo., U.S. Patent No. 5,023,181; and U.S. Patent No. 5,093,240).
Particularly preferred are forms of the .apoprotein that do not require a reducing agent, such as 2-mercaptoethanol, for reconstitution. These forms, described, for example in U.S. Patent No. 5,093,240 (see, also Tsuji et al. (1986) Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. $3:8107-81 1 1 ], are modified by replacement of one or more, preferably all three cysteine residues with, for exarnpie serine.
Replacement may be effected by modification of the DNA encoding the aequorin apoprotein, such as that set forth in SEQ ID No. 5, and replacing the cysteine codons with serine.
The photoproteins and fuciferases from related species, such as Obelia are also contemplated for use herein. DNA encoding the Ca2+-activated photoprotein obelin from the hydroid polyp Obelia longissima is known and available (see, e-a., lllarionov et al. (1995) Gene 153:273-274; and Bondar et al. (1995) Biochim. Bioahvs. Acta 1231:29-32]. This photoprotein can also be activated by Mn2+ (see, e.g;, Vysotski et al. (1995) Arch. Bioch. Bioahvs.
318:92-93, Vysotski et al. (1993) J. Biolumin. Chemilumin. 8_:301-305].
In general for use herein, the components of the bioluminescence are packaged or provided so that there is insufficient metal ions to trigger the reaction. When used, the trace amounts of triggering metal ion, particularly CaZ'' is contacted with the other components. For a more sustained glow, aequorin can be continuously reconstituted or can be added or can be provided in high excess.
(b) t.uciferin The aequorin luciferin is coefenterazine and analogs therein, which include molecules including the structure [formula (I)1:

O"R' in which R, is CH2CeH5 or CH3; RZ is CBH~, and R3 is p-N N C~H4pH or CH3 or other such analogs that have ~ ~ activity. Preferred coelenterazine has the structure in R N CH\ 2 which R' is p-CHZCeH,OH, R2 is CBHS, and R3 is p H R CeH40H, which can be prepared by known methods [see, e.g_, Inouye et al. (1975) Jao. Chem. Soc..
Chemistry Lttrs. pp 141-144; and Hart et al. ( 1979) Biochemistry 18:2204-2210]. Among the preferred analogs, are those that are modified, whereby the spectral frequency of the resulting light is shifted to another frequency.
The preferred coelenterazine has the structure (formula ill)):
o cH, ~-~ off N N
I
~N CH
I
\ H
HO \
and sulfated derivatives thereof.
Another coelentratrazine has formula (V):
O CH2 / \ OH
N N-H
i / 'N CHs Isee, Hart et al. (1979) Biochemistry 18:2204-22101. Using this derivative in the presence of luciferase all of the light is in the ultraviolet with a peak at 390 nm. Upon addition of GFP, all light emitted is now in the visible range with a peak at nm accompanied by an about 200-fold increase in the amount of light emitted.
Viewed with a cut-off filter of 470 nrra, in the light yield in the absence of GFP
would be about zero, and would be detectable in the presence of GFP. This provides the basis for an immunoassay described in the EXAMPLES.
The reaction of coelenterazine when bound to the aequorin photoprotein with bound oxygen and in the presence of Caz'" can represented as follows:
O~C~OH Oa 'C , -~ OH
~N~-~--IN1~ ~b/ounE O, N ~N'-H
C ~ ; Au r CO, 'I CJ ~~-'~N CHI I H CH,, HO~ H ~ NO
COELENTERAMIDE
COELENTERAZINE
The photoprotein aequorin [which contains apoaequorin bound to a coelenterate luciferin molecule] and Renilla luciferase, discussed below, can use the same coelenterate luciferin. The aequorin photoprotein catalyses the oxidation of coelenterate luciferin [coelenterazine) to oxyluciferin (coelenteramide] with the concomitant production of blue light (lambda",ax =
469 nml.
Importantly, the sulfate derivative of the coelenterate luciferin (lauryl-luciferin] is particularly stable in water, and thus may be used in a coelenterate-tike bioluminescent system. In this system, adenosine diphosphate (ADP) and a sulpha-kinase are used to convert the coelenterazine to the sulphated form.
Sulfatase is then used to reconvert the lauryl-luciferin to the native coelenterazine. Thus, the more stable lauryl-luciferin is used in the item to be illuminated and the iuciferase combined with the sulfatase are added to the luciferin mixture when iltumination is desired.

Thus, the bioluminescent system of Aequorea is particularly suitable for use in the methods herein. The particular amounts and the manner in which the components are provided depends upon the type of neoplasia or specialty tissue to be visualized. This system can be provided in lyophilized form, that will glow upon addition of Ca2+. It can be encapsulated, linked to microcarriers, such as microbeads, or in as a compositions, such as a solution or suspension, preferably in the presence of sufficient chelating agent to prevent triggering the reaction. The concentration of the aequorin photoprotein will vary and can be determined empirically. Typically concentrations of at least 0.1 mg/l, more preferably at least 1 mg/l and higher, will be selected. In certain embodiments, 1-10 mg Iuciferinl100 mg of luciferase will be used in selected volumes and at the desired concentrations will be used.
c. Crustacean, particularly Cyrpidina systems The ostracods, such as Vargula serratta, hilgendorfii and nociiluca are small marine crustaceans, sometimes called sea fireflies. These sea fireflies are found in the waters off the coast of Japan and emit light by squirting luciferin and luciferase into the water, where the reaction, which produces a bright blue luminous cloud, occurs. The reaction involves only luciferin, luciferase and molecular oxygen, and, thus, is very suitable for application herein.
The systems, such as the Vargula bioluminescent systems, are particularly preferred herein because the components are stable at room temperature if dried and powdered and will continue to react even if contaminated. Further, the bioluminescent reaction requires only the luciferin/luciferase components in concentrations as low as 1:40 parts per billion to 7:100 parts per billion, water and molecular oxygen to proceed. An exhausted system can renewed by addition of luciferin.
11 Vargula luciferase The Vargula luciferase is water soluble and is among those preferred for use in the methods herein. Vargula luciferase is a 555-amino acid polypeptide that has been produced by isolation from Vargula and also using recombinant technology by expressing the DNA in suitable bacterial and mammalian host cells [see, e-g., Thompson et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6567-6571; Inouye et al. ( 1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:9584-9587;
Johnson ~ al. (1978) Methods in Enzvmoloav LVI1:331-349; Tsuji et al. (1978) Methods Enzvmol. 57:364-72; Tsuji (1974) Biochemistry 13:5204-5209;
Japanese Patent Application No. JP 3-30678 Osaka; and European Patent Application No. EP 0 387 355 A1].
(a) Purification from Cypridina Methods for purification of Varguia [Cypridina] luciferase are well known.
For example, crude extracts containing the active can be readily prepared by grinding up or crushing the Vargula shrimp. In other embodiments, a preparation of Cypridina hilgendorfi luciferase can be prepared by immersing stored frozen C. hilgendorfi in distilled water containing, 0.5-5.0 M salt, preferably 0.5-2.0 M sodium or potassium chloride, ammonium sulfate, at 0-30° C, preferably 0-10° C, for 1-48 hr, preferably 10-24 hr, for extraction followed by hydrophobic chromatography and then ion exchange or affinity chromatography [TORAY IND INC, Japanese patent application JP 4258288, published September 14, 1993; see, also, Tsuji et al. (1978) Methods Enzvmol.
57:364-72 for other methods].
(b) Preparation by Recombinant Methods The luciferase is preferably produced by expression of cloned DNA
encoding the luciferase [European Patent Application No. 0 387 355 A1;
International PCT Application No. WO 95/001542; see, also SEQ ID No. 5, which sets forth the sequence from Japanese Patent Application No. JP 3-30678 and Thompson et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 8-6:6567-6571 ] DNA encoding the luciferase or variants thereof is introduced into E.
colt using appropriate vectors and isolated using standard methods.
(2) Vargula luciferin The natural luciferin is a substituted imidazopyrazine nucleus, such a compound of formula (III):

I
N N
H
I
N N~C~NH
I ~NH= The luciferin can be isolated H
N from ground dried Vargula by I
H heating the extract, which destroys the luciferase but leaves the luciferin intact (see, e.g" U.S. Patent No. 4,853,327).
Analogs thereof and other compounds that react with the luciferase in a light producing reaction also may be used.
Other bioluminescent organisms that have luciferases that can react with the Vargula luciferin include, the genera Apogon, Parapriacanthus and Porichthys.
(3) Reaction The luciferin upon reaction with oxygen forms a dioxetanone intermediate (which includes a cyclic peroxide similar to the firefly cyclic peroxide molecule intermediate]. In the final step of the bioluminescent reaction, the peroxide breaks down to form C02 and an excited carbonyl. The excited molecule then emits a blue to blue-green light.
The optimum pH for the reaction is about 7. For purposes herein, any pH at which the reaction occurs may be used. The concentrations of reagents are those normally used for analytical reactions or higher (see, e.~,Lc ., Thompson et al. 11990) Gene 96:257-262]. Typically concentrations of the luciferase between 0.1 and 10 mg/I, preferably 0.5 to 2.5 mg/l will be used. Similar concentrations or higher concentrations of the luciferin may be used.
d. Insect bioluminescent systems including fireflies, click beetles. and other insect system The biochemistry of firefly bioluminescence was the first bioluminescent system to be characterized fsee, e.~..Lc ., WO 99/49019 PCT/US99/06b98 Wienhausen et at. (1985) Photochemistrv and Photobioloav 42:609-611;
McElroy et al. (1966) in Molecular Architecture in cell Physiology, Hayashi et al., eds. Prentice Hall, Inc., Engiewood Cliffs, NJ, pp. 63-80] and it is commercially available [e-4., from Promega Corporation, Madison, WI, see, e.4..
Leach et al. ( 1986) Methods in Enzvmoloav 133:51-70, esp. Table 1 ].
Luciferases from different species of fireflies are antigenically similar.
These species include members of the genera Photinus, Photurins and Luciola.
Further, the bioluminescent reaction produces more light at 30°C than at 20°C, the luciferase is stabilized by small quantities of bovine albumin serum, and the reaction can be buffered by tricine.
( 1 ) Luciferase DNA clones encoding luciferases from various insects and the use to produce the encoded luciferase is well known. For example, DNA clones that encode luciferase from Photinus pyralis, Luciola cruciata [see, e~g., de Wet et al.
(1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. IJ.S.A. 82:7870-7873; de We et al. (1986) Methods in Enzymolo4y 133:3; U.S. Patent No. 4,968,613, see, also SEa ID
No. 3] are available. The DNA has also been expressed in Saccharomyces [see, e.~-c ., Japanese Application No. JP 63317079, published December 26, 1988, KIKKOMAN CORP] and in tobacco.
In addition to the wild-type luciferase modified insect luciferases have been prepared. For example, heat stable luciferase mutants, DNA-encoding the mutants, vectors and transformed cells for producing the luciferases are available. A protein with 60% amino acid sequence homology with luciferases from Photinus pyralis, Luciola mingrelica, L. cruciaia or L. lateralis and having luciferase activity is available [see, e...,~Lc ., International PCT
Application No. WO
95/25798]. It is more stable above 30° C than naturally-occurring insect luciferases and may also be produced at 37° C or above, with higher yield.
Modified luciferases that generate light at different wavelengths [compared with native luciferase], and thus, may be selected for their color-producing characteristics. For example, synthetic mutant beetle luciferase(s) and DNA encoding such luciferases that produce bioluminescence at a wavelength different from wild-type luciferase are known [Promega Corp, WO 99/49019 PCT/US99/06b98 International PCT Application No. WO 95118853, which is based on U.S.
application Serial No. 08/177.0811. The mutant beetle luciferase has an amino acid sequence differing from that of the corresponding wild-type Luciola cruciata [see, e-a.. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,182,202, 5,219,737, 5,352,598, see, also SEQ
ID No.3] by a substitutionls) at one or two positions. The mutant luciferase produces a bioluminescence with a wavelength of peak intensity that differs by at least 1 nm from that produced by wild-type luciferases.
Other mutant luciferases can be produced. Mutant luciferases with the amino acid sequence of wild-type luciferase, but with at least one mutation in which valine is replaced by isoleucine at the amino acid number 233, valine by isoleucine at 239, serine by asparagine at 286, glycine by serine at 326, histidine by tyrosine at 433 or proline by serine at 452 are known Esee, eg, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,219,737, and 5,330,906]. The luciferases are produced by expressing DNA-encoding each mutant luciferase in E. coli and isolating the protein. These luciferases produce fight with colors that differ from wild-type.
The mutant luciferases catalyze luciferin to produce red U 609 nm and 612 nml, orangeGl595 and 607 nm] or green U 558 nm] light. The other physical and chemical properties of mutant luciferase are substantially identical to native wild type-luciferase. The mutant luciferase has the amino acid sequence of Luciola cruciara luciferase with an alteration selected from Ser 286 replaced by Asn, Gly 326 replaced by Ser, His 433 replaced by Tyr or Pro 452 replaced by Ser. Thermostable luciferases are also available [see, e-c~., U.S. Patent No.
5,229,285; see, also International PCT Application No. WO 95125798, which provides Photinus luciferase in which the glutamate at position 354 is replaced lysine and Luciola luciferase in which the glutamate at 356 is replaced with lysine].
These mutant luciferases as well as the wild type luciferases can be used in combination with the GFPs provided herein particularly in instances when a variety of colors are desired or when stability at higher temperatures is desired.

(21 Luciferin The firefly luciferin is a benzothiazole:
N N COOH
~ \~/
HO \ S S
Analogs of this luciferin and synthetic firefly luciferins are also known to those of skill in art (see, e.g_, U.S. Patent No. 5,314,534 and 5,u~ts,ts~tsl.
These include compounds of formula (IV) [see, U.S. Patent No. 5.098,828]:

II
N N C _ R, R=O S S
in which:
R' is hydroxy, amino, linear or branched C,-Czo alkoxy, CZ C2o alkyenyloxy, an L-amino acid radical bond via the a-amino group, an oligopeptide radical with up to ten L-amino acid units linked via the a-amino group of the terminal unit;
RZ is hydrogen, H2P03, HS03, unsubstituted or phenyl substituted linear or branched C,-C2o alkyl or CZ CZOalkenyl, aryl containing 6 to 18 carbon atoms, or R'-C(O)-; and R3 is an unsubstituted or phenyl substituted linear or branched C,-C2o alkyl or C2-C2oalkenyl, aryl containing 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a nucleotide radical with 1 to 3 phosphate groups, or a giycosidically attached mono- or disaccharide, except when formula (IV) is a D-luciferin or D-luciferin methyl ester.
Modified luciferins that have been modified to produce light of shifted frequencies are known to those of skill in the art.
(3) Reaction The reaction catalyzed by firefly luciferases and related insect luciferases requires ATP, Mg2+ as well as molecular oxygen. Luciferin must be added exogenously. Firefly iuciferase catalyzes the firefly luciferin activation and the subsequent steps leading to the excited product, The luciferin reacts with ATP
to form a iuciferyl adenylate intermediate. This intermediate then reacts with oxygen to form a cyclic luciferyl peroxy species, similar to that of the coelenterate intermediate cyclic peroxide, which breaks down to yield C02 and an excited state of the carbonyl product. The excited molecule then emits a yellow light; the color, however, is a function of pH. As the pH is lowered the color of the bioluminescence changes from yellow-green to red.
Different species of fireflies emit different colors of bioluminescence so that the color of the reaction will be dependent upon the species from which the fuciferase is obtained. Additionally, the reaction is optimized at pH 7.8.
Addition of ATP and luciferin to a reaction that is exhausted produces additional light emission. Thus, the system, once established, is relatively easily maintained. Therefore, it is highly suitable for use herein in embodiments in which a sustained glow is desired.
e. Bacterial systems Luminous bacteria typically emit a continuous light, usually blue-green.
When strongly expressed, a single bacterium may emit 104 to 105 photons per second. Bacterial bioluminescence systems include, among others, those systems found in the bioluminescent species of the genera Photobacterium, Vibrio and Xenorhabdus. These systems are well known and well characterized fsee, e-a., Baldwin et al. (1984) Biochemistry 23:3663~3667; Nicoli et al.
( 1974) J. Biol. Chem. 249:2393-2396; Welches et al. ( 1981 ) Biochemistry 20:512-517; Engebrecht et al. ( 1986) Methods' in Enzymoiogv 133:83-99;
Frackman -et al. (1990) J. of Bacterioloay 172:5767-5773; Miyamoto et al.
(19861 Methods in Enzvmolo4y 133:70; U.S. Patent No. 4,581,335].
11 Luciferases Bacterial luciferase, as exemplified by luciferase derived from Vibrio harveyi f EC 1.14.14.3, alkanoi reduced-FMN-oxygen oxidoreductase 1-hydroxylating, luminescing], is a mixed function oxidase, formed by the association of two different protein subunits a and ~. The a-subunit has an apparent molecular weight- of approximately 42,000 kD and the ,B-subunit has an apparent molecular weight of approximately 37,000 kD [see, e-4., Cohn et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:102-1231. These subunits associate to-form a 2-chain complex luciferase enzyme, which catalyzes the light emitting reaction of bioluminescent bacteria, such as V.~ibrio harveyi (U.S. Patent No.
4,581,335;
Belas et al. (1982) Science 218:791-7931, Vibrio fischeri (Engebrecht et al.
(1983) Celi 32:773-781; Engebrecht et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
81:4154-4158) and other marine bacteria.
Bacterial luciferase genes have been cloned (see, e.~., U.S. Patent No.
5,221,623; U.S. Patent No. 4,581,335; European Patent Application No. EP
386 691 A]. Plasmids for expression of bacterial luciferase, such as Vibrio harveyi, include pl=1T001 (NRRL B-18080), pPALE001 (NRRL B-18082) and pMR19 (NRRL B-18081 )1 are known. For example the sequence of the entire lux -regulon from Vibiro fisheri has been determined [Baldwin et al. (1984), Biochemistry 23:3663-3667; Baldwin et al. ( 1981 ) Biochem. 20: 512-517;
Baldwin et al. (1984) Biochem. 233663-3667; see, also, e.,g_, U.S. Patent Nos.
5,196,318, 5,221,623, and 4,581,3351. This regulon includes luxl gene, which encodes a protein required for autoinducer synthesis [see, e-a., Engebrecht et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 81:4154-41581, the luxC, IuxO, and IuxE genes, which encode enzymes that provide the luciferase with an aldehyde substrate, and the luxA and luxB genes, which encode the alpha and beta subunits of the luciferase.
Lux genes from other bacteria have also been cloned and are available [see, e.~c ., Cohn et al. (1985) J. Biol. Chem. 260:6139-6146; U.S. Patent No.
5,196,524, which provides a fusion of the IuxA and IuxB genes from Vibrio harvey7. Thus, luciferase alpha and beta subunit-encoding DNA is provided and can be used to produce the luciferase. DNA encoding the a [ 1065 bp] and ~B
[984 bp] subunits, DNA encoding a luciferase gene of 2124 bp, encoding the alpha and beta subunits, a recombinant vector containing DNA encoding both subunits and a transformed E. coli and other bacterial hosts for expression and production of the encoded luciferase are available. In addition, bacterial luciferases ace commercially available.
' (2) Luciferins Bacterial luciferins include:
~o or C'H
R H
I I
N N' 'O
N~H
N
I
H O O
II
R la, for example, -~ li= (C OOH); CHI O -P -OH
I
OH
in which the tetradecanal with reduced flavin mononucleotide are considered luciferin since both are oxidized during the light emitting reaction.
(31 Reactions The bacterial systems require, in addition to reduced ffavin, five poiypeptides to complete the bioluminescent reaction: two subunits, a and ~, of bacterial iuciferin and three units of a fatty acid reductase system complex, which supplies the tetradecanal aldehyde. Examples of bacterial bioluminescent systems useful in the apparatus and methods provided herein include those derived from Vibrio fisheri and Vibrio harveyi. One advantage to this system is its ability to operate at cold temperatures; certain surgical procedures are performed by cooling the body to lower temperatures.
Bacterial luciferase catalyzes the flavin-mediated hydroxylation of a long-chain aldehyde to yield carboxylic acid and an excited flavin; the flavin decays to ground state with the concomitant emission of blue green light [~1""x = 490 nm; see, e-o., Legocki et al. (19861 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
81:9080; see U.S. Patent No. 5,196,524):

trMNH2 + R- CHO + 02 luciferase_ R - COOH + Hi0 + by , The reaction can be initiated by contacting reduced flavin mononucleotide [FMNH21 with a mixture of the bacterial luciferase, oxygen, and a long-chain aidehyde, usually n-decyi aldehyde.
DNA encoding luciferase from the fluorescent bacterium Alteromonas hanedai is known [CHISSO CORP; see, also, Japanese application JP 7222590, published August 22, 19951. The reduced flavin mononucleotide [FMNH2;
luciferin] reacts with oxygen in the presence of bacterial luciferase to produce an intermediate peroxy flavin. This intermediate reacts with a long-chain aldehyde [tetradecanal] to form the acid and the luciferase-bound hydroxy flavin 70 in its excited state. The excited luciferase-bound hydroxy ffavin then emits light and dissociates from the luciferase as the oxidized flavin mononucleotide [FMN]
and water. In vivo FMN is reduced again and recycled, and the aldehyde is regenerated from the acid.
Flavin reductases have been cloned [see, e-a., U.S. Patent No.
'! 5 5,484,723; see, SEQ ID No. 14 for a representative sequence from this patent].
These as well as NAD(P?H can be included in the reaction to regenerate FMNHZ
for reaction with the bacterial iuciferase and long chain aldehyde. The flavin reductase catalyzes the reaction of FMN, which is the luciferase reaction, into FMNH2; thus, if luciferase and the reductase are included in the reaction 20 system, it is possible to maintain the bioluminescent reaction. Namely, since the bacterial luciferase turns over many times, bioluminescence continues as long as a long chain aldehyde is present in the reaction system.
The color of light produced by bioluminescent bacteria also results from the participation of a protein blue-florescent protein [BFP] in the 25 bioluminescence reaction. This protein, which is well known [see, e'a., Lee et al. (1978) Methods in Enzvmoloav LVI1:226-2341, may also be added to bacterial bioluminescence reactions in order to cause a shift in the color.

f. Other systems (1 ) Dinoflagellate bioluminescence generating systems In dinoflagellates, bioluminescence occurs in organelles termed scintillons. These organelles are outpocketings of the cytoplasm into the cell vacuole. The scintillons contain only dinoflagellate luciferase and luciferin (with its binding protein], other cytoplasmic components being somehow excluded.
The dinoflagellate fuciferin is a tetrapyrrole related to chlorophyll:
O O-Na ai I I
O N / N \ N ~ N Cu Na I I
H H H
or an analog thereof.
The luciferase is a 135 kD single chain protein that is active at pH 6.5, but inactive at pH 8 (see, e,~o., Hastings ( 1981 ) Bioluminescence and Chemiluminescence, Det-uca et al., eds. Academic Press, NY, pp.343-360].
Luminescent activity can be obtained in extracts made at pH 8 by simply shifting the pH from 8 to 6. This occurs in soluble and particulate fractions.
Within the intact scintillon, the luminescent flash occurs for -100 msec, which is the duration of the flash in vivo. In solution, the kinetics are dependent on dilution, as in any enzymatic reaction. At pH 8, the iuciferin is bound to a protein (luciferin binding protein] that prevents reaction of the luciferin with the luciferase. At pH 6, however, the luciferin is released and free to react with the enzyme.
(2) Systems from molluscs, such as Latia and Phoias Molluscs Latia neritoides and species of Pholas are bioluminescent animals. The luciferin has the structure:

and has been synthesized [see, e.~.c .,, Shimomura et al. (1968) CHOCHO Biochemistry 7:1734-1738;
Shimomura et al. (1972) Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 69:2086-2089].
In addition to a luciferase and luciferin the reaction has a third component, a "purple protein". The reaction, which can be initiated by an exogenous reducing agent is represented by the following scheme:
luciterase purple protein LUCIFERIN + 20, + H=O+ XH: ---~ OXYLUCIFERIN + HCOOH + X + H=O + LIGHT.
XHZ is a reducing agent.
Thus for practice herein, the reaction will require the purple protein as well as a reducing agent.
(3) Earthworms and other annelids Earthworm species, such as Diplocardia longs, Chaetopterus and Harmothoe, exhibit bioluminescence. The luciferin has the structure:

II ~ ,0 C~N~C~H

H

The reaction requires hydrogen peroxide in addition to luciferin and luciferase. The luciferase is a photoprotein.
(4) Glow worms The luciferase/luciferin system from the glow worms that are found in Great Britain, and in Australian and New Zealand caves are also intended for use herein.

(5) Marine polycheate worm systems Marine polycheate worm bioluminescence generating systems, such as Phyxotrix and Chaetopterus, are also contemplated for use herein.

(6) South American railway beetle The bioluminescence generating system from the South American railway beetle is also intended for use herein.

(7) Fish Of interest herein, are luciferases and bioluminescence generating systems that generate red light. These include luciferases found in species of Aristostomias, such as A. scintillans [see, e-a.,0'Day et al. (1974) Vision Res.
14:545-5501. Pachystomias, Maiacosteus, such as M. niger.
Blue/green emmitters include cyclthone, myctophids, hatchet fish (agyropelecus), vinciguerria, howella, florenciella, and Chauliodus.
g. Fluorescent Proteins 75 The GFP from Aequorea and that of the sea pansy Renilla reniformis share the same chromophore, yet Aequorea GFP has two absorbance peaks at 395 and 475 nm, whereas Renilla GFP has only a single absorbance peak at 498 nm, with about 5.5 fold greater monomer extinction coefficient than the major 395 nm peak of the Aequorea protein [Ward, W. W. in Biohtminescence and Chemiluminescence (eds. DeLuca, M. A. & McElroy, W. D.) 235-242 (Academic Press, New York, 198911. The spectra of the isolated chromophore and denatured protein at neutral pH do not match the spectra of either native protein [Cody, C. W. et al. (1993) Biochemistry 32:1212-1218 1.
(1 ) Green and blue fluorescent proteins As described herein, blue light is produced using the Renilla fuciferase or the Aequorea photoprotein in the presence of Ca2+ and the coelenterazine luciferin or analog thereof. This light can be converted into a green light if a green fluorescent protein (GFP) is added to the reaction. Green fluorescent proteins, which have been purified [see, e-a., Prasher et al. (1992) Gene 111:229-2331 and also cloned [see, e.~,,, International PCT Application No. WO
95107463, which is based on U.S. application Serial No. 08/119,678 and U.S.
application Serial No. 08/192,274, which are herein incorporated by referencel, are used by cnidarians as energy-transfer acceptors. GFPs fluoresce in vivo upon receiving energy from a luciferase-oxyluciferein excited-state complex or a Ca2+-activated photoprotein. The chromophore is modified amino acid residues within the polypeptide. The best characterized GFPs are those of Aequorea and Renilla _ _(see, e_g., Prasher et al. 11992) Gene 111:229-233; Hart, et al.
(1979)8iochemistrv 18:2204-2210]. For example, a green fluorescent protein IGFP] from Aequorea victoria contains 238 amino acids, absorbs blue light and emits green light. Thus, inclusion of this protein in a composition containing the aequorin photoprotein charged with coelenterazine and oxygen, can, in the presence of calcium, result in the production of green light. Thus, it is contemplated that GFPs may be included in the bioluminescence generating reactions that employ the aequorin or Renilla luciferases or other suitable luciferase in order to enhance or alter color of the resulting bioluminescence.
GFPs are activated by blue light to emit green light and thus may be used in the absence of luciferase and in conjunction with an external light source with novelty items, as described herein. Similarly, blue fluorescent proteins (BFPs), such as from Vibrio fischeri, Vibrio harveyi or Photobacterium phosphoreum, may be used in conjunction with an external light source of . appropriate wavelength to generate blue light. (See for example, Karatani, et al., "A blue fluorescent protein from a yellow-emitting luminous bacterium,"
Photochem. Photobiol. 55(2):293-299 (1992); Lee, et al., "Purification of a blue-fluorescent protein from the bioluminescent bacterium Photobacterium phosphoreum" Methods Enzymol. (Biolumin. Chemilumin.) 57:226-234 (1978);
and Gast, et al. "Separation of a blue fluorescence protein from bacterial luciferase" Biochem. Bioohvs. Res. Commun. 8011):14-21 (1978), each, as all references cited herein, incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) In particular, GFPs, and/or BFPs or other such fluorescent proteins may be used in the beverage and/or food combinations provided herein and served in rooms illuminated with light of an appropriate wavelength to cause the fluorescent proteins to fluoresce.
GFPs and/or BFPs or other such fluorescent proteins may be used in any of the novelty items and combinations provided herein, such as the beverages WO 99/49019 PC'T/US99/06698 _77_ and toys, including bubble making toys, particularly bubble-making compositions or mixtures. Also of particular interest are the use of these proteins in cosmetics, particularly face paints or make-up, hair colorants or hair conditioners, mousses or other such products. Such systems are particularly of interest because no luciferase is needed to activate the photoprotein and because the proteins are non-toxic and safe to apply to the skin, hair, eyes and to ingest. These fluorescent proteins may also be used in addition to bioluminescence generating systems to enhance or create an array of different colors.
These proteins may be used alone or in combination with bioluminescence generating systems to produce an array of colors. They may be used in combinations such that the color of, for example, a beverage changes over time, or includes layers of different colors.
(2) Phycobiliproteins Phycobiliproteins are water soluble fluorescent proteins derived from cyanobacteria and eukaryotic algae Isee, e.~lc., Apt et al. (1995) J. Mol.
Biol.
238:79-96; Glazer ( 1982) Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 36:173-198; and Fairchild et al.
(1994) J. of Biol. Chem. 269:8686-8694]. These proteins have been used as fluorescent labels in immunoassay fsee, Kronick (1986) J. of Immunolog. Meth.
92:1-13), the proteins have been isolated and DNA encoding them is also available (see, e-4., Pilot et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
81:6983-6987; Lui et al. (1993) Plant Phvsiol 103:293-294; and Houmard et al. (1988) J. Bacteriol. 170:5512-5521; the proteins are commercially available from, for example, ProZyme, Inc., San Leandro, CA].
In these organisms, the phycobiliproteins are arranged in subcellular structures termed phycobilisomes, and function as accessory pigments that participate in photosynthetic reactions by absorbing visible light and transferring the derived energy to chlorophyll via a direct fluorescence energy transfer mechanism.
Two classes of phycobiliproteins are known based on their color:
phycoerythrins (red) and phycocyanins (blue), which have reported absorbtion maxima between 490 and 570 nm and between 610 and 665 nm, respectively.

_78_ Phycoerythrins and phycocyanins are heterogenous complexes composed of different ratios of alpha and beta monomers to which one or more class of linear tetrapyrrole chromophores are covalently bound. Particular phycobiliproteins may also contain a third y subunit which often associated with (a~18 aggregate proteins.
Ail phycobiliproteins contain either phycothrombilin or phycoerythobilin chromophores, and may also contain other bilins phycourobilin, cryptoviolin or the 697 nm bilin. The y-subunit is covalently bound with phycourobilin which results in the 495-500 nm absorbtion peak of B- and R-phycoerythrins. Thus, the spectral characteristics of phycobiliproetins may be influenced by the combination of the different chromophores, the subunit composition of the apo-phycobiliproteins andlor the local environment effecting the tertiary and quaternary structure of the phycobiliproteins.
As described above for GFPs and BFPs, phycobiliproteins are also activated by visible light of the appropriate wavelength and, thus, may be used in the absence of luciferase and in conjunction with an external light source to illuminate neoplaisa and specialty tissues, as described herein. Furthermore, the attachment of phycobiliproteins to solid support matrices is known (e-a., see U.S. Patent Nos. 4,714,682; 4,767,206; 4,774,189 and 4,867,9081. As noted above, these proteins may be used in combination with other fluorescent proteins and/or bioluminescence generating systems to produce an array of colors or to provide different colors over time.
As described above, attachment of phycobiliproteins to solid support matrices is known (e.~c ., see U.S. Patent Nos. 4,714,682; 4,767,206;
4,774,189 and 4,867,9081. Therefore, phycobiliproteins may be coupled to microcarriers coupled to one or more components of the bioluminescent reaction, preferably a luciferase, to convert the wavelength of the light generated from the bioluminescent reaction. Microcarriers coupled to one or more phycobifiproteins may be used in any of the methods provided herein.
The conversion of blue or green light to light of a longer wavelength, i.e., red or near infra-red, is particularly preferred for the visualization of deep neoplasias or specialty tissues using a laparoscope or computer tomogram imaging system, as described herein.
Thus, when a change in the frequency of emitted light is desired, the phycobiliprotein can be included with .the bioluminescent generating components.
C. ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS ENCODING
LUCIFERASES AND GFPs Nucleic acid bioluminescent proteins, including two new green fluorescent proteins (GFPs) and three coelenterazine-using luciferases are provided. An advantage of the coelenterazine-using luciferases in many applkications, particularly analytical applications, is that only the light-emitting luciferin and molecular oxygen are needed; cofactors such as ATP or Ca + + are not required.
The nucleic acids that encode these luciferases and GFPs can also be 9 5 used to isolated related nucleic acid from related speices. Also provided herein, are methods for isolating additional genes encoding luciferases and, particularly GFPs, from related species that have heretofore proven difficult to isolate.
Nucleic acids encoding luciferases from Renilla mulleri, Pleuromamma, Gaussia and Ptiiosarcus have been isolated. These nucleic acids have been or can be introduced into plasmids and expression vectors and into suitable host cells. The host cells have been and can be used to produce the encoded protein, which can be used for any of the applications described herein or known to those of skill in the art.
The cloned DNA fragments can be replicated in bacterial cells, preferably in E. coli. A preferred DNA fragment also includes a bacterial origin of replication, to ensure the maintenance of the DNA fragment from generation to generation of the bacteria. In this way, large quantities of the DNA fragment can be produced by replication in bacteria: Preferred bacterial origins of replication include, but are not limited to, the f 1-on and col E 1 origins of replication. Preferred hosts contain chromosomal copies of DNA encoding T7 RNA polymerase operably linked to an inducible promoter, such as the IacUV
promoter (see, U.S. Patent No. 4,952,4961. Such hosts include, but are not limited to, iysogens E. coli strains HMS174(DE3)pLysS, BL21 (DE3tpLysS, HMS174(DE3) and BL21 (DE3). Strain BL21 (DE3) is preferred. The plys strains provide low levels of T7 lysozyme, a natural inhibitor of T7 RNA
polymerase.
For expression and for preparation of mutueins, such as temperature sensitive muteins, eukaryotic cells, among them, yeast cells, such as Saccharomyces are preferred.
Fusion proteins of the luciferases and GFPs are also provided. Methods of use thereof are also provided.
The methods are described with respect to Renilla and Gaussia nucleic acids and proteins. Similar methods were used to identify and isolated the Ptilosarcus and Pleuromamma nucleic acids and proteins provided herein.
The GFP cloned from Renilla mullerei has spectral properties that make it extremely useful. These properties include very high quantum efficiency, high molar absorbency and efficient use with universally available fluorescein filters (e.g., Endo GFP filter set sold by Chroma). It is known that Renilla reniformis GFP is sixfold brighter than the wild-type Aequorea GFP on a molar basis, and three to fourfold brighter than the brightest mutant. The Renilla mulerei GFP
encoded by the nucleic acid clones provided herein exhibits similar functional characteristics, and the spectra appear identical with those from native reniformis GFP.
Based on the excitation and emission curve shapes, the Ptilosarcus GFP
provided herein has a molar absorbance even higher than that of the R.
mullerei GFP and should be even brighter.
The Guassia and Pleuromamma luciferases are the first two copepod luciferases to be cloned; both are excreted, and so should effective markers for secreted proteins. The Guassia luciferase is the smallest luciferase so far found (MW 19,900). All the luciferases show the typical output spectrum of coelenterazine-using luciferases. All show a strong dependance on cation concentration, but do not require divalent cations (data not shown). None of the luciferases has any significant homology with the luciferases isolated from another species.

There, however, is considerable homology between the Ptilosarcus GFP
and the R. mulleri GFP (-8096) but little homology with the A. vicioria GFP
(-25°~). In spite of this, all three proteins are 238AA in length, suggesting that the structures of all three proteins are similar. Sequence comparison among the GFPs isolated from Aequorea victoria, Renilla mullerei, and Ptilosarcus reveal that the chromophore sequences of R. mullerei and Ptilosarcus are identical, and differ from A. victoria. These sequence differences point to protein sites that can be modified without affecting the essential fluorescence properties and also provide a means to identify residues that change these properties.
ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACID ENCODING
Gaussia LUCIFERASE
1. Isolation of specimens of the genus Gaussia Specimens of Gaussia are readily available from the oceans of the world, including the Gulf of Mexico, Pacific Ocean and Atlantic Ocean. The species used herein for isolation of the exemplified nucleic acid were isolated from the Pacific Ocean off of the Southern California coast in the San Pedro and San Clemente basins. The creatures are identified by sifting through samples of ocean water in the dark and selecting the glowing copepods. Upon capture, the specimens are washed thoroughly and may also be dissected to enrich for light emitting tissues. The whole organisms or dissected tissues are then snap frozen and stored in liquid nitrogen.
As described in detail in the examples below, whole Gaussia were used as a source for isolation of nucleic acids encoding Gaussia luciferase (e-a., see SEQ ID No. 19.
2. Preparation of Gaussia cDNA expression libraries Gaussia cDNA expression libraries may be prepared from intact RNA
following the methods described herein or by other methods known to those of skill in the art (e.~..,, see Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY.; U.S.
Patent No. 5,292,658).

Typically, the preparation of cDNA libraries includes the isolation of polyadenylated RNA from the selected organism followed by single-strand DNA
synthesis using reverse transcriptase, digestion of the RNA strand of the DNAIRNA hybrid and subsequent conversion of the single-stranded DNA to double stranded cDNA.
a. RNA isolation and cDNA synthesis Whole Gaussia was used as source of total cytoplasmic RNA for the preparation of Gaussia cDNA. Total intact RNA can be isolated using standard techniques well known to those of skill in the art (e.g_, see Sambrook et al.
(1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY). After isolating total cellular RNA, poiyadenylated RNA species are then easily separated from the nonpolyadenylated species using affinity chromatography on oligodeoxythymidylate cellulose columns, (e-ct., as described by Aviv et al., (1972) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 69:1408!.
The purified Gaussia polyA-mRNA is then subjected to a cDNA synthesis reaction to generate a cDNA library from total polyA-mRNA. Briefly, reverse transcriptase is used to extend an annealed polydT primer to generate an RNAIDNA duplex. The RNA strand is then digested using an RNase, e-a., RNase H, and following second-strand synthesis, the cDNA molecules are blunted-ended with S1 nuclease or other appropriate nuclease. The resulting double-stranded cDNA fragments can be iigated directly into a suitable expression vector or, alternatively, oligonucleotide linkers encoding restriction endonuclease sites can be ligated to the 5'-ends of the cDNA molecules to facilitate cloning of the cDNA fragments.
b. Construction of cDNA expression libraries The best characterized vectors for the construction of cDNA expression libraries are lambda vectors. Lambda-based vectors tolerate cDNA inserts of about 12 kb and provide greater ease in library screening, amplification and storage compared to standard plasmid vectors. Presently preferred vectors for the preparation of Gaussia cDNA (and the other libraries herein) expression libraries are the Lambda, Uni-Zap, Lambda-Zap II or Lambda-ZAP

Express/EcoRIIXhoI vectors, which are known to those of skill in the art (e.g:, see U.S. Pat. No. 5,128,256), and are also commercially available (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA).
Generally, the Lambda-Zap vectors combine the high efficiency of a bacteriophage lambda vector systems with the versatility of a plasmid system.
Fragments cloned into these vectors can be automatically excised using a helper phage and recirciularized to generate subclones in the pBK-derived phagemid.
The pBK phagemid carries the ampicillin -resistance gene (AMPR) for selection in bacteria and 6418 selection in eukaryotic cells or may contain the ~B-lactamase resistance gene. Expression of the recombinant polypeptide is under the control of the /acZ promoter in bacteria and the CMV promoter in eukaryotes.
More specifically, these lambda-based vectors are composed of an initiator-terminator cassette containing the plasmid system, e-4., a the well known pBK Bluescript derivative (available from Stratagene), bracketed by the right and left arm of the bacteriophage lambda. The lambda arms allow for efficient packaging of replicated DNA whereas the excisable initiator-terminator cassette allows for easy cloning of the cDNA fragments and the generation of a plasmid library without the need for additional subcloning.
When used herein, cDNA fragments are inserted into the multiple cloning site contained within the initiator-terminator cassette of the Lambda-Zap vector to create a set of cDNA expression vectors. The set of cDNA expression vectors is allowed to infect suitable E. coli cejls, followed by co-infection with a filamentous helper phage. Within the cell, traps-acting proteins encoded by the helper phage, e-4.4., the gene II protein of M i 3, recognize two separate domains positioned within the lambda arms of the vector and introduce single-stranded nicks flanking the intiator-terminator cassette. Upon a subsequent round of DNA synthesis, a new DNA strand is synthesized that displaces the existing nick strand liberating the initiator-terminator cassette. The displaced strand is then circularized, packaged as filamentous phage by the helper proteins and excreted from the cell. The BK plasmid containing the cDNA is recovered by infecting an F' strain of E. coli and plating the infected cells on solid medium supplemented with ampicillin for the selection of pBK-containing cells.

The Gaussia cDNA expression library can be screened using a variety of methods known to those of skill in the art. For example, identification of Gaussia luciferase may be achieved using a functional screening method by observing colonies visually for emission of blue light or by observing light emission using one or more bandpass filter.
3. Isolation and identification of DNA encoding Gaussia luciferase DNA encoding a Gaussia luciferase may be isolated using methods described herein, or by using other methods known to those of skill in the art.
As described in detail below, a Gaussia ~i Uni-Zap cDNA expression plasmid library was prepared, transformed into competent E. coli cells and plated onto modified L-broth plates containing carbon black to absorb background fluorescence (e.~.Lc ., see EXAMPLES).
Transformants were sprayed with a solution containing IPTG (isopropyl ~-D-thiogalactopyranoside; see, et al. Nakamura et al. (1979) Cell 18:1109-1117) to induce expression of the recombinant Gaussia luciferase from the heterologous DNA. Other induction systems may also be used. Preferred promoter regions are those that are inducible and functional in E. coli or early genes in vectors of viral origin. Examples of suitable inducible promoters and promoter regions include, but are not limited to: the E. coli lac operator responsive to isopropyl ~-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG; see, et al. Nakamura et al. (1979) Cell 18:1109-1117); the metallothionein promoter metal-regulatory-elements responsive to heavy-metal (e.4., zinc) induction (see, e-s~., U.S.
Patent No. 4,870,009 to Evans et al.); the phage T7lac promoter responsive to IPTG (see, e.g_, U.S. Patent No. 4,952,496; and Studier et al. (1990) Meth.
Enzvmol. 185:60-89) and the TAC promoter. Other promoters include, but are not limited to, the T7 phage promoter and other T7-like phage promoters, such as the T3, T5 and SP6 promoters, the trp, Ipp, and lac promoters, such as the IacUVS, from E. coli; the P10 or polyhedrin gene promoter of baculoviruslinsect cell expression systems /see, ercL, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,243,041, 5,242,687, 5,266,317, 4,745,051, and 5,169,784) and inducible promoters from other eukaryotic expression systems.

-8fi-Particularly preferred plasmids for transformation of E. coli cells include the pET expression vectors Isee, U.S patent 4,952,496; available from NOVAGEN, Madison, WI; see, also literature published by Novagen describing the system). Such plasmids include, pET 34 Isee Fig. 1 ), pET 11 a, which contains the T7lac promoter, T7 terminator, the inducible E. coli lac operator, and the lac repressor gene; pET 12a-c, which contains the T7 promoter, T7 terminator, and the E. coli ompT secretion signal; and pET 15b (NOVAGEN, Madison, WI), which contains a His-TagTM leader sequence) for use in purification with a His column and a thrombin cleavage site that permits cleavage following purification over the column; the T7-lac promoter region and the T7 terminator. Plasmid pET 34 further includes the CBD to aid in purification.
Particularly preferred plasmids for transformation of E. coli cells include the pET expression vectors (see, U.S patent 4,952,496; available from NOVAGEN, Madison, WI). For example, the plasmid pET34-LIC is a prokaryotic expression vector that contains a multiple cloning site for inserting heterologous DNA templates downstream from a bacteriophage T7 promoter. Transformation into a bacterial host that expresses T7 RNA polymerase, e.~.Lc ., ~. coli strain BL21 (DE3), results in high level, recombinant expression of the heterologous protein. DNA encoding the Gaussia luciferase has been inserted into the pET34 vector as a fusion with the cellulose binding domain (CBD; see, SEQ ID Nos. 21 and 22), and expressed in E. coli host cells.
Over 120 different CBD sequences have been identified and grouped into at least 10 families on the basis of sequence similarities (Tomme et al.
(1995) in Enzymatic Degradation of Insoluble Polysaccharides; Saddler, J. M., and Penner, M., Eds.; American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C; pp 142-161 ).
The CBDclos Tag sequence is derived from the Cellulose-Binding Protein A
(CbpA) of Clostridium cellulovorans (Goldstein et al. (1993) J. Bacteriol. 175:5762-5768) and has a high affinity for crystalline cellulose.
To identify luciferase-expressing clones, transformants, grown on black agar, were sprayed with coelentrazine.

Expression was apparent because of the resulting colonies that emit an intense blue-green light. Glowing colonies were selected. The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA insert of a blue light-emitting transformant was determined (8-4., see SEa ID No. 191.: As described in herein the 765 DNA
insert encodes a 185 amino acid polypeptide.
ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACID ENCODING Renilla PROTEINS
1. Isolation of specimens of the genus Renilla Specimens of Renilla are readily available from the oceans of the world, including the Gulf of Mexico, Pacific Ocean and Atlantic Ocean. Renilla typically live on the ocean bottom at about 30 to 100 feet deep and can be easily coltected by dragging. For example, specimens of R. kollikeri can be obtained off the coast of California or Baja, Mexico. Alternatively, live specimens of Renilla may be purchased from a commercial supplier (e-, Gulf Marine Incorporated, Panacea, Flay. Upon capture or receipt, the specimens are washed thoroughly and may also be dissected to enrich for light-emitting tissues. The whole organisms or dissected tissues are then snap frozen and stored in liquid nitrogen.
As described in detail in the examples below, the frozen tissues were used as a source to isolate nucleic acids encoding Renilla mulleri GFP and luciferase (e-y., see SEQ ID No. 15 and SEa ID No. 17, respectivelyl.
2. Preparation of Renilla cDNA expression libraries Renilla cDNA expression libraries may be prepared from intact RNA
following the methods described herein or by other methods known to those of skill the art (ei4. -g., see Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY.; U.S.
Patent No. 5,292,658).
Typically, the preparation of cDNA libraries includes the isolation of polyadenyiated RNA from the selected organism followed by single-strand DNA
synthesis using reverse transcriptase, digestion of the RNA strand of the DNAIRNA hybrid and subsequent conversion of the single-stranded DNA to double stranded ~ cDNA.

s: RNA isolation and cDNA synthesis Whole Renilla or dissected Renilla tissues can be used a source of total cytoplasmic RNA for the preparation of Renilla cDNA. Total intact RNA can be isolated from crushed Renilla tissue, for example, by using a modification of methods generally known in the art (e_.;g:, see Chirgwin et al. ( 1970) Biochemistry 18:5294-5299). After isolating total cellular RNA, polyadenylated RNA species are then easily separated from the nonpolyadenylated species using affinity chromatography on oligodeoxythymidylate cellulose columns, (e-4., as described by Aviv et al., (1972) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
69:1408).
The purified Renilla polyA-mRNA is then subjected to a cDNA synthesis reaction to generate a cDNA library from total polyA-mRNA. Briefly, reverse transcriptase is used to extend an annealed polydT primer to generate an RNA/DNA duplex. The RNA strand is then digested using an RNase, e-p., RNase H, and following second-strand synthesis, the cDNA molecules are blunted-ended with S 1 nuclease or other appropriate nuclease. The resulting double-stranded cDNA fragments can be figated directly into a suitable expression vector or, alternatively, oligonucleotide linkers encoding restriction endonuclease sites can be ligated to the 5'-ends of the cDNA molecules to facilitate cloning of the cDNA fragments.
b. Construction of cDNA expression libraries The best characterized vectors for the construction of cDNA expression libraries are lambda vectors. Lambda-based vectors tolerate cDNA inserts of about 12 kb and provide greater ease in library screening, amplification and storage compared to standard plasmid vectors. Presently preferred vectors for the preparation of Renilla cDNA expression libraries are the Lambda, Uni-Zap, Lambda-Zap II or Lambda-ZAP ExpressIEcoRI/Xhol vectors, which are known to those of skill in the art ~e.~,Lc., see U.S. Pat. No. 5,128,256), and are also commercially available (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA).
~ Generally, the Lambda-Zap vectors combine the high efficiency of a bacteriophage lambda vector systems with the versatility of a plasmid system.
Fragments cloned into these vectors can be automatically excised using. a helper _88-phage and recirciularized to generate subclones in the pBK-derived phagemid.
The pBK phagemid carries the neomycin-resistance gene for selection in bacteria and 6418 selection in eukaryotic cells or may contain the ~B-lactamase resistance gene. Expression of the recombinant polypeptide is under the control of the lacZ promoter in bacteria and the CMV promoter in eukaryotes.
More specifically, these lambda-based vectors are composed of an initiator-terminator cassette containing the plasmid system, e-4., a pBK
Bluescript derivative (Stratagene, San Diego, bracketed by the right and left arm of the bacteriophage lambda. The lambda arms allow for efficient packaging of replicated DNA whereas the excisable initiator-terminator cassette allows for easy cloning of the cDNA fragments and the generation of a plasmid library without the need for additional subcloning.
When used herein, cDNA fragments are inserted into the multiple cloning site contained within the initiator-terminator cassette of the Lambda-Zap vector to create a set of cDNA expression vectors. The set of cDNA expression vectors is allowed to infect suitable E. coli cells, followed by co-infection with a fiiamentous helper phage. Within the cell, traps-acting proteins encoded by the helper phage, e,~"g., the gene II protein of M13, recognize two separate domains positioned within the lambda arms of the vector and introduce single-stranded nicks flanking the intiator-terminator cassette. Upon a subsequent round of DNA synthesis, a new DNA strand is synthesized that displaces the existing nick strand liberating the initiator-terminator cassette. The displaced strand is then circularized, packaged as filamentous phage by the helper proteins and excreted from the cell. The BK plasmid containing the cDNA is recovered by infecting an F' strain of E. coli and plating the infected cells on solid medium supplemented with kanamycin for the selection of pBK-containing cells.
The Renilla cDNA expression library can be screened using a variety of methods known to those of skill in the art. Far example, identification of Renilla GFP may be achieved using a functional screening method employing blue tight and observing colonies visually for emission of green fluorescence or by observing light emission using one or mote bandpass filter.
3. Isolation and identification of DNA encoding Renilla GFP

DNA encoding a Renilla GFP may be isolated using methods described herein, or by using other methods known to those of skill in the art. As described in detail below, a R. mulleri ~1 Uni-Zap cDNA expression plasmid library was prepared, transformed into competent E. coli cells and plated onto modified L-broth plates containing carbon black to absorb background fluorescence (e'a., see EXAMPLE 4). Transformants were sprayed with a solution containing IPTG to induce expression of the recombinant Renilla GFP
from the heterologous cDNA. To identify GFP expressing clones, transformants were placed in blue light, preferably 470 to 490 nm light, and colonies that emitted green fluorescence were isolated and grown in pure culture.
The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA insert of a green fluorescent transformant was determined (e-4., see SEQ ID No. 15). As described in EXAMPLE 4, the 1,079 cDNA insert encodes a 238 amino acid polypeptide that is only 23.5 °~6 identical to A. victoria GFP, the only other GFP that has been characterized at the molecular level. The recombinant protein exhibits excitation and emission spectra similar to those reported for live Renilla species.
4. Isolation and identification of DNA encoding Renilla luciferase The above-described R. mulleri cDNA expression library was also used to clone DNA encoding a R, mulleri fuciferase (e.g_, see EXAMPLE 5). Single colony transformants were grown on modified L-broth plates containing carbon black and expression from the heterologous DNA was induced with IPTG, essentially as described above. After allowing time for expression, the transformants were sprayed with coelenterazine and screened for those colonies that emit blue tight. Light-emitting colonies were isolated and grown in pure culture.
The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA insert contained in the fight-emitting transformant was determined. As described in EXAMPLE 5, the 1,217 cDNA insert encodes a 31 1 amino acid poiypeptide. The recombinant protein exhibits excitation and emission spectra similar to those reported for live Renilla species.

D. NUCLEIC ACID PROBES AND METHODS FOR ISOLATING AND
CLONING OF LUCIFERASE- and GFP-ENCODING NUCLEIC ACIDS FROM
OTHER SPECIES
Geussia The nucleic acid exemplified herein that encodes the Gaussia luciferase may be used as a source of probes for isolating luciferases from other Gaussia species. Any suitable probe based upon the exemplified sequence of nucleotides may be used in any method. Such probe should hybridize under conditions of at least low stringency, more preferably moderate stringency and most preferably high stringency to related nucleic acids in a suitable Gaussia library.
Also provided herein are specific nucleic acid probes for isolating and cloning luciferase-encoding nucleic acid from other species of Gaussia.
Typically the nucleic acid probes are degenerate probes, which ace then used as hybridization probes to screen cDNA libraries prepared from the selected Gaussia species to obtain a DNA clone encoding a full-length Gaussia luciferase.
Preferred nucleic acid probes are designed to be degenerate probes of at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 16 to 30 nucleotides, that are based on these conserved amino acid positions. For example, particularly preferred regions for designing probes are based on amino acids 1 to 185, set forth in SEQ ID No.
20. In other preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid probes encoding the above-described preferred amino acid regions are selected among the sequence of nucleotides encoding these regions set forth in SEQ ID NO. 19.
Alternatively, peptides corresponding to these amino acid positions can be prepared and used as immunogens to immunize animals to produce Gaussia luciferase-specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies using methods well known to those of skill in the art (e-a., see Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Clonin4: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY). The antibodies can be used to screen cDNA expression libraries, such as those prepared following the methods described herein, to identify clones expressing a partial or full-length clones.

NUCLEIC ACID PROBES AND METHODS FOR ISOLATING AND
CLONING OF GFP-ENCODING NUCLEIC ACIDS FROM OTHER
SPECIES OF Renilla The nucleic acid exemplified herein that encodes the Renilla mulleri GFP
may be used as a source of probes for isolating GFPs from other Renilla species.
Any suitable probe based upon the exemplified sequence of nucleotides may be used in any method. Such probe should hybridize under conditions of low stringency to related nucleic acid in a suitable Renilla library.
Also provided herein are specific nucleic acid probes for isolating and cloning GFP-encoding nucleic acid from other species of Renilla. These probes are based on regions of the Renilla GFP protein that are shared amongst members of the Renilla genus (see Figure 1 ). Typically the nucleic acid probes are degenerate probes, which are then used as hybridization probes to screen cDNA libraries prepared from the selected Renilla species to obtain a DNA
clone encoding a full-length Renilla GFP.
To elucidate regions of the GFP that are shared amongst of Renilla species, purified Renilla reniformis GFP was subjected to specific chemical and proteolytic degradation, e.g_, trypsin and Proteinase Q, to produce a variety of short peptides for analysis and the amino acid sequence of the Renilla reniformis peptides was determined.
Figure 1 displays an alignment of the deduced amino acid sequence of Renilla mulleri green fluorescent protein and the amino acid sequence determined for the isolated Renilla reniformis GFP peptides. Although the two species are cfoseiy related, the amino acid sequences of the Renilla GFPs are different. This difference, however, can be exploited to construct specific probes because there are highly conserved regions. The R. mulleri and R, reniformis sequences are identical at 103 of 187 residues present in peptides of sufficient length to yield satisfactory alignments.
Certain regions of the two amino acid sequences exhibit a high degree of conservation. For instance, 18 of 19 amino acids corresponding to positions 51 to 69 of the Renilla mulleri sequence are identical between the two Renilla GFPs, including a contiguous stretch of 16 identical amino acid residues which ~r correspond to amino acid positions 51 to 65. Also, as shown in Figure 1, Renilla reniformis GFP (e_g, see SEa ID No. 20) shares a fairly high degree of sequence similarity with the amino acid residues corresponding to amino acids 81 to 106 of the R: mulleri sequence (60.9 °r6; 7 8 of 26 identical amino acids).
Therefore, these regions provide the sequence for construction of probes.
Preferred nucleic acid probes are designed to be degenerate probes of at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 16 to 30 nucleotides; that are based on these conserved amino acid positions. For example, particularly preferred regions for designing probes are based on amino acids 51 to 68, 82 to 98 and 198 to 208 set forth in SEQ ID No. 16, amino acid sequence set forth in SEO. ID No. 20, amino acids 9-20 set forth in SEa ID No. 21 and amino acids 39-53 set forth in SEQ ID No. 23. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid probes encoding the above-described preferred amino acid regions are selected among the sequence of nucleotides encoding these regions set forth in SEa ID NO. 15. These degenerate nucleic acid probes can be used as hybridization probes for the isolation and cloning of GFP-encoding DNA in Renilla reniformis and other species. Alternatively or in addition, these probes may be used as primers in nucleic acid amplification reactions.
Alternatively, peptides corresponding to these amino acid positions can be prepared and used as immunogens to immunize animals to produce Renilla GFP-specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies using methods well known to those of skill in the art (e:9:~ --see Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY). The antibodies can be used to screen cDNA expression libraries, such as those prepared following the methods described herein, to identify clones expressing a partial or foil-length clone encompassing ail or a portion of amino acid residues 51 to 69 of the Renilla mulleri GFP (e.g_, see Figure 1; SEQ ID
Nos. 15 and 161.

Other species Similar methods may be used with the nucleic acids provided herein that encode the Ptilosarcus and Pleuromamma proteins.
E. RECOMBINANT EXPRESSION OF PROTEINS
Gaussie 1. DNA encoding Gaussia proteins As described above, DNA encoding a Gaussia luciferase can be isolated from natural sources, synthesized based on Gaussia nucleic acid sequences provided herein or prepared using a number of recombinant DNA cloning and amplification techniques, e-a., polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
In preferred embodiments, the DNA fragment encoding a Gaussia luciferase has the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEQ ID No. 20. In more preferred embodiments, the DNA fragment encodes the sequence of amino acids encoded by nucleotides 37-591 of the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 19.
2. DNA constructs for recombinant production of Gaussia proteins DNA is introduced into a plasmid for expression in a desired host. In preferred embodiments, the host is a bacterial host. The sequences of nucleotides in the plasmids that are regulatory regions, such as promoters and operators, are operationally associated with one another for transcription of the sequence of nucleotides that encode a Gaussia luciferase. The sequence of nucleotides encoding the Gaussia luciferase may also include DNA encoding a secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a precursor of the Gaussia luciferase In preferred embodiments the DNA plasmids also include a transcription terminator sequence. The promoter regions and transcription terminators are each independently selected from the same or different genes.
A wide variety of multipurpose vectors suitable for the expression of heterologous proteins are known to those of skill in the art and are commercially available. Expression vectors containing inducible promoters or constitutive promoters that are linked to regulatory regions are preferred. Such promoters include, but are not limited to, the T7 phage promoter and other T7-like phage promoters, such as the T3, T5 and SP6 promoters, the try, Ip~, tet and lac promoters, such as the iacUVS, from E. coli; the SV40 promoter; the P10 or polyhedron gene promoter of baculoviruslinsect cell expression systems, retroviral long-terminal repeats and inducible promoters from other eukaryotic expression systems.
3. Host organisms for recombinant production of Gaussia proteins Host organisms include those organisms in which recombinant production of heterologous proteins have been carried out, such as, but not limited to, bacteria (for example, E. colil, yeast (for example, Saccharomvces cerevisiae and Pichia pastoris), fungi, baculovirusiinsect systems, amphibian cells, mammalian cells, plant cells and insect cells. Presently preferred host organisms are strains of bacteria or yeast. Most preferred host organisms are strains of E. coli or Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
4. Methods for recombinant production of Gaussia proteins The DNA encoding a Gaussia luciferase is introduced into a plasmid in operative linkage to an appropriate promoter for expression of polypeptides in a selected host organism. The DNA fragment encoding the Gaussia luciferase may also include a protein secretion signal that functions in the selected host to direct the mature polypeptide into the periplasm or culture medium. The resulting luciferase can be purified by methods routinely used in the art, including methods described hereinafter in the 5xamples.
Methods of transforming suitable host cells, preferably bacterial cells, and more preferably E. coli cells, as well as methods applicable for culturing said cells containing a gene encoding a heterologous protein, are generally known in the art. See, for example, Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning:
A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY.
Once the Gaussia-encoding nucleic acid molecule has been introduced into the host cell, the desired protein is produced by subjecting the host cell to conditions under which the promoter is induced, whereby the operatively linked DNA is transcribed. The cellular extracts of lysed cells containing the protein may be prepared and the resulting "clarified lysate" employed as a source of the luciferase. Alternatively, the lysate may be subjected to additional purification steps (e.g., ion exchange chromatography or immunoaffinity chromatography) to further enrich the lysate or provide a homogeneous source of the purified enzyme (see e.a., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,292,658 and 5,418,1551.
Renilla 1. DNA encoding Renillu prot~ins As described above, DNA encoding a Renilla GFP or Renilla luciferase can be isolated from natural sources, synthesized based on Renilla sequences provided herein or prepared using a number of recombinant DNA cloning and amplification techniques, ea., pofymerase chain reaction IPCR).
In preferred embodiments, the DNA fragment encoding a Renilla GFP has the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEQ ID No. 16. In more preferred embodiments, the DNA fragment encodes the sequence of amino acids encoded by nucleotides 259-972 of the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEO. 1D No.
15.
In preferred embodiments, the DNA fragment encoding a Renilla luciferase has the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEa ID No. 18. In more preferred embodiments, the DNA fragment encodes the sequence of amino acids encoded by nucleotides 31-963 of the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEA. ID No. 17.
2. DNA constructs for recombinant production of Renilla proteins DNA is introduced into a plasmid for expression in a desired host. In preferred embodiments, the host is a bacterial host. The sequences of nucleotides in the piasmids that are regulatory regions, such as promoters and operators, are operationally associated with one another for transcription of the sequence of nucleotides that encode a Renilla GFP or luciferase. The sequence of nucleotides encoding the FGF mutein may also include DNA encoding a secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a precursor of the Renilla GFP.

In preferred embodiments the DNA plasrnids also include a transcription terminator sequence. The promoter regions and transcription terminators are each independently selected from the same or different genes.
A wide variety of multipurpose: vectors suitable for the expression of heterologous proteins are known to those of skill in the art and are commercially available. Expression vectors containing inducible promoters or constitutive promoters that are linked to regulatory regions are preferred. Such promoters include, but are not limited to, the T7 phage promoter and other T7-like phage promoters, such as the T3, T5 and SP6 promoters, the t_re, Ip~, tet and lac promoters, such as the IacUVS, from E. coli; the SV40 promoter; the P70 or polyhedron gene promoter of baculovirusiinsect cell expression systems, retrovirai long-terminal repeats and inducible promoters from other eukaryotic expression systems.
Particularly preferred vectors for recombinant expression of Renilla mulleri in prokaryotic organisms are lac- and T7 promoter-based vectors, such as the well known Bluescript vectors, which are commercially available (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA).
3. Host organisms for recombinant production of Renilla proteins Host organisms include those organisms in which recombinant production of heterologous proteins have been carried out, such as, but not limited to, bacteria (for example, E. coli), yeast (for example, Saccharomvces cerevisiae and Pichia as orisl, fungi, baculovirus/insect systems, amphibian cells, mammalian cells, plant cells and insect cells. Presently preferred host organisms are strains of bacteria or yeast. Most preferred host organisms are strains of E. coli or Saccharomvces cerevisiae.
4. Methods for recombinant production of Reniila proteins The DNA encoding a Renilla GFP or Renilla mulleri luciferase is introduced into a plasmid in operative linkage to an appropriate promoter for expression of polypeptides in a selected host organism. The DNA fragment encoding the Renilla GFP or luciferase may also include a protein secretion signal that functions in the selected host to direct the mature polypeptide into the periplasm or culture medium. The resulting Renilla GFP or luciferase can be purified by methods routinely used in the art, including methods described hereinafter in the Examples.
Methods of transforming suitable host cells, preferably bacterial cells, and more preferably E. coli cells, as well as methods applicable for culturing said cells containing a gene encoding a heterologous protein, are generally known in the art. See, for example, Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning:
A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY.
Once the Renilla-encoding DNA fragment has been introduced into the host cell, the desired Renilla GFP is produced by subjecting the host cell to conditions under which the promoter is induced, whereby the operatively linked DNA is transcribed. The cellular extracts of lysed cells containing the protein may be prepared and the resulting "clarified lysate" vvas employed as a source of recombinant Renilla GFP or Renilla mulleri luciferase. Alternatively, the lysate may be subjected to additional purification steps (e.g., ion exchange chromatography or immunoaffinity chromatography) to further enrich the lysate or provide a homogeneous source of the purified enzyme (see e.a., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,292,658 and 5,418,155).
F. RECOMBINANT CELLS EXPRESSING HETEROLOGOUS NUCLEIC ACID
ENCODING A LUCIFERASES AND GFPs These cells, vectors and methods are exemplified with respect to Renilla and Gaussia. The same cells, vectors and methods may be used for expressing the Pleuromamma and Ptilosarcus proteins.
Gaussia Recombinant cells containing heterologous nucleic acid encoding a Gaussia luciferase are provided. In preferred embodiments, the recombinant cells express the encoded Gaussia luciferase which is functional and non-toxic to the cell. In more preferred embodiments, the Gaussia iuciferase contains the amino acid sequence set forth in SEa 1D No. 20.
In certain embodiments, the recombinant cells may also include heterologous nucleic acid encoding another components) of a bioluminescence-generating system, preferably a fluorescent protein. In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid encoding the bioluminescence-generating system component is isolated from the species Aequorea, Varguia or Renilla. In more preferred embodiments, the additional bioluminescence-generating system component is a Renilla mulleri or reniformis GFP.
The Renilla GFP and GFP peptides can be isolated from natural sources or isolated from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell transfected with nucleic acid that encodes the Renilla GFP and/or GFP peptides, such as those described above.
Exemplary cells include bacteria (e'a., E. cold, plant cells, cells of mammalian origin (e.g., COS cells, mouse L cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells, African green monkey cells and other such cells known to those of skill in the art), amphibian cells (e.g., Xenopus laevis oocytesl, yeast cells (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris), and the like. Exemplary cells for expressing injected RNA
transcripts include Xenopus laevis oocytes. Eukaryotic cells that are preferred for transfection of DNA are known to those of skill in the art or may be empirically identified, and include HEK293 (which are available from ATCC under accession #CRL 15731; Ltk- cells (which are available from ATCC under accession #CCL1.31; COS-7 cells (which are available from ATCC under accession #CRL
1651 ); and DG44 cells ldhfr CHO cells; see, e.g., Urlaub et al. (1986) Cell.
Molec. Genet. 12: 555). Presently preferred cells include strains of bacteria and yeast.
The recombinant cells that contain the heterologous DNA encoding the Gaussia luciferase are produced by transfection with DNA encoding a Gaussia luciferase or by introduction of RNA transcripts of DNA encoding Gaussia proteins using methods well known to those of skill in the art. The DNA may be introduced as a linear DNA fragment or may be included in an expression vector for stable or transient expression of the encoding DNA.
Heterologous DNA may be maintained in the cell as an episomal element or may be integrated into chromosomal DNA of the cell. The resulting recombinant cells may then be cultured or subcultured (or passaged, in the case WO 99/49019 PCT/US99106b98 of mammalian cells) from such a culture or a subculture thereof. Also, DNA
may be stably incorporated into cells or may be transiently expressed using methods known in the art.
The recombinant cells can be used in a wide variety of cell-based assay methods, such as those methods described for cells expressing wild type or modified A. victoria GFPs or GFP fusion proteins (e.~., see U.S. Patent No.
5,625,048; International patent application Publication Nos. WO 95/21191; WO
96123810; WO 96/27675; WO 97126333; WO 97128261; WO 97141228; and WO 98/02571 ).
RECOMBINANT CELLS EXPRESSING HETEROLOGOUS NUCLEIC ACID
ENCODING A Renilla GREEN FLUORESCENT PROTEIN AND/OR
LUCIFERASE
Recombinant cells containing heterologous nucleic acid encoding a Renilla GFP are provided. in preferred embodiments, the recombinant cells express the encoded Renilla GFP which is functional and non-toxic to the cell.
In certain embodiments, the recombinant cells may also include heterologous nucleic acid encoding a component of a bioluminescence-generating system, preferably a photoprotein or luciferase. In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid encoding the bioluminescence-generating system component is isolated from the species Aequorea, Vargula or Renilla. In more preferred embodiments, the bioluminescence-generating system component is a Renilla mulleri luciferase having the amino acid sequence set forth in SEO. ID
No.
18.
Recombinant host cells containing heterologous nucleic acid encoding a ReniJla mulleri luciferase are also provided. In preferred embodiments, the heterologous nucleic acid encodes the sequence of amino acids as set forth in SEQ ID No. 18. In more preferred embodiments, the heterologous nucleic acid encodes the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 17.
Exemplary cells include bacteria (e-a., E. colr), plant cells, cells of mammalian origin (e.g., COS cells, mouse L cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells, African green monkey cells and other such cells known to those of skill in the art!, amphibian cells (e.g., Xenopus laevis oocytes), yeast cells (e.g., Saccharamyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris), and the like. Exemplary cells for expressing injected RNA
transcripts include Xenopus laevis oocytes. Eukaryotic cells that are preferred for transfection of DNA are known to those of skill in the art or may be empirically identified, and include HEK293 (which are available from ATCC under accession #CRL 1573); Ltk' cells (which are available from ATCC under accession #CCL1.3); COS-7 cells (which are available from ATCC under accession #CRL
1651 ); and DG44 cells (dhf~ CHO cells; see, e.g., Urlaub et al. ( 1986) Cell.
Moiec. Genet. 12: 555). Presently preferred cells include strains of bacteria and yeast.
The recombinant cells that contain the heterologous DNA encoding the Renilla GFP are produced by transfection with DNA encoding a Renilla GFP or luciferase or by introduction of RNA transcripts of DNA encoding a Renilla proteins using methods well known to those of skill in the art. The DNA may be introduced as a linear DNA fragment or may be included in an expression vector for stable or transient expression of the encoding DNA.
Heterologous DNA may be maintained in the cell as an episomal element or may be integrated into chromosomal DNA of the cell. The resulting recombinant cells may then be cultured or subcultured (or passaged, in the case of mammalian cells) from such a culture or a subculture thereof. Also, DNA
may be stably incorporated into cells or may be transiently expressed using methods known in the art.
The recombinant cells can be used in a wide variety of cell-based assay methods such as those methods described for cells expressing wild type or modified A. victoria GFPs or GFP fusion proteins (e-4., see U.S. Patent No.
5,625,048; International patent application Publication Nos. WO 95!21191; WO
96/23810; WO 96127675; WO 97/26333; WO 97/28261; WO 97141228; and WO 98102571 ).
G. Luciferases Purified Gaussia luciferase and Gaussia iuciferase peptides as wells as Pleuromamma and Renilla mulleri luciferases are provided. ~ The iuciferase is produced by expressing the protein in selected host cells and isolating the resulting luciferase.
Nucleic acid encoding a Renilla mulleri luciferase is also provided. The nucleic acid is used to produce the encoded luciferase. Presently preferred Renilla mulleri luciferase for use in compositions, combinations and methods has the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 18. The luciferase can be formulated for compositions and combinations that have a wide variety of end-use applications, such as those described herein.
H. Renilla and Ptilosarcus GFPs Purified Renilla GFPs, particularly Renilla mulleri GFP, and purified Renilla reniformis GFP peptides are provided. Presently preferred Renilla GFP for use in the compositions herein is Renilla mulleri GFP having the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEa ID No. 16. Presently preferred Renilla reniformis GFP
peptides are those containing the GFP peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in SEa ID Nos 19-23.
The Renilla GFP and GFP peptides can be isolated from natural sources or isolated from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell transfected with nucleic acid that encodes the Renilla GFP and/or GFP peptides, such as those described in Section F above.
I. COMPOSITIONS
As above, compositions and conjugates and methods of use are described with reference to Gaussia and Renilla proteins and nucleic acids.
The same compositions and methods for preparation and use thereof are intended for use with Pleuromamma and Ptilosarcus proteins and nucleic acids.
26 1. Gaussia luciferase compositions Compositions containing a Gaussia luciferase are provided. The compositions may also contain a Renilla GFP or GFP peptide. The compositions can take any of a number of forms, depending on the intended method of use therefor. In certain embodiments, the compositions are prepared for use in bioluminescent novelty items, immunoassays or FRET and FET assays. The compositions may ,also be used in conjunction with multi-well assay devices containing integrated photodetectors (see" e~4., copending U.S. application Serial No. 08/990,103), for detection of tumors (see, e.~Lc ., U.S.
application Serial No. 08/908,909, or in bioluminescent novelty items (see, U.S.
application Serial Nos. 08/597,274 and 08/757,046.
These compositions can be used in a variety of methods and systems, such as included in conjunction with diagnostic systems for the in vivo detection of neoplastic tissues and other tissues, such as those methods described in detail below. These methods and products include any known to those of skill in the art in which luciferase is used, including, but not limited to U.S. application Serial Nos. 08/757,046, 08!597,274 and 081990,103, U.S.
Patent No. 5,625,048; International patent application Publication Nos. WO
95/21 191; WO 96/23810; WO 96/27675; WO 97126333; WO 97/28261; WO
97/41228; and WO 98/02571 ).
2. Renilla luciferase compositions The DNA encoding the Renilla mulleri luciferase is used to produce the encoded luciferase, which has diagnostic applications as well as use as a component of the bioluminescence generating systems as described herein, such as in beverages, and methods of diagnosis of neoplasia and in the diagnostic chips described herein. These methods and products include any known to those of skill in the art in which luciferase is used, including, but not limited to, U.S. application Serial No. 081757,046, 081597,274 and 08/990,103, U.S. Patent No. 5,625,048; International patent application Publication Nos. WO 95/21191; WO 96/23810; WO 96/27675; WO 97126333;
WO 97/28261; WO 97141228; and WO 98102571 ).
In other embodiments, the Renilla mulleri luciferase and the remaining components may be packaged as separate compositions, that, upon mixing, glow. For example, a composition containing Renilla mulleri luciferase may be provided separately from, and for use with, an a separate composition containing a bioluminescence substrate and bioluminescence activator. In another instance, luciferase and luciferin compositions may be separately provided and the bioluminescence activator may be added after, or simultaneously with, mixing of the other two compositions.

3. Renilla GFP compositions Compositions containing a Renilla GFP or GFP peptide are provided. The compositions can take any of a number of forms, depending on the intended method of use therefor. In certain empodiments, for example, the compositions contain a Renilla GFP or GFP peptide, preferably Renilla mulleri GFP or Renilla reniformis GFP peptide, formulated for use in luminescent novelty items, immunoassays, FRET and FET assays. The compositions may also be used in conjunction with multi-well assay devices containing integrated photodetectors, such as those described herein.
Compositions that contain a Renilla mulleri GFP or GFP peptide and at least one component of a bioluminescence-generating system, preferably a luciferase, luciferin or a luciferase and a luciferin, are provided. In preferred embodiments, the luciferaselluciferin bioluminescence- generating system is selected from those isolated from: an insect system, a coelenterate system, a ctenophore system, a bacterial system, a mollusk system, a crustacea system, a fish system, an annelid system, and an earthworm system. Presently preferred bioluminescence- generating systems are those isolated from Renilla, Aequorea, and Vargula.
In more preferred embodiments, the bioluminescence-generating system component is a Renilla mulleri luciferase having the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 18. These compositions can be used in a variety of methods and systems, such as included in conjunction with diagnostic systems for the in vivo detection of neoplastic tissues and other tissues, such as those methods described in detail below.
These methods and products include any known to those of skill in the art in which luciferase is used, including, but nat limited to U.S.
application Serial No. 081757,046, 08/597,274 and 08/990,103, U.S. Patent No.
5,625,048; International patent application Publication Nos. WO 95/21191; WO
96/23810; WO 96/27675; WO 97/26333; WO 97128261; WO 97/41228; and WO 98/02571 ?.

4. Conjugates The conjugates that are provided herein contain a targeting agent, such as a tissue specific or tumor specific monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof linked either directly or via a tinker to a targeted agent, a Renilla GFP, Renilla mulleri or Gaussia luciferase and other luciferases (including photoproteins or luciferase enzymes) or a luciferin. The targeted agent may be coupled to a microcarrier. The linking is effected either chemically, by recombinant expression of a fusion protein in instances when the targeted agent is a protein, and by combinations of chemical and recombinant expression. The targeting agent is one that will preferentially bind to a selected tissue or cell type, such as a tumor cell surface antigen or other tissue specific antigen.
Methods for preparing conjugates are known to those of skill in the art.
For example, aequorin that is designed for conjugation and conjugates containing such aequorin have been produced fsee, e-4.. International PCT
application No. WO 94/18342; see, also Smith et al. (1995) in American Biotechnoloov LaboratorvJ. Aequorin has been conjugated to an antibody molecule by means of a suifhydryl-reacting binding agent (Stultz et al. (1992) Use of Recombinant Biotinylated Apoaequorin from Escherichia coli.
Biochemistry 31, 1433-1442). Such methods may be adapted for use herein to produce the luciferase coupled to protein or other such molecules, which are useful as targeting agents. Yargula luciferase has also been linked to other molecules fsee, e~g,, Japanese application No. JP 5064583, March 19, 1993].
Such methods may be adapted for use herein to produce luciferase coupled to molecules that are useful as targeting agents:
The conjugates can be employed to detect the presence of or quantitate a particular antigen in a biological sample by direct correlation to the light emitted from the bioluminescent reaction.
As an alternative, a component of the bioluminescence generating system may be modified for linkage, such as by addition of amino acid residues that are particularly suitable for linkage to the selected substrate. This can be readily effected by modifying the DNA and expressing such modified DNA to produce iuciferase with additional residues at the N- or C-terminus.

-1os-Methods for preparing conjugates are known to those of skill in the art.
Far example, aequorin that is designed for conjugation and conjugates containing such aequorin have been produced (see, eg, International PCT
application No. WO 94/18342; see, also Smith et al. (1995? in American Biotechnolo4v Laboratorvl. Aequorin has been conjugated to an antibody molecule by means of a sulfhydryl-reacting binding agent (Stultz et al. (1992) Use of Recombinant Biotinylated Apoaequorin from Escherichia coli.
Biochemistry 31, 1433-14421. Such methods may be adapted for use herein to produce aequorin coupled to protein or other such molecules, which are useful as targeting agents. Vargula luciferase has also been linked to other molecules (see, e.g:, Japanese application No. JP 5064583, March 19, 1993].
Such methods may be adapted for use herein to produce aequorin coupled to protein or other such molecules, which are useful as targeting agents.
Aequorin-antibody conjugates have been employed to detect the presence of or quantitate a particular antigen in a biological sample by direct correlation to the light emitted from the bioluminescent reaction.
Selection of the system depends upon factors such as the desired color and duration of the bioluminescence desired as well as the particular item.
Selection of the targeting agent primarily depends upon the type and characteristics of neoplasia or tissue to be visualized and the setting in which visualization will be performed. For example, the luciferase isolated from Aristostomias emits red light, which is particularly beneficial for preoperative diagnosis because the red light is detectable through tissue using a photomultiplier.
a. Linkers Any linker known to those of skill in the art may be used herein.
Other linkers are suitable for incorporation into chemically produced conjugates.
Linkers that are suitable for chemically linked conjugates include disulfide bonds, thioether bonds, hindered disulfide bonds, and covalent bonds between free reactive groups, such as amine and thiol groups. These bonds are produced using heterobifunctional reagents to produce reactive thiol groups on one or both of the polypeptides and then reacting the thiol groups on one polypeptide with reactive thiol groups or amine groups to which reactive maleimido groups or thiol groups can be attached on the other. Other linkers include, acid cleavable linkers, such as bismaleimideothoxy propane, acid labile-transferrin conjugates and adipic acid diihydrazide, that would be cleaved in more acidic intracellular compartments; cross linkers that are cleaved upon exposure to UV or visible light and linkers, such as the various domains, such as C"1, CH2, and CH3, from the constant region of human IgG, (see, Batra et al.
(1993) Molecular Immunol. 30:379-386). In some embodiments, several linkers may be included in order to take advantage of desired properties of each linker.
Chemical linkers and peptide linkers may be inserted by covalently coupling the linker to the TA and the targeted agent. The heterobifunctional agents, described below, may be used to effect such covalent coupling.
Peptide linkers may also be linked by expressing DNA encoding the linker and TA, linker and targeted agent, or linker, targeted agent and TA as a fusion protein.
Flexible linkers and linkers that increase solubility of the conjugates are contemplated for use, either alone or with other linkers are contemplated herein.
Numerous heterobifunctional cress-linking reagents that are used to form covalent bonds between amino groups and thiol groups and to introduce thiol groups into proteins, are known to those of skill in this art (see, ed., the PIERCE CATALOG, ImmunoTechnology Catalog & Handbook, 1992-1993, which describes the preparation of and use of such reagents and provides a commercial source for such reagents; see, also, e-a., Cumber et al. (1992) Bioconiugate Chem. 3:397-401; Thorpe et al. (1987) Cancer Res. 47:5924-5931; Gordon et al. (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. 84:308-312; Walden et al.
(1986) J. Mol. Cell Immunol. 2:191-197; Carlsson et al. (1978) Biochem. J.
173: 723-737; Mahan et al. (1987) Anal. Biochem. 162:163-170;
Wawryznaczak et al. (1992) Br. J. Cancer 66:361-366; Fattom et al. (1992) Infection & Immun. 60:584-589). These reagents may be used to form covalent bonds between the TA and targeted agent. These reagents include, but are not limited to: N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP;

disulfide linker); sulfosuccinimidyl 6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionamido]hexanoate (sulfo-LC-SPDP); succinimidyloxycarbonyl-a-methyl benzyl thiosulfate (SMBT, hindered Bisulfate linker); succinimidyl 6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionamido]-hexanoate fLC-SPDP); sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maieimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (sulfo-SMCC); succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)butyrate (SPDB;
hindered disulfide bond linker); sulfosuccinimidyl 2-(7-azido-4-methylcoumarin-acetamide) ethyl-1,3'-dithiopropionate (SAED); sulfo-succinimidyl , 7-azido-4-methylcoumarin-3-acetate (SAMOA); sulfosuccinimidyl 6-[alpha-methyl-alpha-(2-pyridyldithioltoluamido]hexanoate (sulfo-LC-SMPT); 1,4-di-[3'-(2'-pyridyldithio)propionamido]butane (DPDPB); 4-succinimidyloxycarbonyl-a-methyl-a-(2-pyridylthio)toluene (SMPT, hindered Bisulfate linker);sulfosuccinimi-dyl6[a-methyl-a-(2-pyridyldithio)toluamido]hexanoate (sulfo-LC-SMPT); m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS); m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester (sulfo-MBS); N-succinimidyll4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate (SIAB; thioether linker); sulfosuccinimidyl(4-iodoacetyl)amino benzoate (sulfo-SIAB); succinimidyl4(p-maleimidophenyl)but-yrate (SMPB); sulfosuccinimidyl4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate (sulfo-SMPB);
azidobenzoyl hydrazide (ABH).
Acid cleavable linkers, photocleavable and heat sensitive linkers may also be used, particularly where it may be necessary to cleave the targeted agent to permit it to be more readily accessible to reaction.
Acid cleavable linkers include, but are not limited to, bismaleimideothoxy propane; and adipic acid dihydrazide linkers (see, e-a., Fattom et al. (1992) Infection & Immun. 60:584-589) and acid labile transferrin conjugates that contain a sufficient portion of transferrin to permit entry into the intracellular transferrin cycling pathway (see, e~a., Welhoner et al. (1991 ) J. Biol. Chem.
266:4309-4314).
Photocleavable linkers are linkers that are cleaved upon exposure to light (see, e.~c., Goldmacher et al. (1992) Bioconi. Chem. 3:104-107, which linkers are herein incorporated by reference), thereby releasing the targeted agent upon exposure to light. Photocleavabie linkers that are cleaved upon exposure to light are known (see, e-g., Hazum et al. (1981 ) in Peat., Proc.
Eur.

Peot. Svma., 16th, Brunfeldt, K (Ed), pp. 105-110, which describes the use of a nitrobenzyl group as a photocleavable protective group for cysteine; Yen et al.
1989) Makromol. Chem 190:69-82, which describes water soluble photocleavable copolymers, including hydroxypropylmethacrylamide copolymer, glycine copolymer, fluorescein copolymer and methylrhodamine copolymer;
Goldmacher et al. (1992) Bioconi. Chem. 3:104-107, which describes a cross-linker and reagent that undergoes photolytic degradation upon exposure to near UV light (350 nm); and Senter et al. (1985) Photochem. Photobiol 42:231-237, which describes nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl chloride cross linking reagents that produce photocleavable linkages), thereby releasing the targeted agent upon exposure to fight. Such linkers would have particular use in treating dermatological or ophthalmic conditions that can be exposed to light using fiber optics. After administration of the conjugate, the eye or skin or other body part can be exposed to light, resulting in release of the targeted moiety from the conjugate. Such photocleavable linkers are useful in connection with diagnostic protocols in which it is desirable to remove the targeting agent to permit rapid clearance from the body of the animal.
b. Targeting Agents Targeting agents include any agent that will interact with and localize the targeted agent cells in a tumor or specialized tissue [targeted tissue]. Such agents include any agent that specifically interacts with a cell surface protein or receptor that is present at sufficiently higher concentrations or amounts on the targeted tissue, whereby, when contacted with an appropriate bioluminescence generating reagent and activators produces light. These agents include, but are not limited to, growth factors, preferentially modified to not internalize, methotrexate, and antibodies, particularly, antibodies raised against tumor specific antigens. A plethora of tumor-specific antigens have been identified from a number of human neoplasms.
Anti-tumor Antigen Antibodies Polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies may be produced against selected antigens. Alternatively, many such antibodies are presently available. An exemplary list of antibodies and the tumor antigen for which each has been directed against is provided in U.S. application Serial No., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. It is contemplated that any of the antibodies listed may be conjugated with a bioluminescence generating component following the methods provided herein.
Among the preferred antibodies for use in the methods herein are those of human origin or, more preferably, are humanized monoclonal antibodies.
These are preferred for diagnosis of humans.
Preparation of the conjugates Any method for Finking proteins may be used. For example, methods for linking a luciferase to an antibody is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,486,455.
As noted above, the targeting agent and luciferin or luciferase may be linked directly, such as through covalent bonds, i.e., sulfhyryl bonds or other suitable bonds, or they may be linked through a linker. There may be more than one luciferase or luciferin per targeting agent, or more than one targeting agent per luciferase or luciferin.
Alternatively, an antibody, or FIAb)2 antigen-binding fragment thereof or other protein targeting agent may be fused (directly or via a linking peptide) to the luciferase using recombinant DNA technology. For example, the DNA
encoding any of the anti-.tumor antibodies of Table 3 may be ligated in the same translational reading frame to DNA encoding any of the above-described luciferases, e.~., SEQ ID NOs. 1-14 and inserted into an expression vector.
The DNA encoding. the recombinant antibody-luciferase fusion may be introduced into an appropriate host, such as bacteria or yeast, for expression.
5. Formulation of the compositions for use in the diagnostic systems In most embodiments, the Renilla GFPS and components of the diagnostic systems provided herein, such as Renilla mulleri luciferase, are formulated into two compositions: a first composition containing the conjugate;
and a second composition containing the remaining components of the bioluminescence generating system. The compositions are formulated in any manner suitable for administration to an animal, particularly a mammal, and more particularly a human. Such formulations include those suitable for topical, WO 99/49019 PC'TIUS99/06698 local, enteric, parenteral, intracystal, intracutaneous, intravitreal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intravenous administration.
For example, the conjugates, which in preferred embodiments, are a targeting agent linked to a luciferase (or photoprotein) are formulated for systemic or local administration. The remaining components are formulated in a separate second composition for topical or local application. The second composition will typically contain any other agents, such as spectral shifters that will be included in the reaction. It is preferred that the components of the second composition are formulated in a time release manner or in some other manner that prevents degradation and/or interaction with blood components.
a. The first composition: formulation of the conjugates As noted above, the conjugates either contain a luciferase or luciferin and a targeting agents. The preferred conjugates are formed between a targeting agent and a luciferase, particularly the Gaussia, Renilla mulleri or Pleuromamma luciferase. The conjugates may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for topical, local, intravenous and systemic application. Effective concentrations of. one or more of the conjugates are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier or vehicle. The concentrations or amounts of the conjugates that are effective requires delivery of an amount, upon administration, that results in a sufficient amount of targeted moiety linked to the targeted cells or tissue whereby the cells or tissue can be visualized during the surgical procedure. Typically, the compositions are formulated for single dosage administration. Effective concentrations and amounts may be determined empirically by testing the conjugates in known in vitro and in vivo systems, such as those described here; dosages for humans or other animals may then be extrapolated therefrom.
Upon mixing or addition of the conjugates) with the vehicle, the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the conjugate in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for targeting a sufficient amount of targeted agent to the site of interest, whereby when combined with the remaining reagents during a surgical procedure the site will glow. Such concentration or amount may be determined based upon in vitro and/or in vivo data, such as the data from the mouse xenograft model for tumors or rabbit ophthalmic model. If necessary, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or other derivatives of the conjugates may be prepared.
Pharmaceutical carriers or vehicles suitable for administration of the conjugates provided herein include any such carriers known to those skilled in the an to be suitable for the particular mode of administration.
In addition, the conjugates may be formulated as the sole pharmaceutically ingredient in the composition or may be combined with other active ingredients.
The conjugates can be administered by any appropriate route, for example, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid, semi-liquid or solid form and are formulated in a manner suitable for each route of administration. Intravenous or local administration is presently preferred. Tumors and vascular proliferative disorders, will typically be visualized by systemic, intradermal or intramuscular, modes of administration.
The conjugate is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount sufficient to produce detectable tissue and to not result in undesirable side effects on the patient or animal. It is understood that number and degree of side effects depends upon the condition for which the conjugates are administered. For example, certain toxic and undesirable side effects are tolerated when trying to diagnose life-threatening illnesses, such as tumors, that would not be tolerated when diagnosing disorders of lesser consequence.
The concentration of conjugate in the composition will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates thereof, the dosage schedule, and amount administered as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art.
Typically an effective dosage should produce a serum concentration of active ingredient of from about 0.1 ng/ml to about 50-1000 Ng/ml, preferably 50-100 pg/ml. The pharmaceutical compositions typically should provide a dosage of from about 0.01 mg to about 100 - 2000 mg of conjugate, depending upon the conjugate selected, per kilogram of body weight per day. Typically, for intravenous administration a dosage of about between 0.05 and 1 mglkg should be sufficient. Local application for, such as visualization of ophthalmic tissues or local injection into joints, should provide about 1 ng up to 1000 Ng, preferably about 1 Ng to about 100 ug, per single dosage administration. It is understood that the amount to administer will be a function of the conjugate selected, the indication, and possibly the side effects that will be tolerated.
Dosages can be empirically determined using recognized models.
The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of administration is a function of the disease condition being diagnosed and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions.
Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include any of the following components: a sterile diluent, such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents, such as benzyi alcohol and methyl parabens; antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating agents, such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers, such as acetates, citrates and phosphates; and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. Parental preparations can be enclosed in ampules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass, plastic or other suitable material.
If administered intravenously, suitable carriers include physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof. Liposomal suspensions may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art.
The conjugates may be prepared with carriers that protect them against rapid elimination from the body, such as time release formulations or coatings.
Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, polyorthoesters, polylacetic acid and others.
The conjugates may be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for intracisternal or intraspinal application. Such solutions, particularly those intended for ophthalmic use, may be formulated as 0.01 % -10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with appropriate salts. The ophthalmic compositions may also include additional components, such as hyaluronic acid. The conjugates may be formulated as aerosols for topical application (see, e-A., U.S.
Patent Nos. 4,044,126, 4,414,209, and 4,364,923).
Also, the compositions for activation of the conjugate in viyo during surgical procedures may be formulated as an aerosol. These compositions contain the activators and also the remaining bioluminescence generating agent, such as luciferin, where the conjugate targets a luciferase, or a luciferase, where the conjugate targets a luciferin, such as coelenterazine.
If oral administration is desired, the conjugate should be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach. For example, the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine.
Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier and may be compressed into tablets or enclosed in gelatin capsules. For the purpose of oral administration, the active compound or compounds can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules or troches. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents and adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
Tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder, such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth and gelatin; an excipient such as starch and lactose, a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, alginic acid and corn starch; a lubricant such as, but not limited to, magnesium stearate; a glidant, such as, but not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; and a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, and fruit flavoring.
When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents. The conjugates can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
The active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as cis-platin for treatment of tumors.
Finally, the compounds may be packaged as articles of manufacture containing packaging material, one or more conjugates or compositions as provided herein within the packaging material, and a label that indicates the indication for which the conjugate is provided.
b. The second composition The second composition will include the remaining components of the bioluminescence generating reaction. In preferred embodiments in which these components are administered systemically, the remaining components include the luciferin or substrate, and optionally additional agents, such as spectral shifters, particularly the GFPs provided herein. These components, such as the luciferin, can be formulated as described above for the conjugates. In some embodiments, the luciferin or luciferase in this composition will be linked to a protein carrier or other carrier to prevent degradation or dissolution into blood cells or other cellular components.
For embodiments, in which the second composition is applied locally or topically, they can be formulated in a spray or aerosol or other suitable means for local or topical application.
In certain embodiments described herein, all components, except an activator are formulated together, such as by encapsulation in a time release formulation that is targeted to the tissue. Upon release the composition will have been localized to the desired site, and will begin to glow.
In practice, the two compositions can be administered simultaneously or sequentially. Typically, the first composition, which contains the conjugate is administered first, generally an hour or two before the surgery, and the second composition is then administered, either pre-operatively or during surgery.
The conjugates that are provided herein contain a targeting agent, such as a tissue specific or tumor specific monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof linked either directly or via a linker to a targeted agent, a luciferase (including photoproteins or luciferase enzymes) or a luciferin. The targeted agent may be coupled to a microcarrier. The linking is effected either chemically, by recombinant expression of a fusion protein in instances when the targeted agent is a protein, and by combinations of chemical and recombinant expression. The targeting agent is one that will preferentially bind to a selected tissue or cell type, such as a tumor cell surface antigen or other tissue specific antigen.
Methods for preparing conjugates are known to those of skill in the art.
For example, aequorin that is designed for conjugation and conjugates containing such aequorin have been produced [see, e-4., International PCT
application No. WO 94/18342; see, also Smith et al. (1995? in American Biotechnoloav Laboratory]. Aequorin has been conjugated to an antibody molecule by means of a sulfhydryl-reacting binding agent (Stultz et al. (1992) Use of Recombinant Biotinylated Apoaequorin from Escherichia coli.
Biochemistry 31, 1433-1442). Such methods may be adapted for use herein to produce aequorin coupled to protein or other such molecules, which are useful WO 99/49019 PCT/US99106b98 as targeting agents. Vargula luciferase has also been linked to other molecules [see, ea., Japanese application No. JP 5064583, March 19, 1993].
Such methods may be adapted for use herein to produce aequorin coupled to protein or other such molecules, which are useful as targeting agents.
Aequorin-antibody conjugates have been employed to detect the presence of or quantitate a particular antigen in a biological sample by direct correlation to the light emitted from the bioluminescent reaction.
As an alternative, the Renilla GFP or Renilla mulleri or Gaussia luciferase or a component of the bioluminescence generating system may be modified for linkage, such as by addition of amino acid residues that are particularly suitable for linkage to the selected substrate. This can be readily effected by modifying the DNA and expressing such modified DNA to produce luciferase with additional residues at the N- or C-terminus.
Selection of the system depends upon factors such as the desired color and duration of the bioluminescence desired as well as the particular item.
Selection of the targeting agent primarily depends upon the type and characteristics of neoplasia or tissue to be visualized and the setting in which visualization will be performed.
c. Practice of the reactions in combination with targeting agents The particular manner in which each bioluminescence system will be combined with a selected targeting agent will be a function of the agent and the neoplasia or tissue to be visualized. In general, however, a luciferin, Renilla GFP, Renilla mulleri, Pleuromamma or Gaussia luciferase or other luciferase, of the reaction will be conjugated to the targeting agent, administered to an animal prior to surgery. During the surgery, the tissues of interest are contacted with the remaining components) of a bioluminescence generating system. Any tissue to which or with which the targeting agent reacts will glow.

Any color of visible light produced by a bioluminescence generating system is contemplated for use in the methods herein. Preferably the visible light is a combination of blue, green and/or red light of varying intensities and wavelengths. For visualizing neoplasia or specialty tissues through mammalian tissues or tumors deeply embedded in tissue, longer wavelengths of visible light, i.e., red and near infrared light, is preferred because wavelengths of near infrared light of about 700-1300 nm are known to penetrate soft tissue and bone (e.g_, see U.S. Patent No. 4,281,645].
In other embodiments, the conjugate can be applied to the tissues during surgery, such as by spraying a sterile solution over the tissues, followed by application of the remaining components. Tissues that express the targeted antigen will glow.
The reagents may be provided in compositions, such as suspensions, as powders, as pastes or any in other suitable sterile form. They may be provided as sprays, aerosols, or in any suitable form. The reagents may be linked to a matrix, particularly microbeads suitable for in vivo use and of size that they pass through capillaries. Typically all but one or more, though preferably all but one, of the components necessary for the reaction will be mixed and provided together; reaction will be triggered contacting the mixed components) with the remaining component(s), such as by adding Ca2+, FMN with reductase, FMNHZ, ATP, air or oxygen.
In preferred embodiments the luciferase or luciferaselluciferin will be provided in combination with the targeting agent before administration to the patient. The targeting agent conjugate will then be contacted in vivo with the remaining components. As will become apparent herein, there are a multitude of ways in which each system may be combined with a selected targeting agent.
J. COMBINATIONS
In addition, the above-described Pleuromamma, Gaussia or Renilla luciferases andlor Renilla and Ptiiosarcus GFPs can be used in combination with articles of manufacture to produce novelty items. Such items and methods for preparation are described in detail in copending U.S. application Seria( Nos.

08/597,274 and 081757,046. The luciferases and/or GFPs provided herein may be used in the methods and items as provided in the copending applications;
These novelty items, which are articles of manufacture, are designed for entertainment, recreation and amusement, and include, but are not limited to:
toys, particularly squirt guns, toy cigarettes, toy "Halloween" eggs, footbags and board/card games; finger paints and other paints, slimy play material;
textiles, particularly clothing, such as shirts, hats and sports gear suits, threads and yarns; bubbles in bubble making toys and other toys that produce bubbles;
balloons; figurines; personal items, such as bath powders, body lotions, gels, powders and creams, nail polishes, cosmetics including make-up, toothpastes and other dentifrices, soaps, body paints, and bubble bath; items such as inks, paper; foods, such as gelatins, icings and frostings; fish food containing luciferins and transgenic fish, particularly transgenic fish that express a luciferase; plant food containing a luciferin or luciferase, preferably a luciferin for use with transgenic plants that express luciferase; and beverages, such as beer, wine, champagne, soft drinks, and ice cubes and ice in other configurations;
fountains, including liquid "fireworks" and other such jets or sprays or aerosols of compositions that are solutions, mixtures, suspensions, powders, pastes, particles or other suitable form.
Any article of manufacture that can be combined with a bioluminescence-generating system as provided herein and thereby provide entertainment, recreation and/or amusement, including use of the items for recreation or to attract attention, such as for advertising goods and/or services that are associated with a logo or trademark is contemplated herein. Such uses may be in addition to or in conjunction with or in place of the ordinary or normal use of such items. As a result of the combination, the items glow or produce, such as in the case of squirt guns and fountains, a glowing fluid or spray of liquid or particles. K. METHODS OF USE
1. Methods for diagnosis of neoplasms and other tissues Methods for diagnosis and visualization of tissues in vivo or in situ, preferably neoplastic tissue, using compositions containing a Renilla mulleri or Ptilosarcus GFP andlor a Renilla mulleri, Pleuromamma or Gaussia luciferase are provided. For example, the Renilla mulleri GFP protein can be used in conjunction with diagnostic systems that rely on bioluminescence for visualizing tissues in situ, such as those described in co-pending application Serial No.
08!908,909. The systems are particularly useful for visualizing and detecting neoplastic tissue and specialty tissue, such as during non-invasive and invasive procedures. The systems include compositions containing conjugates that include a tissue specific, particularly a tumor-specific, targeting agent linked to a targeted agent, such as a Renilla mulleri GFP, a luciferase or luciferin. The systems also include a second composition that contains the remaining components of a bioluminescence generating reaction andlor the GFP. In some embodiments, all components, except for activators, which are provided in situ or are present in the body or tissue, are included in a single composition.
In particular, the diagnostic systems include two compositions. A first composition that contains conjugates that, in preferred embodiments, include antibodies directed against tumor antigens conjugated to a component of the bioluminescence generating reaction, a luciferase or luciferin, preferably a luciferase are provided. In certain embodiments, conjugates containing tumor-specific targeting agents are linked to luciferases or luciferins. In other embodiments, tumor-specific targeting agents are linked to microcarriers that are coupled with, preferably more than one of the bioluminescence generating components, preferably more than one luciferase molecule.
The second composition contains the remaining components of a bioluminescence generating system, typically the luciferin or luciferase substrate. In some embodiments, these components, particularly the luciferin are linked to a protein, such as a serum albumin, or other protein carrier.
The carrier and time release formulations, permit systemically administered components to travel to the targeted tissue without interaction with blood cell components, such as hemoglobin that deactivates the luciferin or luciferase.

WO 99/49019 PC'T/US99/06698 2. Methods of diagnosing diseases Methods for diagnosing diseases, particularly infectious diseases, using chip methodology, a luciferaselluciferin bioluminescence-generating system, including a Gaussia, Pleuromamma or:Re~illa mulleri luciferase andlor a Ptilosarcus or Renilla mulleri GFP, are provided. In particular, the chip includes an integrated photodetector that detects the photons emitted by the bioluminescence-generating system and/or GFP.
In one embodiment, the chip is made using an integrated circuit with an array, such as an X-Y array, of photodetectors, such as that described in co-pending U.S. application Serial No. 08/990,103. The surface of circuit is treated to render it inert to conditions of the diagnostic assays for which the chip is intended, and is adapted, such as by derivatization for linking molecules, such as antibodies. A selected antibody or panel of antibodies, such as an antibody specific for particularly bacterial antigen, is affixed to the surface of the chip above each photodetector. After contacting the chip with a test sample, the chip is contacted with a second antibody linked to the GFP, such as the Renilla GFP, to form a chimeric antibody- GFP fusion protein or an antibody finked to a component of a bioluminescence generating system, such as a Pleuromamma, Gaussia or R, mulleri luciferase. The antibody is specific for the antigen. The remaining components of the bioluminescence generating reaction are added, and, if any of the antibodies linked to a component of a bioluminescence generating system are present on the chip, light will be generated and detected by the adjacent photodetector. The photodetector is operatively linked to a computer, which is programmed with information identifying the linked antibodies, records the event, and thereby identifies antigens present in the test sample.
3. Methods for generating chimeric Renilla or Ptiiosarcus GFP, Renilla mulleri Iuciferase,Pleuromamma luciferase and Gaussia luciferase fusion proteins Methods for generating chimeric GFP and luciferase fusion proteins are provided. The methods include linking DNA encoding a gene of interest, or portion thereof, to DNA encoding a GFP or luciferase provided herein in the same translational reading frame. The encoded-protein of interest may be finked in-frame to the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the GFP or luciferase. The DNA
encoding the chimeric protein is then linked in operable association with a promoter element of a suitable expression vector. Alternatively, the promoter element can be obtained directly from the targeted gene of interest and the promoter-containing fragment linked upstream from the GFP or luciferase coding sequence to produce chimeric GFP proteins.
For example, a chimeric fusion containing the Gaussia luciferase encoding DNA linked to the N-terminal portion of a cellulose binding domain is provided fsee, SEQ lD Nos. 21 and 22).
4. Cell-based assays for identifying compounds Methods for identifying compounds using recombinant Celts that express heterologous DNA encoding a Renilla mulleri or Ptilosarcus GFP under the control of a promoter element of a gene of interest are provided. The recombinant cells can be used to identify compounds or ligands that modulate the level of transcription from the promoter of interest by measuring GFP-mediated fluorescence. Recombinant cells expressing chimeric GFPs may also be used for monitoring gene expression or protein trafficking, or determining the cellular localization of the target protein by identifying localized regions of GFP-mediated fluorescence within the recombinant cell.
L. KITS
Kits may be prepared containing the Gaussia, Pleuromamma or Renilla mulleri luciferase or the Renilla and Ptilosarcus GFPs for use in diagnostic and immunoassay methods and with the novelty items, including those described herein.
In one embodiment, the kits contain appropriate reagents and an article of manufacture for generating bioluminescence in combination with the article.
These kits, for example, can be used with a bubble-blowing or producing toy or with a squirt gun. These kits can also include a reloading or charging cartridge.
In another embodiment, the kits are used for detecting and visualizing neoplastic tissue and other tissues and include a first composition that contains the luciferase andlor Renilla mulleri or Ptilosarcus GFP and at least one component of a bioluminescence generating system, and a second that contains the activating composition, which contains the remaining components of the bioluminescence generating system and any necessary activating agents.
In other embodiments, the kits .are used for detecting and identifying diseases, particularly infectious diseases, using mufti-well assay devices and include a multi-well assay device containing a plurality of wells, each having an integrated photodetector, to which an antibody or panel of antibodies specific for one or more infectious agents are attached, and composition containing a secondary antibody, such as an antibody specific for the infectious agent that is finked, for example, to a Renilla mulleri GFP protein, a chimeric antibody-Renilla mulleri GFP fusion protein, F(Ab)2 antibody fragment-Renilla mulleri GFP
fusion protein or to such conjugates containing the, for example, Gaussia or Renilla mulleri, luciferase. A second composition containing the remaining components of a bioluminescence generating system, such as system that emits a wavelength of light within the excitation range of the GFP, such as species of Renilla or Aequorea, for exciting the Renilla mulleri luciferase, which produces green light that is detected by the photodetector of the device to indicate the presence of the agent.
In further embodiments, the kits contain the components of the diagnostic systems. The kits comprise compositions containing the conjugates, preferably Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP or Gaussia, or Pleuromamma or Renilla mulleri luciferase and remaining bioluminescence generating system components. The first composition in the kit typically contains the targeting agent conjugated to a GFP or luciferase. The second composition, contains at least the luciferin (substrate) and/or luciferase. Both compositions are formulated for systemic, local or topical application to a mammal. In alternative embodiments. the first composition contains the luciferin linked to a targeting agent, and the second composition contains the luciferase or the luciferase and a GFP.
In general, the packaging is non-reactive with the compositions contained therein and where needed should exclude water and or air to the degree those substances are required for the luminescent reaction to proceed.

Diagnostic applications may require specific packaging. The bioluminescence generating reagents may be provided in pellets, encapsulated as micro or macro-capsules, linked to matrices, preferably biocompatible, more preferably biodegradable matrices, and included in or on articles of manufacture, or as mixtures in chambers within an article of manufacture or in some other configuration. For example, a composition containing luciferase conjugate will be provided separately from, and for use with, a separate composition containing a bioluminescence substrate and bioluminescence activator.
Similarly, the Renilla or Ptiiosarcus GFP, Pleuromamma, Renilla mulleri or Gaussia luciferase or luciferin may be provided in a composition that is a mixture, suspension, solution, powder, paste or other suitable composition separately from or in combination with the remaining components, but in the absence of an activating component. Upon contacting the conjugate, which has been targeted to a selected tissue, with this composition the reaction commences and the tissue glows. In preferred embodiments, the tissue glows green emitting light near 510 nm. The luciferase, GFP and bioluminescence substrate, for example, are packaged to exclude water and/or air, the bioluminescence activator. Upon administration and release at the targeted site, the reaction with salts or other components at the site, including air in the case of surgical procedures, will activate the components.
1. Dispensing and Packaging Apparatus for Combination with the GFP and Bioluminescent System Components The bioluminescence systems, described in detail herein, include at least three components: a bioluminescence substrate (e.,g_, a luciferin], a luciferase (e-a., a luciferase or photoprotein], preferably Gaussia, Pleuromamma or Renilla mulleri luciferase, and a bioluminescence activator or activators (e-a., molecular oxygen or Ca2+], and optionally a Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFP. The dispensing and packaging apparatus are configured to keep at least one of the components separate from the remaining components, until generation of bioluminescence is desired. Detailed descriptions of such apparatus are described in copending, commonly owned U.S. application Serial Nos. 08/757,046 and 08!597,274, which are incorporated by reference herein.

2. Capsules, pellets, liposomes, endosomes, vacuoles, micronized particles In certain embodiments sequestering of the components of one of the compositions from the environment prior to use or provision of the components in particulate form, such as microparticles, may be necessary. Examples of suitable means for such use include encapsulating bioluminescent generating system components in one or micro- [up to about 100 Nm in size] or macroparticles [larger than 100 pM] of material that permits release of the contents, such as by diffusion or by dissolution of the encapsulating material.
Microparticles to which a plurality of conjugates can be linked are among the preferred embodiments. The microparticles are biocompatibie and preferably of a size that can pass through capillary walls.
Liposomes and other encapsulating vehicles [see, e.g:, U.S. Patent No.
4,525,306, which describes encapsulation of compounds in gelatin; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,021,364, 4,225,581, 4,269,821, 4,322,311, 4,324,683, 4,329,332, 4,525,306, 4,963,368 describe encapsulation of biologically active materials in various polymers) known to those of skill in the art, including those discussed herein and known to those of skill in the art [such as soluble paper, see U.S.
Patent No. 3,859,125].
a. Encapsulating vehicles in general The components of the bioluminescence generating system, except for the oxygen or water or Ca2+, depending upon the selected system can be incorporated into encapsulating material, such as liposomes, that protect the contents from the environment until placed into conditions that cause release of the contents into the environment. Encapsulating material contemplated for use herein includes liposomes and other such materials used for encapsulating chemicals, such as drug delivery vehicles.
b. Encapsulating vehicles -liposomes For example, liposomes that dissolve and slowly release the components into the medium, such as the blood, which contains dissolved oxygen or Caz+
or even ATP for the luciferase system are contemplated herein. They can be formulated in compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, gels, lotions, WO 99/49019 PCT/US99/06b98 creams, and ointments, for topical application, such as procedures for diagnosing or visualizing melanomas. Liposomes and other slow release encapsulating compositions are well known and can be adapted for use in for slow release delivery of bioluminescence generating components. Typically the GFP, luciferin andlor luciferase will be encapsulated in the absence of oxygen or Caz+ or ATP or other activating component. Upon release into the environment or medium containing this component at a suitable concentration, the reaction will proceed and a glow will be produced. Generally the concentrations of encapsulated components should be relatively high, perhaps 0.1 - 1 mg/ml or more, to ensure high enough local concentrations upon release to be visible.
Liposomes or other sustained release delivery system that are formulated in an ointment or sustained release topical vehicle, for example, would be suitable for use in a body paint, lotion. Those formulated as a suspension would be useful as a spray. Numerous ointments and suitable liposome formulations are known (see, e-4., Liposome Technology, Targeted Drug Delivery and Biological Interaction, vol. III, G. Gregoriadis ed., CRC Press, Inc., 1984; U.S. Patent Nos. 5,470,881; 5,366,881; 5,296,231; 5,272,079;
5,225,212; 5,190,762; 5,188,837; 5,188,837; 4,921,757; 4,522,81 1 ]. For example, an appropriate ointment vehicle would contain petrolatum, mineral oil and/or anhydrous liquid lanolin. Sustained release vehicles such as liposomes, membrane or contact lens delivery systems, or gel-forming plastic polymers would also be suitable delivery vehicles. Liposomes for topical delivery are well known (see, e.g" U.S. Patent No. 5,296,231; Mezei et al. (1980) "Liposomes -A selective drug delivery system for the topical route of administration, I.
lotion dosage form" Life Sciences 26:1473-1477; Mezei et al. (1981 ) "Liposomes -A
selective drug delivery system for the topical route of administration: gel dosage form" Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacolo4v - -34:473-474; Gesztes et al.
( 1988? "Topical anaesthesia of the skin by liposome -encapsulated tetracaine"
Anesthesia and Analctesia 67:1079-1081; Patel (1985) "Liposomes as a controlled-release system",Biochemical Soc. Traps. 13:513-516; Wohlrab et al.
(1987) "Penetration kinetics of liposomal hydrocortisone in human skin"
Dermatolocaica 174:18-221.

Liposomes are microcapsules [diameters typically on the order of less than 0.1 to 20 pm] that contain selected mixtures and can slowly release their contents in a sustained release fashion. Targeted liposomes or other capsule, particularly a time release coating, that dissolve upon exposure to oxygen, air, moisture, visible or ultraviolet LUV] light or a particular pH or temperature [see, e~a., U.S. Patent No. 4,882,165; Kusumi et al. (1989) Chem. Lett. no.3 433-436: Koch _Troels et al. (1990) Bio_coniu4ate Chem. 4:296-304; U.S.
Patent No. 5,482,719; U.S. Patent No. 5,411,730; U.S. Patent No. 4,891,043;
Straubinger et al. (1983) Cell 32:1069-1079; and Straubinger et al. (1985) FEBS Lttrs. 179:148-154; and Duzgunes et al. in Chapter 1 1 of the book CELL
FUSION, edited by A. E. Sowers; Ellens et al. (1984) Biochemistry 23:1532-1538; Yatvin et al. (1987) Methods in Enzvmolo4v 149:77-87] may be used.
Liposome formulations for use in baking (see, e~g., U.S. Patent No. 4,999,208]
are available. They release their contents when eaten or heated. Such liposomes may be suitable for intravenous or local administration.
Liposomes be prepared by methods known to those of skill in the art [see, e-a., Kimm et al. (1983) Bioch. Biooh. Acta 728:339-398; Assil et al.
(1987) Arch Ophthalmol. 105:400; and U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811, and other citations herein and known to those of skill in the art].
Liposomes that are sensitive to low pH [see, e-g., U.S. Patent No.
5,352,448, 5,296,231; 5,283,122; 5,277,913, 4,789,6331 are particularly suitable for use with alkaline agents. Upon contact with the low pH detergent or soap composition or a high pH composition, the contents of the liposome will be released. Other components, particularly Ca+ or the presence of dissolved 02 in the water will cause the components to glow as they are released.
Temperature sensitive liposomes are also suitable for use in bath powders for release into the warm bath water.
c. Encapsulating vehicles -gelatin and polymeric vehicles Macro or microcapsules made of gelatin or other such polymer that dissolve or release their contents on contact with air or light or changes in temperature may also be used to encapsulate components of the bioluminescence generating systems.

Such microcapsules or macrocapsules may also be conjugated to a targeting agent, e.g., an antibody, such that the GFP or luciferase and bioluminescence generating components are delivered to the target by the antibody and then the components ars released to produce a glow.
The aequorin system is particularly suitable for this application. It can be encapsulated in suspension or solution or as a paste, or other suitable form, of buffer with sufficient chelating agent, such as EDTA, to prevent discharge of the bioluminescence. Upon exposure of the capsule [microcapsule or microcapsule] to moisture that contains Ca2+, such as in a buffer or blood, the released components will glow.
Thus, encapsulated bioluminescence generating components can be used in combination with a variety of targeting agents and thereby release the luciferaselluciferin, such as the Renilla mulleri, Pleuromamma, Ptilosarcus or Gaussia system, which will light upon exposure to air.
Other encapsulating containers or vehicles for use with the bioluminescence systems are those that dissolve sufficiently in water to release their contents, or that are readily opened when squeezed in the hand or from which the contents diffuse when mixed with a aqueous mixture. These containers can be made to exclude water, so that the bioluminescent system components may be desiccated and placed therein. Upon exposure to water, such as in an aqueous composition solution or in the atmosphere, the vehicle dissolves or otherwise releases the contents, and the components react and glow. Similarly, some portion less than all of the bioluminescence generating components may themselves be prepared in pellet form. For example, the components) may be mixed with gelatin or similar hardening agent, poured into a mold, if necessary and dried to a hard, water soluble pellet. The encapsulating containers or vehicles may be formed from gelatin or similar water soluble material that is biocompatibie.
d. Endosomes and vacuoles Vehicles may be produced using endosomes or vacuoles from recombinant host cells in which the Renilla or Ptilosarcus GFPs or Renilla mulleri, Pleuromamma or Gaussia luciferase is expressed using method known to those of skill in the art [see, e.g_, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,284,646, 5,342,607, 5,352,432, 5,484,589, 5,192,679, 5,206,161, and 5,360,7263. For example, aequorin that is produced by expression in a host, such as E. coli, can be isolated within vesicles, such as endosomes or vacuoles, after protein synthesis. Using routine methods the cells are iysed and the vesicles are released with their contents intact. The vesicles will serve as delivery vehicles.
When used they will be charged with a luciferin, such as a coelenterazine, and dissolved oxygen, such as by diffusion, under pressure, or other appropriate means.
e. Micronized particles The bioluminescence generating system components that are suitable for lyophilization, such as the aequorin photoprotein, the Renilla system, Ptilosarcus, Pleuromamma and the Gaussia systems, can be micronized to form fine powder and stored under desiccating conditions, such as with a desiccant.
Contact with dissolved oxygen or Ca2+ in the air or in a mist that can be supplied or in added solution will cause the particles to dissolve and glow.
3. Immobilized systems a. Matrix materials In some embodiments, it will be desirable to provide at least the GFPs or one component of the bioluminescence generating system linked to a matrix substrate, which can then be locally or systemically administered. The matrix substrate will be biocompatible. When desired, a mixture or mixtures(s) containing the remaining components, typically a liquid mixture is applied, as by pouring or spraying onto the matrix substrate, to produce a glow. For example, the aequorin photoprotein, including coelenterazine and oxygen, is linked to the substrate. When desired a liquid containing Ca2+, such as tap water or, preferably, a liquid mixture containing the Ca2' in an appropriate buffer, is contacted, such as by spraying, with the matrix with finked luciferase. Upon contacting in the presence of a GFP the material glows green.
In other embodiments, the Renilla GFP, Renilla mulleri or Gaussia, Pleuromamma luciferase or other luciferase, such as a Vargula luciferase, is linked to the substrate material, and contacted with a liquid mixture containing the luciferin in an appropriate buffer. Contacting can be effected by spraying or pouring or other suitable manner. The matrix material is incorporated into, onto or is formed into an article of manufacture, such as surgical sponge or as part of a microbead.
It is understood that the precise components and optimal means for application or storage are a function of the selected bioluminescence system.
The concentrations of the components, which can be determined empirically, are not critical, but must be sufficient to produce a visible glow when combined. Typical concentrations are as low as nanomoles/I, preferably on the order of mg/I or higher. The concentration on the substrate is that produced when a composition containing such typical concentration is applied to the material. Again, such ideal concentrations can be readily determined empirically by applying the first composition, letting it dry, spraying the second composition, and observing the result.
The matrix material substrates contemplated herein are generally insoluble materials used to immobilize ligands and other molecules, and are those that used in many chemical syntheses and separations. Such matrices are fabricated preferably from biocompatible, more preferably from biodegradable materials. Such substrates, also called matrices, are used, for example, in affinity chromatography, in the immobilization of biologically active materials, and during chemical syntheses of biomolecules, including proteins, amino acids and other organic molecules and polymers. The preparation of and use of matrices is well known to those of skill in this art; there are many such materials and preparations thereof known. For example, naturally-occurring matrix materials, such as agarose and cellulose, may be isolated from their respective sources, and processed according to known protocols, and synthetic materials may be prepared in accord with known protocols. Other matrices for use herein may comprise proteins, for example carrier molecules, such as albumin.

The substrate matrices are typically insoluble materials that are solid, porous, deformable, or hard, and have any required structure and geometry, including, but not limited to: beads, pellets, disks, capillaries, hollow fibers, needles, solid fibers, random shapes, thin films and membranes. Thus, the item may be fabricated from the matrix material or combined with it, such by coating all or part of the surface or impregnating particles.
Typically, when the matrix is particulate, the particles are at least about 10-2000 NM, but may be smaller or larger, depending upon the selected application. Selection of the matrices will be governed, at least in part, by their physical and chemical properties, such as solubility, functional groups, mechanical stability, surface area swelling propensity, hydrophobic or hydrophilic properties and intended use. For use herein, the matrices are preferably biocompatible, more preferably biodegradable matrices.
If necessary the support matrix material can be treated to contain an appropriate reactive moiety or in some cases the may be obtained commercially already containing the reactive moiety, and may thereby serve as the matrix support upon which molecules are linked. Materials containing reactive surface moieties such as amino silane linkages, hydroxyl linkages or carboxysilane linkages may be produced by well established surface chemistry techniques involving silanization reactions, or the like. Examples of these materials are those having surface silicon oxide moieties, covalently linked to gamma-amino-propylsilane, and other organic moieties; N-(3-Itriethyoxysilyl)propyl]phthelamic acid; and bis-12-hydroxyethyllaminopropyltriethoxysilane. Exemplary of readily available materials containing amino group reactive functionalities, include, but are not limited to, para-aminophenyltriethyoxysilane. Also derivatized polystyrenes and other such polymers are well known and readily available to those of skill in this art (ela., the Tentagelm Resins are available with a multitude of functional groups, and are sold by Rapp Polymere, Tubingen, Germany; see, U.S. Patent No. 4,908,405 and U.S. Patent No. 5,292,814; see, also Butz et al.
(19941 Peptide Res. 7:20-23; Kleine et al. I1994y Immunobiol. 190:53-66].
These matrix materials include any material that can act as a support matrix for attachment of the molecules of interest. Such materials are known to those of skill in this art, and include those that are used as a support matrix.
These materials include, but are not limited to, inorganic, natural polymers, and synthetic polymers, including, but are not limited to: cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acrylic resins, glass, silica gels, polystyrene, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, co-polymers of vinyl and acrylamide, polystyrene cross-linked with divinylbenzene -or the like isee, Merrifield 11964) Biochemistry 3:1385-1390), polyacrylamides, latex gels, polystyrene, dextran, polyacrylamides, rubber, silicon, plastics, nitrocellulose, celluloses, natural sponges. Of particular interest herein, are highly porous glasses (see, e.~lc ., U.S. Patent No.
4,244,721 ] and others prepared by mixing a borosilicate, alcohol and water.
Synthetic matrices include, but are not limited to: acrylamides, dextran-derivatives and dextran co-polymers, agarose-polyacrylamide blends, other polymers and co-polymers with various functional groups, methacrylate derivatives and co-polymers, polystyrene and polystyrene copolymers fsee, e_g_, Merrifield t 1964) Biochemistry 3:1385-1390; Berg et al. ( 1990) in Innovation Persoect Solid Phase Svnth. Collect. Pao., Int.
Symp.; 1 st, Epton, Roger (Ed), pp. 453-459; Berg et al. 11989) in Peat..
Proc.
Eur. Peat. Svmp., 20th, Jung, G. et al. (Eds), pp. 196-198; Berg et al. (19891 J.
Am. ChemSoc. 111:8024-8026; Kent et al. (1979) Isr. J. Chern. 17:243-247;
Kent et al. 11978) J. Ora. Chem. 43:2845-2852; Mitchell et ai. (1976) Tetrahedron Lett. 42:3795-3798; U.S. Patent No. 4,507,230; U.S. Patent No.
4,006,117; and U.S. Patent No. 5,389,4491. Methods for preparation of such matrices are well-known to those of skill in this art.
Synthetic matrices include those made from polymers and co-polymers such as polyvinylalcohols, acrylates and acrylic acids such as poly-ethylene-co-acrylic acid, polyethylene-co-methacrylic acid, polyethylene-co-ethylacrylate, polyethylene-co-methyl acrylate, polypropylene-co-acrylic acid, polypropylene-co-methyl-acrylic acid, polypropylene-co-ethylacrylate, polypropylene-co-methyl acrylate, polyethylene-co-vinyl acetate, poly-propylene-co-vinyl acetate, and those containing acid anhydride groups such as polyethylene-co-malefic anhydride, polypropylene-co-malefic anhydride and the like. Liposomes have also been used as solid supports for affinity purifications [Powell et al. (1989) Biotechnol. Bioena. 33:173).
For example, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,750, describes the preparation of polyurethane-based polymers. U.S. Pat. No. 4,241,537 describes a plant growth medium containing a hydrophilic polyurethane gel composition prepared from chain-extended polyols; random copofymerization is preferred with up to 50% propylene oxide units so that the prepolymer will be a liquid at room temperature. U.S. Pat. No. 3,939,123 describes lightly crosslinked polyurethane polymers of isocyanate terminated prepolymers containing poiylethyleneoxy) glycols with up to 35% of a polylpropyleneoxy) glycol or a polylbutyleneoxy) glycol. in producing these polymers, an organic polyamine is used as a crosslinking agent. Other matrices and preparation thereof are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,177,038, 4,175,183, 4,439,585, 4,485,227, 4,569,981, 5,092,992, 5,334,640, 5,328,603 U.S. Patent No. 4,162,355 describes a polymer suitable for use in affinity chromatography, which is a polymer of an aminimide and a vinyl compound having at least one pendant halo-methyl group. An amine ligand, which affords sites for binding in affinity chromatography is coupled to the polymer by reaction with a portion of the pendant halo-methyl groups and the remainder of the pendant halo-methyl groups are reacted with an amine containing a pendant hydrophilic group. A method of coating a substrate with this polymer is also described. An exemplary aminimide is 1,1-dimethyl-1-(2-hydroxyoctyl)amine methacrylimide and vinyl compound is a chlorornethyl styrene.
U.S. Patent No. 4,171,412 describes specific matrices based on hydrophilic polymeric gels, preferably of a macroporous character, which carry covalently bonded D-amino acids or peptides that contain D-amino acid units.
The basic support is prepared by copolymerization of hydroxyalkyl esters or hydroxyalkylamides of acrylic and methacrylic acid with crosslinking acrylate or methacrylate comonomers are modified by the reaction with diamines, aminoacids or dicarboxylic acids and the resulting carboxyterminal or aminoterminal groups are condensed with D-analogs of aminoacids or peptides.

The peptide containing D-aminoacids also can be synthesized stepwise on the surface of the carrier.
U.S. Patent No. 4,178.439 describes a cationic ion exchanger and a method for preparation thereof. U.S.;Patent No. 4,180,524 describes chemical syntheses on a silica support.
Immobilized Artificial Membranes [IAMs; see, e_g:, U.S. Patent Nos.
4,931,498 and 4,927,8791 may also be used. IAMs mimic cell membrane environments and may be used to bind molecules that preferentially associate with cell membranes [see, e.~.,, Pidgeon et al. (19901 Enzyme Microb. Technol.
12:149).
These materials are also used for preparing articles of manufacture, surgical sponges soaps, and other items, and thus are amenable to linkage of molecules, either the luciferase, luciferin, mixtures of both.
For example, matrix particles may be impregnated into items that will then be contacted with an activator.
Kits containing the item including the matrix material with or without the coating of the GFPs or bioluminescence generating components, and compositions containing the remaining components are provided.
b. Immobilization and activation Numerous methods have been developed for the immobilization of proteins and other biomolecules onto insoluble or liquid supports [see, e-a., Mosbach (1976) Methods in Enzvmoloav 44; Weetall (1975) Immobilized Enzymes Antigens, Antibodies, and Peptides; and Kennedy et ai. (1983) Solid Phase Biochemistry Analytical and Synthetic Aspects, Scouten, ed., pp.
253-391; see, generally, Affinity Techniaues Enzyme Purification: Part B.
Methods in Enzymoloav, Vol. 34, ed. W. B. Jakoby, M. Wilchek, Acad. Press, N.Y. (1974); Immobilized Biochemicals and Affinity Chromatography. Advances in Experimental Medicine and Bioloav, vol. 42, ed. R. Dunlap, Plenum Press, N.Y. (1974)].
Among the most commonly used methods are absorption and adsorption or covalent binding to the support, either directly or via a linker, such as the numerous disulfide linkages, thioether bonds, hindered disulfide bonds, and covalent bonds between free reactive groups, such as amine and thiol groups, known to those of skill in art [see, e.g_, the PIERCE CATALOG, ImmunoTechnology Catalog & Handbook, 1992-1993, which describes the preparation of and use of such reagents and provides a commercial source for such reagents; and Wong (1993) Chemistry of Protein Coniuc~ation and Cross Linkin -, CRC Press; see, also DeWitt et al. (19931 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A.
90:6909; Zuckermann et al. ( 19921 J. Am. Chem. Soc. 114:10646; Kurth et al.
(1994) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 116:2661; Ellman et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. -U.S.A. 91:4708; Sucholeiki ( 1994) Tetrahedron Lttrs. 35:7307; and Su-Sun Wang (1976) J. Orct. Chem. 41:3258; Padwa et al. (1971 ) J. Ora. Chem.
41:3550 and Vedejs et al. t 1984) J. Or4. Chem. 49:575, which describe photosensitive linkers]
To effect immobilization, a solution of the protein or other biomolecule is contacted with a support material such as alumina, carbon, an ion-exchange resin, cellulose, glass or a ceramic. Fluorocarbon polymers have been used as supports to which biomolecules have been attached by adsorption [see, U.S.
Pat. No. 3,843,443; Published International PCT Application W0186 03840).
For purposes herein, the support material will be biocompatible (i.e., suitable for use in the body).
A large variety of methods are known for attaching biological molecules, including proteins and nucleic acids, molecules to solid supports [see. ea., U.S.
Patent No. 5451683). For example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,681,870 describes a method for introducing free amino or carboxyl groups onto a silica matrix.
These groups may subsequently be covalently linked to other groups, such as a protein or other anti-ligand, in the presence of a carbodiirnide.
Alternatively, a silica matrix may be activated by treatment with a cyanogen halide under alkaline conditions. The anti-ligand is covalently attached to the surface upon addition to the activated surface. Another method involves modification of a polymer surface through the successive application of multiple layers of biotin, avidin and extenders [see, e-a., U.S. Patent No. 4,282,287); other methods involve photoactivation in which a polypeptide chain is attached to a solid substrate by incorporating a light-sensitive unnatural amino acid group into the polypeptide chain and exposing the product to .low-energy ultraviolet light fsee, e.g_, U.S. Patent No. 4,762,881 ]. Oligonucleotides have also been attached using a photochemically active.reagents, such as a psoralen compound, and a coupling agent, which attaches the photoreagent to the substrate f see, e.~., U.S. Patent No. 4,542,102 and U.S. Patent No. 4,562,157]. Photoactivation of the photoreagent binds a nucleic acid molecule to the substrate to give a surface-bound probe.
Covalent binding of the protein or other biomolecule or organic molecule or biological particle to chemically activated solid matrix supports such as glass, synthetic polymers, and cross-linked polysaccharides is a more frequently used immobilization technique. The molecule or biological particle may be directly linked to the matrix support or linked via linker, such as a metal f see, e.~.c ., U.S.
Patent No. 4,179,402; and Smith et al. ( 1992) Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enz. 4:73-78]. An example of this method is the cyanogen bromide activation of polysaccharide supports, such as agarose. The use of perfluorocarbon polymer-based supports for enzyme immobilization and affinity chromatography is described in U.S. Pat. No: 4,885,250]. In this method the biomolecule is first modified by reaction with a perfluoroalkylating agent such as perfluorooctylpropylisocyanate described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,954,444. Then. the modified protein is adsorbed onto the fluorocarbon support to effect immobilization.
The activation and use of matrices are well known and may be effected by any such known methods fsee, e.g;,, Hermanson et al. (1992) Immobilized Affinity Liaand Technioues, Academic Press, Inc., San Diegol. For example, the coupling of the amino acids may be accomplished by techniques familiar to those in the art and provided, for example, in Stewart and Young, 1984, Solid Phase Synthesis, Second Edition, Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford.
Other suitable methods for linking molecules to solid supports are well known to those of skill in this art fsee, e-g., U.S. Patent No. 5,416,193].
These include linkers that are suitable for chemically linking molecules, such as proteins, to supports and include, but are not limited to, disulfide bonds, thioether bonds, hindered disulfide bonds, and covalent bonds between free WO 99/49019 PC'ClUS99106698 reactive groups, such as amine and thiol groups. These bonds can be produced using heterobifunctional reagents to produce reactive thiol groups on one or both of the moieties and then reacting the thiol groups on one moiety with reactive thiol groups or amine groups to which reactive maleimido groups or thioi groups can be attached on the other. Other linkers include, acid cleavable linkers, such as bismaleimideothoxy propane, acid labile-transferrin conjugates and adipic acid diihydrazide, that would be cleaved in more acidic intracellular compartments; cross linkers that are cleaved upon exposure to UV or visible light and linkers, such as the various domains, such as CH1, C"2, and CH3, from the constant region of human IgG, (see, Batra et al. ( 1993) Molecular Immunol.
30:379-386). Presently preferred linkages are direct linkages effected by adsorbing the molecule to the surface of the matrix. Other linkages are photocleavable linkages that can be activated by exposure to light [see, e.~"~c ., Goldmacher et al. (1992) Bioconi. Chem. 3:104-107, which linkers are herein incorporated by reference]. The photocfeavable linker is selected such that the cleaving wavelength that does not damage linked moieties. Photocleavable linkers are linkers that are cleaved upon exposure to light [see, e_a., Hazum et al. (1981 ) in Pept Proc. Eur. Peot. Symo.. 16th, Brunfeldt, K (Ed), pp. 105-1 10, which describes the use of a nitrobenzyl group as a photocleavable protective group for cysteine; Yen et al. ( 1989) Makromol. Chem 190:69-82, which describes water soluble photocleavable copoVymers, including hydroxypropylmethacrylamide copolymer, glycine copolymer, fiuorescein copolymer and methylrhodamine copolymer; Goldmacher et ai. ( 19921 Bioconi.
Chem. 3:104-107, which describes a cross-linker and reagent that undergoes photolytic -degradation upon exposure to near UV light (350 nm); and Senter et al. ( 1985) Photochem. Photobiol 42:231-237, which describes nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl chloride cross linking reagents that produce photocleavable linkagesl. The selected linker will depend upon the particular application and, if needed, may be empirically selected.

WO 99/49019 PCT/US99/06698 .

These methods for linking molecules to supports may be adapted for use to link the targeting agents to the targeted agents.
M. Bioluminescence Resonance Energy Transfer (BRET) System In nature, coelenterazine-using: iuciferases emit broadband blue-green light (max. --480 nm). Bioluminescence Resonance Energy Transfer (BRET) is a natural phenomenon first inferred from studies of the hydrozoan Obelia (Morin &
Hastings ( 1971 ) J. Cell Phvsioi. 77:313-18), whereby the green bioluminescent emission observed in vivo was shown to be the result of the luciferase non-radiatively transferring energy to an accessory green fluorescent protein (GFP).
BRET was soon thereafter observed in the hydrozoan Aequorea victoria and the anthozoan Renilla reniforms. Although energy transfer in vitro between purified luciferase and GFP has been demonstrated in Aequorea (Morise et al. ( 1974) Biochemistry 13: 2656-62) and Renilla (Ward & Cormier 11976) J. Phvs. Chem.
80:2289-91 ) systems, a key difference is that in solution efficient radiationless energy transfer occurs only in Renilla, apparently due to the pre-association of one luciferase molecule with one GFP homodimer (Ward & Cormier (1978) Photochem. Photobiol. 27:389-961. The blue (486 nm) luminescent emission of Renilla luciferase can be completely converted to narrow band green emission (508 nm) upon addition of proper amounts of Renilla GFP (Ward & Cormier ( 1976) J. Phvs. Chem. 80: 2289-91 ). GFPs accept energy from excited states of luciferase-substrate complexes and re-emit the light as narrow-band green light ( - 510 nm). By virture of the non-radiative energy transfer, the quantum yield of the iuciferase is increased.
Luciferases and fluorescent proteins have many well-developed and valuable uses as protein tags and transcriptional reporters; BRET has the potential to increase the sensitivity and scope of these applications. A GFP
increases the sensitivity of the luciferase reporter by raising the quantum yield.
A single iuciferase fused to several spectrally distinct GFPs allows the simultaneous use of multiple luciferase reporters, activated by addition of a single iuciferin. By preparing two fusion proteins, each containing a GFP
having a different emission wavelength fused to identical luciferases, two or more reporters can be used with a single substrate addition. Thus multiple events may be monitored or multiple assays run using a single reagent addition. Such a reporter system is self-ratioing if the distribution of luciferin is uniform or reproducible.
The ability to conveniently monitor several simultaneous macromolecular events within a cell is a major improvement over current bioluminescent technology. BRET also enables completely new modes of reporting by exploiting changes in association or orientation of the luciferase and fluorescent protein. By making fusion proteins, the luciferase-GFP acceptor pair may be made to respond to changes in association or conformation of the fused moieties and hence serves as a sensor.
Energy transfer between two fluorescent proteins (FRET) as a physiological reporter has been reported [Miyawaki et al. (1997) Nature 388:882-7], in wihich two different GFPs were fused to the carboxyl and amino termini of calmodulin. Changes in calcium ion cancentration caused a sufficient conformational change in calmodulin to alter the level of energy transfer between the GFP moieties. The observed change in donor emission was --1 O°~
while the change in ratio was -1.8.
The similar use of a luciferase-GFP pair in the presence of substrate luciferin as provided herein has important advantages. First, there is no background and no excitation of the acceptor from the primary exciting light.
Second, because the quantum yield of the iuciferase is greatly enhanced by nonradiative transfer to GFP, background from donor emission is less, and the signal from the acceptor relatively greater. Third, the wavelength shift from the peak emission of luciferase ( -480 nml to that of the GFP (typically 508-510 nm) is large, minimizing signal overlap. All three factors combine to increase the signal-to-noise ratio. The concentration of the GFP acceptor can be independently ascertained by using fluorescence.
For some applications, in vitro crosslinked or otherwise in vitro modified versions of the native proteins is contemplated. The genetically encoded fusion proteins have many great advantages: A) In vivo use - unlike chemistry-based luminescence or radioactivity-based assays, fusion proteins can be genetically incorporated into living cells or whole organisms. This greatly increases the range of possible applications; B) Flexible and precise modification - many different response modifying elements can be reproducibly and quantitatively incorporated into a given luciferase-GFP pair; C) Simple purification - only one reagent would need to be purified, and its purification could be monitored via the fluorescent protein moiety. Ligand-binding motifs can be incorporated to facilitate affinity purification methods.
1. Design of sensors based on BRET
Resonance energy transfer between two chromophores is a quantum mechanical process that is exquisitely sensitive to the distance between the donor and acceptor chromophores and their relative orientation in space (Wu &
Brand (1994) Anal. Biochem. 218 1-13). Efficiency of energy transfer is inversely proportional to the 6'" power of chromophore separation. In practice, the useful distance range is about 10 to 100 A, which has made resonance energy transfer a very useful technique for studying the interactions of biological macromolecules. A variety of fluorescence-based FRET biosensors have been constructed, initially employing chemical fluors conjugated to proteins or membrane components, and more recently, using pairs of spectrally distinct GFP mutants (Giuliano & Taylor 11998) Trends Biotech. 16: 99-146;
Tsien (1998) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 67:509-44).
Although these genetically encoded GFP bioluminescence -based biosensors have advantages over less convenient and less precise chemical conjugate-based biosensors, all share a limitation in their design: it is generally difficult to construct a biosensor in which energy transfer is quantitative when the chromophores are in closest apposition. It is almost impossible to arbitrarily manipulate the complex stereochemistry of proteins so that conjugated or intrinsic chromophores are stably positioned with minimal separation and optimal orientation. The efficiency of such biosensors are also often limited by stoichiometric imbalances between resonance energy donor and acceptor; the donor and acceptor macromolecules must be quantitatively complexed to avoid background signal emanating from uncomplexed chromophores. These limitations in general design become important when biosensors must be robust, convenient and cheap. Developing technologies such as high throughput screening for candidate drugs (using high throughput screening (HTS) protocoals), biochips and environmental monitoring systems would benefit greatly from modular biosensors where the signal of a rare target "hit" (e.g., complex formation between two polypeptides) is unambiguously (statistically) distinguishable from the huge excess of "non-hits"). Current genetically encoded FRET and bioluminescence-based biosensors display hit signals that very often are less than two-fold greater than non-hit signals, and are at best a few-fold greater (Xu et al. (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 96: 151-156;
Miyawaki et al. (1997) Nature 388:882-7).
To solve these problems, the anthozoan GFPs, such as the Renilla GFPs, provided herein can be used in combination with their cognate luciferases.
Anthozoan luciferases-GFP complexes provide a "scaffold" upon which protein domains that confer the biological properties specific to a given biosensor can be linked. Although one can construct many useful two component biosensors based on this scaffold, in a biosensor contemplated herein, independent protein domains that potentially complex with one another are respectively fused to the luciferase and the GFP.
In isolation, an anthozoan luciferase emits blue light from the coelenterazine-derived chromophore (A), and an anthozoan GFP that is excited with blue-green light emits green light from its integral peptide based flurophore IB). When the luciferase and GFP associate as a complex in vivo or in vitro, the luciferase non-radiatively transfers its reaction energy to the GFO
flurophore, which then emits the green (C). Thus any molecular interaction that disrupts the luciferase-GFP complex can be quantitatively monitored by observing the ratio of blue to green light (D).
There are many possible variations on this theme. For example, in a three component system either the luciferase or GFP can be fused to a ligand-binding domain from a protein of interest or other target peptide or other moiety of interest. if the design of the fusion protein is correct, binding of a small molecule or protein ligand then prevents the luciferase-GFP association, and one has a BRET-based biosensor. More complex protein fusions can be designed to create two component and even single component BRET biosensors for a multitude of uses.
FIGURE 1 1 illustrates the underlying principle of Bioluminescent Resonance Energy Transfer fBRET) and its use as sensor: A) in isolation, a luciferase, preferably an anthozoan luciferase, emits blue light from the coelenterazine-derived chromophore; B) in isolation, a GFP, preferably an anthozoan GFP that binds to the luciferase, that is excited with blue-green light emits green light from its integral peptide based flurophore; C) when the luciferase and GFP associate as a complex in vivo or in vitro, the luciferase non-radiativeiy transfers its reaction energy to the GFP flurophore, which then emits the green light; D) any molecular interaction that disrupts the luciferase-GFP
complex can be quantitatively monitored by observing the spectral shift from green to blue light.
The nucleic acids, and the constructs and plasmids herein, permit preparation of a variety of configurations of fusion proteins that include an anthozoan GFP, such as Renilla, with its cognate anthozoan luciferase. The nucleic acid encoding the GFP can be fused adjacent to the nucleic acid encoding the luciferase or separated therefrom by insertion of nucleic acid encoding, for example, a ligand-binding domain of a protein of interest. The GFP and luciferase will be bound. Upon interaction of the ligand-binding domain with the a test compound or other moiety, the interaction of the GFP and luciferase will be altered thereby changing the emission signal of the complex.
If necessary the GFP and luciferase can be modified to fine tune the interaction to make it more sensitive to conformational changes or to temperature or other parameters.
2. Advantages of BRET sensors There are many advantages to the BRET senors provided herein. For example, BRET sensors are self-ratioing. The reporter and target are integrated into single polypeptide. This ensures 1:1:1 stoichiometry among luciferase, GFP and target for a 1:N:1 stochiometry if more than one, typically a homodimer, GFP can be bound to a luciferasel. GFP fluorescence allows absolute quantitation of sensor. The null state gives signal that verifies sensor functionality. Quantifiable null state facilitates disruption-of-BRET sensors (DBRET). BRET sensors have better signal-to-noise ratio than GFP FRET
sensors because there is no cellular autofluorescence, no excitation of the acceptor from the primary exciting light, the quantum yield of iuciferase greatly enhanced by non-radiative energy transfer to GFP, and there is minimal signal overlap between emission of the luciferase and emission of the GFP. Also, anthozoan GFPs have 6-fold higher extinction coefficients than Aequorea GFP.
The BRET sensors can for used for hit identification and downstream evaluation in in vitro screening assays in in vitro or in vivo or in situ, including in cultured cells and tissues and animals. The BRET sensors can be created by thermal endpoint-selection, which is suited to DBRET (Disruption-of-BRET) and reduces need for knowledge of target 3D
structure and functional dynamics. Existing screening robotics to optimize biosensors. BRET sensors benefit from vast genetic diversity nthozoans have evolved efficient luciferase-GFP energy transfer systems and the components can be mixed and matched. Highly efficient heterologous luciferases may be substituted for less active luciferases. For example, a copepod luciferase active site can be fused to an anthozoan luciferase GFP-binding domain. There are many diverse coelenterazine-using luciferases.
BRET sensors are modular so that an optimized sensor scaffold may be used with different targets. Also the BRET acceptor may be varied to give shifted emissions, facilitating multiple simultaneous readouts. The anthozoan GFPs can be mutated, GPFs or other proteins can be modified with different chemical fluors, high throughput screening (HTS) fluor-modified FRET acceptors can be adapted, the BRET donor (luciferase) may be varied, such as by using an Aequorin (Ca + + activated) photoprotein, or a firefly luciferse (requires ATP
and a firefly luciferinl to give conditional activation. The sensor scaffold can be incorporated into a variety of immobilization motifs, including free format plates, which can reduce reagent volumes, reusable microtiter plates, miniature columns WO 99l490I9 PC'1'IUS99l06698 and biochips. Finally, BRET sensors are inexpensive and reproducible reagents because they can be produced by standardized protein production and can inncorporate purification tags. Genetically encoded reporters more reproducible than chemically modified reporters. Linear translation of BRET modules ensures sensor integrity.
The following examples are included for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.

1. TOXICOLOGY
1. Solubility of Coelenterazine Coelenterazine is not terribly soluble in non-irritant vehicles.
Coelenterazine is soluble to at least to a concentration of 200 microgramslmL
in a solution of 2% (w/v) PEG 400 containing about 0.8% (wlv) NaCI. Although this solution is slightly hypertonic, it is not an irritant for vehicle purposes.
2. Toxicology of Coelenterazine A. Topical Administration To examine the toxicology of the above-described coelenterazine solution, the solution was administered in the eyes of anesthetized rabbits following standard procedures and conjunctiva) irritation was measured.
Animals were sedated with diazepam (about 2 mg/kg) and 100 NL of the coelenterazine in the PEG solution was instilled in one eye and to the other eye only the PEG vehicle was instilled. Animals were observed for a 30-min period and then the animals were carefully examined for any conjunctiva) irritation as well as any corneal ulceration. The examination was performed using a slit-lamp to visualize the eye well. Only minimal conjunctiva) irritation from the vehicle was observed in either eye (n = 31. Thus, the direct administration to the eye of about 20 pg of coelenterazine in this solution produced no irritation, ulceration, or other signs of toxicity in this topical assay.
B. Intravenous Administration In a second experiment, mice are administered coelenterazine (n = 6) at a concentration 1 mglkg, i.p. or vehicle (n=6) for a seven-day period. Mice are examined over the course of the study for any gross signs of toxicity as evidenced in their behavior.
At the end of the one-week period, blood is collected by cardiac puncture immediately prior to sacrifice. Animals are sacrificed and ten different tissue samples are removed post mortem from each animal. Isolated tissues are fixed, stained, blocked and sectioned. The pathology of the tissue samples are analyzed and the toxicology data are compiled. Daily administration of coelenterazine for three days resulted in no gross behavior changes in the test animals.
C. Stability of Coelenterazine The stability of coelenterazine may be determined by analyzing biological samples for the presence of coelentrazine and metabolic products derived therefrom. In this experiment, blood wilt be collected and serum prepared, and this serum can be assayed for coelenterazine and its metabolites. Little interference was observed from the serum (mousel at the emission wavelength requisite for coelenterazine.
Alternatively, a lobe of liver may be resected from each animal and separately pooled, fixed, homogenized in cold acid acetone, and assayed for coelenterazine and its metabolites by standard biochemical analyses.
D. Coelenterazine Assays The concentration of coelenterazine may be determined using its inherent fluorescence properties. For example, coelenterazine may be measured in an alcohol solution by measuring the fluorescence at a specified wavelength.
To date, the detectable limit is less than 10 nglmL. Given the dosages contemplated herein, this level of sensitivity should be sufficient for accurate measurement.
The concentration of coelenterazine may also be determined by use of HPLC in combination with fluorescence detection. In addition to an HPLC-based detection system, coelenterazine and its metabolites may be identified by Gas Chromatography (GC) or by Mass Spectrophotometry analysis. Final confirmation of the identity of coelenterazine and its metabolites may be performed by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR).

Method of Preparing Photoprotein Conjugates A method for the preparation of photoprotein conjugates that retain bioluminescent activity has been described (see U.S. Patent No. 5,486,4551. In general, additional sulfhydryl groups are introduced into the photoprotein by treatment of the photoprotein with Trauts Reagent (2-iminothiolane) to generate a sulfhydryl-activated photoprotein. The sulfhydryl-activated photoprotein is conjugated to a sulfhydryl-reactive binding reagent (e.g., a macromolecule that has been chemically modified with a heterobifunctional linker that is capable of sulfhydryl crossiinking, such as maieimido- or sulfo-SMCC, sulfosuccinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate). The conjugated photoprotein may be used in crude form or may be further purified by methods known to those of skill in the art, such as ion exchange or affinity chromatography.

Rodent Model A monoclonal antibody directed against a human tumor antigen (e.g., Lewis antigen or carcinoembryonic antigen [CEA)) or a humanized derivative thereof is conjugated to a photoprotein, preferably aequorin, or to the varguia luciferase, via the sulfhydryl-binding method (see U.S. Patent No. 5,486,455) and the conjugate is purified. Approximately, 10-100 micrograms of the antibody-photoprotein conjugate is injected i.v. in the tail vein of a transgenic mouse which expresses a human tumor antigen. The injection should be tolerated well by the animal.
After sufficient time is allowed for antibody binding [2-48 hours), approximately 1 pg of the coelenterazine or 10 NL of crude lysate containing the remaining bioluminescence generating components is injected i.p. directly in the region of the proposed neoplasm. Alternatively, 10 pL of the lysate or 1 Ng of coelenterazine is i.p. injected and time allowed for the coelenterazine to circulate to the target region 125 minutes to 2 days).
The mouse is then anesthetized and the region containing the neoplasm is exposed in a dark room. Regions that emit light as determined by a photometer or by the human eye are targeted for surgical removal.
Alternatively, the region of interest may be visualized by the insertion of a laparoscope near the site of the neoplasm and subsequent placement of the imaging camera in a position to observe light.

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF DNA ENCODING Renilla mulleri GFP
1. Preparation of a R. mulleri cDNA expression library A R. mulleri cDNA expression library was prepared using the commercially available Lamda-UniZap XR Vector kit (Stratagene) according to the direction provided. Briefly, EcoRl and Xhol adaptors were ligated to 5'-end of the cDNA fragments and the ligated cDNA fragments were purified from the remaining unligated adaptors. The purified cDNAs were ligated into EcoRl- and Xhol-digested .l Uni-ZAP XR vector, transformed into competent E. coli XL-1 Blue cells and the resulting DNA was packaged into viral particles using ~I
phage helper extracts (Gigapak Plus Kit, Stratagene). The packaged lambda library was titered in E. coli XL-1 Blue cells and the sequence complexity of the Renilla mulleri cDNA expression library was calculated to be about 1.73 x 108 independent plaques.
A plasmid library was derived from the lambda cDNA expression library by excision of the initiator-terminator cassette harboring the cloned Renilla cDNA. Approximately 2 x 108 independent plaque isolates were pooled and used to infect E. coli SOLR cells (Stratagene), which were then co-infected with a filamentous helper phage VCSM13, 8408 or ExAssist helper phage (Stratagene). The cDNA-containing plasmids were recovered by plating the infected cells on solid medium supplemented with 200 ~g/ml ampicillin for the selection of cells containing excised pBK plasmid.
In E. coli XL-1 Blue cells, the expression of the Renilla mulleri GFP in the pBK piasmid is under the control of the IacZ promoter, whose transcription is easily induced by the addition of isopropylthio-,B-D-galactopyranoside (IPTG) to the culture medium or may be applied directly to the colonies in spray form or other aerosols.
2. cDNA library screening To identify clones expressing a Renilla GFP, a functional screening method employing blue light, e.g., 490 nm, was used to identify fluorescent GFP transformants expressing a Renilla GFP. The Renilla cDNA expression plasmid library was screened by transforming competent E. toll XL-1 Blue cells and plating a portion of the transformation mixture on L-broth plates supplemented with 200 pg/ml ampicillin containing carbon black, which was added to completely absorb background fluorescence (,e.~., from the agar).
Plates were illuminated with narrow bandwidth light centered at 490 nm and observed through a 510 nm narrow bandpass filter using methods generally known in the art (e-a., see Ward et al. ( 1978) J. Biol. Chem. 254: 781-788).
Approximately 3-4 x 108 individual colonies were screened and a three light emitting colony were identified. To confirm that the above-described strain harbored a pfasmid that encoded a GFP, the spectral properties of the piasmid-encoded protein were assessed using cell lysates and partially purified cell extracts (e-a., see EXAMPLE 4). The fluorescence excitation spectrum for partially purified recombinant Renilla mulleri GFP was similar to those reported for other Renilla species (maximum near 498 nm); however, the recombinant R.
mulleri GFP emission spectrum has a wavelength maximum near 506 nm, which is a slightly shorter wavelength maximum than the in vitro and in vivo emission spectrum obtained for naturally-occurring Renilla GFP (e.~"Lc ., 509 nm; see Wampler et al. (1973) Biochem. Biouhvs. Acta 314:104-109).
3. Determination and characterization of the nucleotide sequence of DNA encoding Renilla mulleri GFP
Plasmid DNA was purified from cultures of the fluorescent transformant and the nucleotide sequence of the Renilla cDNA plasmid insert was determined using methods well known to those of skill in the art (e-4:, see Sambrook et al.
(1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY; Sanger et al. () Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
).
The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding a full-length Renilla mulleri GFP is set forth in SEQ ID No. 15. The cDNA fragment encoding the Renilla mulleri GFP is 1,079 nt in length, including 258 nt of 5' noncoding sequence, a 714 nt open reading frame, encoding a 238 amino acid polypeptide, and 107 nt of 3'non-coding sequence.

WO 99149019 . PCTIUS99/06698 The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA encoding the Renilla GFP was compared to the nucleotide sequence of the A. victoria GFP, the only other GFP
whose complete nucleotide sequence is knowri (e.~lc ., see SEQ ID No. 11. The nucleic acids isolated from the two organisms encode proteins of identical length, however, the nucleotide sequence that encodes the amino-terminal 136 amino acid residues of the Renilla mulleri GFP is only 48.8% identical compared to A. victoria. Furthermore, the nucleotide sequence encoding the carboxy-terminal 102 amino acid residues of Renilla mulleri GFP is even more highly divergent, being only 31.4% identical.
A comparison of the deduced amino acid sequences of the Renilla mulleri GFP and the A. victoria GFP revealed the protein sequences are also highly divergent. Only 56 of 238 amino acid residues between the deduced amino acid sequences are identical (i.e., 23.5% direct amino acid identity).
Moreover, the deduced sequence of the putative hexapeptide chromophore in R. mulleri (FQYGNR) is quite different from that of A. victoria (FSYGVQ) having only 3 out of 6 identical amino acid residues. The Renilla mulleri chromophore is also located in a slight different position in the polypeptide chain compared to A.
victoria GFP. The R. mulleri chromophore is encoded by amino acid residues 68-73 whereas the A victoria chromophore is encoded by amino acid residues 64-69. The slightly different position and altered chromophore sequence likely contribute to the differing spectral properties exhibited by the two proteins.

IDENTIFICATION AND ISOLATION OF DNA ENCODING A Renilla mulleri LUCIFERASE
The R. mulleri cDNA plasmid library described in EXAMPLE 3 was transformed in E.coli XL-1 Blue cells and single colonies were obtained by plating a portion of the transformation mixture on L-broth plates supplemented with 200Nglml ampicillin and also supplemented with carbon black to absorb background fluorescence. The plates were incubated overnight at 37°C.
Ampicillin resistant transformants were sprayed with a 1 mM IPTG solution to induce luciferase expression. After allowing time for the cells to express the luciferase, the surface of the plates were sprayed with a solution containing mM coelenterazine and colonies emitting blue light were visualized using a blue bandwidth filter. Plasmid DNA was isolated from cultures of bioluminescent transformants and the nucleotide sequence of a cDNA insert of a positive clone was determined. The nucleotide sequence of DNA encoding a full-length Renilla mulleri luciferase and the deduced amino acid sequence are set forth in SEQ 1D
No. 17. The cDNA fragment encoding the Renilla mulleri luciferase is 1,217 nt in length, including 30 nt of 5'non-coding region, a 933 nt open reading frame encoding a 311 amino acid polypeptide and 254 nt of 3'-non-coding sequence.
1 p EXAMPLE 5 RECOMBINANT PRODUCT10N Renilla LUCIFERASE
1. Recombinant production of ReniIIa reniformis luciferase The phagemid pTZl8R (Pharmacia) is a multi-purpose DNA vector designed for in vitro transcriptions and useful for expression of recombinant proteins in bacterial hosts. The vector contains the bta gene, which allows for the selection of transformants by resistance to ampicillin, and a poiylinker site adjacent to the IacZ' gene. The heterologous gene of interest is inserted in the polylinker and transcribed from the lac promoter by induction, for example, with isopropyl-,B-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG).
The DNA encoding the Renilla reniformis luciferase has been cloned (e.g., see U.S. Patent Nos. 5,292,658 and 5,418,155). The plasmid pTZRLuc-1 encodes the Renilla luciferase on a 2.2 Kbp EcoRl to Sstl DNA fragment inserted in EcoRl and Sstl sites of pTZl8R (plasmid construction is described U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,292,fi58 and 5,418,155; see also Lorenz et al. (1991 ) Isolation and Expression of a cDNA encodin4 Renilla reniformis Luciferase, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. U.S.A. 88, 4438-4442). The initiation of transcription of the Renilla luciferase - -cDNA is under the control of the IacZ' promoter. E. coli strains harboring plasmid pTZRLuc-1 express Renilla luciferase that is functional in bioluminescence assays and retains the properties of the native enzyme /see e.a.. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,292,658 and 5,418,155).
A derivative of pTZRLuc-1, pTZRLuc-3.6, produces approximately 7-fold higher levels of recombinant Renilla luciferase than pTZRLuc-1 when transformed into the same E. coli host. Competent E. coli strain XL-1 was transformed using purified pTZRLuc-3.6 according to the instructions provided by the manufacturer IXL-1 Supercompetent cells and protocol; Stratagene, fnc., La Jolla, CA). Transfectants were selected by plating on Luria Broth (LB) plates supplemented with 100 Nglml ampicillin.
Single ampicillin resistant colonies were grown in LB medium supplemented with 100 ~g/mi ampicillin at ambient temperature using continuous shaking until cell growth reached mid-log phase li.e., cell culture reaches an O.D.~"m=0.6-0.8 units). Transcription from the lac promoter was induced by addition of ~1 mM IPTG and cell culture was shaken at ambient temperature for an additional 8 hours.
Cells were harvested by centrifugation at 10,000 x g and frozen at -20°
C. The cell pellet was thawed and resuspended at a 1:5 ratio Iw/w) in a solution of 10 mM EDTA, pH 8.0, containing 4 mg/ml lysozyme (Sigma Chemical Corp.). The cells were placed in a 25° C water bath for 30 minutes and then transferred to ice for 1 hour. The cells were lysed by sonication at 0°
C using a 1 minute pulse from an Ultrasonics, Inc. cell disrupter.
The lysed cellular debris was removed by centrifugation at 30,000 x g for 3 hours and the supernatant was decanted and retained. The pellet was resuspended at a 1:5 ratio in the above-described solutions, and the subsequent incubations, lysis and centrifugation steps were repeated. The two supernatants were combined and stored at -70° C. The resulting "clarified lysate" was employed as a source of recombinant luciferase.
Alternatively, the lysate may be subjected to additional purification steps (e.g., ion exchange chromatography or immunoaffinity chromatography) to further enrich the lysate or provide a homogeneous source of the purified enzyme (see e.a., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,292,658 and 5,418,155).
Alternatively, recombinant Renilla mulleri fuciferase may be expressed by substituting the DNA encoding the R. reniformis luciferase for the DNA
encoding a R. mulleri luciferase, such as DNA encoding the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEO. ID No. 18.

DETECTION OF CANCER CELLS
The luciferase-based bioluminescent detection method has broad application in the visualization and precise localization of cancer cells. In such applications, the Renilla GFP, Renilla mulleri luciferase or luciferin molecule may be conjugated to a targeting agent, such as an anti-tumor antigen antibody, which specifically recognizes certain cancer cells that express the antigen.
Alternatively, the luciferase is coupled to a microcarrier and the targeting agent is conjugated to the luciferase and/or the microcarrier. The conjugate is introduced into a subject, for example, through intravenous, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection or through topical application or direct application during surgery using a laparoscope or trocar. Through formation of an antibody-antigen complex, the luciferase or luciferin is linked to the target cancer cells and available for interaction with luciferin substrate iif the conjugate contains luciferasel or .luciferase enzyme (if the conjugate contains luciferin). Thus, the substrate or enzyme is then introduced into the subject, e-g., through injection or application, and allowed to react with the partner molecule contained in the antibody conjugate to yield the readily detectable fight emission only the precise areas where the conjugate is stably present as an antibody-antigen complex.
The sensitivity and biocompatibility of this bioluminescence detection system make it possible to discover cancer in its early stages, e.g, small numbers of cancer cells, in contrast to other less sensitive methods which are able to detect cancer cells only after the neoplasm has developed to a more advanced and potentially life-threatening stage. In addition, diagnostic methods disclosed herein may be utilized in the absence of invasive surgical procedures.
For example, surgical viewing devices, computer tomograms or miniature surgical viewing instruments, see above, that has been modified to detect low intensity levels of visible red and near infrared light emitted through the tissues of the patient may also be used to assist the surgeon, such as those described in co-pending, co-owned U.S. application Serial No. 081990,103.
The bioluminescence detection system is particularly applicable in surgical procedures to remove cancerous lesions. The targeting of a Renilla GFP, Renilla mulleri luciferase and/or luciferin to, e.~c ., a tumor, results in the precise delineation of the boundaries of the lesion and thereby facilitates a more exact excision and complete eradication of the cancer without removal of surrounding healthy tissue. This is of critical importance in the excision of cancerous lesions in complex, vital tissues, such as nervous tissue. The sensitivity of the bioluminescence generating system also makes it well-suited for post-surgery evaluations and identification of metastases in which the ability to detect small numbers of any remaining cancer cells enables a more accurate assessment of the effectiveness of the procedure in eradicating the cancer.
The bioluminescence generating system finds further use in monitoring the progression and spread of cancer. Such information is invaluable in assessing the effectiveness of therapies, such as chemotherapy and radiation therapy, as well as the efficacy of drug-based therapies in treating cancer patients.
Detection of Cervical Cancer A luciferase-based bioluminescence detection system can be used in the detection of cervical cancer. For example, luciferin or luciferase may be conjugated, directly or through a linker or microcarrier, to antibodies specific for cervical cancer cell antigens (erLc ., see Table 31. The conjugate is then directly applied in an appropriate formulation to the cervical tissue which is then rinsed to eliminate any unbound conjugate. The remaining components of the bioluminescent reaction, i.e., luciferin if the conjugate contains luciferase or luciferase if the conjugate contains luciferin, is then applied to the cervical tissue, along with any necessary activators, and allowed to interact with any bound conjugate. Light emission is then monitored. The light emitted may be of any visible wavelength detectable by a human eye. if cancer cells presenting the recognized antigen are present in the tissue, those cells will glaw and thereby be visualized. The bioluminescence serves to provide a more precise localization of the cancer which guides a surgeon in removal of the cancerous lesion.

Detection of Carcinoembryonic Antigen tCEA) A luciferase-based bioluminescence detection system can also be used in the detection of neoplastic cells presenting CEA, such as, e.~, cancerous cells present in colorectal cancers (s.4., see Table 3). In this application, the luciferase or luciferin is conjugated, directly or indirectly, to an antibody specific for CEA, and detection is accomplished as described above for the detection of cervical cancer. The migration of CEA-bearing cancer cells, for instance into the wall of the colon and further into the lymphatics, may also be monitored with this detection system. The modified laparoscope that detects low intensity visible light may be further employed to enhance the detection and visualization of the CEA-bearing cancer cells.
Detection of Urinary Bladder Cancer For detection of urinary bladder cancers, the lucife~ase or luciferin is conjugated to a targeting agent, e.,g~, an antibody that recognize antigens presented on bladder cancer cells, that serve to link the conjugate to the cancerous lesions. The conjugate is introduced into the bladder, for example through a catheter, and the lesions are visualized and delineated upon subsequent introduction of the remaining components of the bioluminescent reaction into the bladder. This embodiment is particularly useful for urinary cancers of the bladder, which are currently removed during surgery by transurethral burning of the tumor located in the bladder wall using an electro-cautery. This technique would minimize cauterization of healthy bladder tissue, identify potential areas of metastasis and ensure complete surgical removal of the target.
In another embodiment, the location and margins of neoplastic bladder tissue may be defined with greater particularity by detecting the presence of the tumor with targeting agent coupled to the luciferase-bound microparticle.
After administration of the target agent conjugate, the bioluminescent reaction is initiated (i.e., by addition of a luciferin and/or any activators). A
secondary, GFP-bound microparticle is covaiently linked to a targeting agent which is directed against nearby surrounding tissue or which preferentially targets identical, non-tumorigenic tissue. The GFP conjugate is administered to the patient. Thus, for example, the neoplastic tissue would glow emitting a blue light, e.g_, using aequorin or Renilla luciferase-targeting agent conjugate whereas the GFP-bound surrounding tissue would absorb the blue light and emit green light thereby providing additional contrast to clearly define the margins of the tissue to be surgically removed.
Detection of the Spread of Migratory Cancer Cells The infiltration of the lymphatic system by migratory cancer cells, such as from cutaneous melanomas, deep breast tumors and hepatic metastases originating in colon cancer, may be readily detected using the bioluminescence detection system. The IucifErase or luciferin conjugated to a targeting agent, such as an antibody that recognizes a cancer cell antigen, complexes specifically with the cells, no matter where they are in the migratory process.
The remaining bioluminescence generating components are then allowed to circulate throughout the body to interact only with the cells to which conjugate is bound. In instances in which the cancer cells have invaded the epithelial tissues at or near the surface of the skin, the conjugate and/or partner molecule may be topically applied and the resulting light emission readily detected by the human eye without invasive procedures. Additionally, a photomultiplier or surgical viewing devices may also be used to amplify the light output through the skin. In this manner, it may be possible to trace lymphatic migration of tumor cells before surgery is attempted.
Detection of Breast Cancer The benefits of early detection of breast cancer, e~,a., increased survivability rate and greater options for treatment, are numerous and well documented. The bioluminescence detection system provides a sensitive method to facilitate early diagnosis of breast cancers. For example, in such applications, the luciferase or luciferin may be conjugated to anti-estrogen or anti-progesterone receptor antibodies which target molecules that are greatly increased in number in breast cancer tissue as opposed to normal breast tissue.
Thus, in this essentially quantitative assay system, the diagnosis depends on the level of luminescence detected, for example, in biopsied breast tissue.
The level of luminescence may be quantified using a photometer, photomultipliers or other suitable means.
Alternatively, the targeting agent may be coupled directly or indirectly to the luciferase isolated from Aristostomias, Malacosteus or Pachystomias, which emit red light [e~g., see Widder et al. 11984) Science 225:512-514).
Particularly preferred are bioluminescence components isolated from the species Aristostomias scintillans and Malacosteus niger. In this application, the luciferase-containing targeting agent is administered to the patient followed by the remaining components of the bioluminescence generating system (e.4., a luciferin and/or activators). Light emissions in this wavelength are detected directly through the tissue without an invasive surgical procedure using a photomultiplier, computer tomograph or using surgical vision device that is highly sensitive to red light. Alternatively, a surgical viewing instrument may be used in which the optical detector means contains a CCD imager or an image intensifier that is particularly sensitive to red light emissions.

AMPLIFICATION OF FLUORESCENT EMISSIONS USING RENILLA GFP
in the presence of Renilla GFP, the bioluminescence quantum yield of the Renilla luciferase-coelenterazine reaction is increased from 6.9% to 13%, an amplification of nearly two-fold. Derivatives of coelenterazine in which one or more group of the coelenterazine structure have been replaced are known (e~.
,._, see Hart et al. (1979) Biochemistry 18:2004). Of particular interest herein is coelenterazine of formula (V), discussed above:
O CHZ ~ ~ OH
N N-H
N C H~

As noted, reaction of this compound in the presence of Renilla luciferase produces ultraviolet light, ~I maximum 390 nm, and the bioluminescence quantum yield is relatively low (about 0.012%1. Upon adddition of GFP, however, the Renilla IuciferaseIGFP complex emits green light and the bioluminescence quantum yield is increased to 2.3%. Therefore, the addition of GFP results in an approximate 200-fold increase in the amount of light emitted by Renilla luciferase. Furthermore, using a bandpass filter with a exclusion limit of less than 470 nM, only those wavelengths of light greater than 470 nm can be observed. Under these conditions, the visualization of light emissions is directly dependent on the presence of a GFP in order to shift the blue photons of light to those greater than 470 nm (e-a., 510 nm green light).
The use of Renilla GFP in combination with a luciferase that emits blue light and this coelenterazine derivative and the bandpass filter allows for the development of immunoassays in which detectable light production is dependent upon the presence of a GFP. A number of configurations for such immunoassays are possible and an exemplary immunoassay for use in which the reaction is performed on a solid support, such as a microtiter array format is as follows:
A GFP
luciferase Abl Antigen Ab luciferin lA? i b' GFP-AbZ ~ Z (fm la (V)) ---. ~ A l i g h t Ab, When used herein, a test sample suspected of containing the target antigens) is added to a microtiter plate containing a plurality of antibodies specific for a targeted antigens) that are individually attached to the wells.
After forming an antibody-antigen complex, an antibody conjugate containing a secondary antibody specific for the antigen, or FIAb)2 fragment thereof, that is linked to a Renilla GFP, such as those described herein is added. Specifically bound secondary antibody is detected by the addition of a luciferase, preferably a Renilla reniformis or Renilla mulleri luciferase, and the compound of formula (V) and light production is observed using a 470 nm bandpass filter. The light intensity should be a measure of the amount of GFP-Abz present, which in turn is a measure of the amount of antigen bound to Ab,.
Using this system, the presence of the antigen in the sample is confirmed by detecting light for the individual wells to which the antibody is specific. By knowing the specificity of the antibody, the specific antigen present in the sample can be identified. Thus, it should be possible to perform immunoassays that do not require an intermediate washing step prior to the addition of luciferase/luciferin.

IDENTIFICATION AND ISOLATION OF DNA ENCODING A Gaussia mulleri LUCIFERASE
1. Preparation of a Gaussia DNA expression library A Gaussia cDNA expression library was prepared using the commercially available Lamda-UniZap XR Vector kit (Stratagene) according to the directions provided. Briefly, EcoRl and Xhol adaptors were ligated to 5'-end of the cDNA
fragments and the ligated cDNA fragments were purified from the remaining unligated adaptors. The purified cDNAs were ligated into EcoRl- and Xhol-digested ~ Uni-ZAP XR vector, transformed into competent E. coli XL-1 Blue cells and the resulting DNA was packaged into viral particles using ~1 phage helper extracts (Gigapak Plus Kit, Stratagene). The packaged lambda library was titered in E. coli XL-1 Blue cells and the sequence complexity of the cDNA
expression library was calculated.
A plasmid library was derived from the lambda cDNA expression library by excision of the initiator-terminator cassette harboring the cloned Gaussia luciferase-encoding DNA. Approximately 2 x 108 independent plaque isolates were pooled and used to infect E. coli SOLR cells (Stratagenel, which were then co-infected with a filamentous helper phage VCSM13, 8408 or ExAssist helper phage (Stratagene). The cDNA-containing plasmids were recovered by plating the infected cells on solid medium supplemented with 200 ,ug/ml ampiciilin for the selection of cells containing excised pBK plasmid.
In E. coli XL-1 Blue cells, the expression of the DNA encoding the luciferase in the pBK plasmid is under .the control of the IacZ promoter, whose transcription is easily induced by the addition of isopropylthio-,B-D-galactopyranoside (IPTG) to the culture medium or may be applied directly to the colonies in spray form or other aerosols.
2. cDNA library screening To identify clones expressing a Gaussia luciferase, a functional screening method was used. The cDNA plasmid library transformed into E.coli XL-1 Blue cells and single colonies were obtained by plating a portion of the transformation mixture on L-broth plates supplemented with 200Nglml ampicillin and also supplemented with carbon black to absorb background fluorescence.
The plates were incubated overnight at 37°C. Ampicillin resistant transformants were sprayed with a 1 mM IPTG solution to induce luciferase expression. After allowing time for the cells to express the luciferase, the surface of the plates were sprayed with a solution containing 20 mM coelenterazine and colonies emitting blue light were visualized using a blue bandwidth filter.
Plasmid DNA was isolated from cultures of bioluminescent transformants and the nucleotide sequence of a cDNA insert of a positive clone was determined. The nucleotide sequence of DNA encoding a full-length Gaussia luciferase and the amino acid sequence are set forth in SEQ ID Nos. 19 and 20.
The cDNA fragment encoding the Gaussia luciferase is 765 nt in length, including 5'non-coding region, a 455 nt open reading frame encoding a 185 amino acid polypeptide, and 3'-non-coding sequence.

CLONING ADDITIONAL LUCIFERASE AND GFP PROTEINS
Using the methods described in the preceding examples, a nucleic acid encoding a GFP for a Ptilosarcus (a sea pen obtained from the Sea of Cortez) species, and a luciferase from a Pleuromamma (a copepod) species was obtained. The sequences are set forth in SEQ ID NOs. 28-32. The Pleuiomamma luciferase was cloned from a mixed copepod library of Gaussia and Pleuromamma ("giant" calenoid copepods, ~6 mm and -3 mm, respectively). The Pleuromamma luciferase was identifeid by its greener in vivo emission.
Emission spectra and pH and salt curves for the encoded proteins are provided in FIGURES 4-6 and 8-10.

Gaussia, Renilla mulleri and Pleuromamma luciferases and Renilla mulleri and Ptilosarcus GFPs have been cloned. Various nucleic acid constructs and plasmids containing nucleic acid encoding these, proteins have been prepared and have been used for expression of the encoded proteins for use in diagnostics, in analytical procedures, and in the novelty items as described herein.
Constructs A. Renilla mulleri iuciferase and GFP-encoding constructs and plasmids The host plasmid is a pBluescript SK(-) phagemid IStratagene). The construct shown is one that was isolated by the functional screening of a large population of phagemids derived from mass excision of an amplified Lambda ZAP cDNA library (Stratagene). Each of the cloned bioluminescent genes described herein were isolated in a similar phagemid as an insert between the EcoRl and Xhol sites of the multiple cloning site (MCS1. Each insert includes DNA that encompasses the entire coding region (CDS) of the functional protein, as well as a variable number of nucleotides 5' and 3' of the coding region. In addition to the amino acids of the native protein, the polypeptides expressed in the functionally screened isolates (here, the lacZ-Renilla mulleri luciferase cDNA
fusion CDS or the lacZ-Renilla mulleri GFP cDNA fusion CDS) can contain additional N-terminal residues.
1 ) Renilla mulleri luc'rferase in pBluescript SK-Ir) (4147 bp) A IacZ-Renilla mulleri luciferase coding domain sequence (CDS) fusion was cloned into the pBluescript SK-(r) (Stratagenel. Theis well known commercially available vector contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Ampicillin), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), T3 primer sequence, T3 20-mer sequence, NIH oligo 0495 sequence, T3 promoter, SK primer sequence, T7 promoter, KS primer sequence, T7 primer sequence, T7 22-mer sequence, NIH oligo 0436 sequence, phage-plasmid PCR1 sequence, phage-plasmid PCR2 sequence, phage-plasmid PCR2(b) sequence and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the iacZ
Renilla mulleri luciferase fusion protein is under the control of IacZ
promoter.
2) Renilla mulleri Iuciferase in pBluescript SK (4147 bp) A IacZ-Renilla mulJeri luciferase coding domain sequence (CDS) fusion was cloned into the pBluescript SK-(r) (Stratagenel, which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacteria! selectable marker (Ampicillin), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), T3 primer sequence, T3 promoter, SK primer sequence, T7 promoter, KS primer sequence, T7 primer sequence and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the IacZ-Renilla mulleri luciferase fusion protein is under the control of IacZ promoter.
B. Plasmids for expression of native Renilla mulleri GFP and luciferase in mammalian cells The Renilla mulleri GFP or luciferase coding region was amplified by nucleic acid amplification (PCR), respectively appending an EcoRl site and a Xhol site immediately 5' and 3' to the coding sequence. The PCR product was inserted between the EcoRl-Xhol sites in the pofyiinker of pcDNA3.1 ( + ) (lnvitrogen), and transformed into bacteria (e.g., XLI-Blue strain, Stratagene) for the purpose of producing large quantities of piasmid DNA. These piasmids contain the CMV promoter (Pcmv) to drive expression in mammalian cells.
1 ) Renilla mulleri GFP in pcDNA3.11 + 1 (6122 bp) A Renilla mulleri GFP CDS was cloned into the pcDNA3.1 ( + ) (Invitrogen, San Diego), which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (CofE1 originl, a bacterial selectable marker (Amp), a mammalian selectable marker (Neo), a phage replication origin (f 1 origin), a viral replication origin (SV40 origin) and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Renilla mulleri GFP is under the control of CMV promoter.

2) Renilla mulleri luciferase in pcDNA3.1 ( + ). (6341 bp) A Renilla mulleri luciferase CDS was cloned into the pcDNA3.1 ( + ) (Invitrogen, San Diego) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (CotE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Ampl, a mammalian selectable marker (Neo), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), a viral replication origin (SV40 origin) and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Renilla mulleri iuciferase is under the control of CMV promoter.
4. Plasmids used to express native Renilla mulleri GFP and luciferase in yeast cells The Renilla mulleri GFP or luciferase was PCR amplified and inserted between the polylinker EcoRl-Xhol sites of pYES2 (Invitrogen). These piasmids are designed for galactose-inducibie expression in yeast under regulation of the GAL1 promoter.
1 ) Renilla mulleri GFP in pYES2 (6547 bpi A Renilla mulleri GFP CDS was cloned into the yeast expression plasmid pYES2 (Invitrogen, San Diego), which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Amp), a yeast replication origin (2 micron origin), a yeast selectable marker (URA3), a phage replication origin (f1 origin) and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Renilla mulleri GFP is under the control of yeast GAL1. This vector is designed for expression in Saccharomyces cerevisiae cells.
2) Renilla mulleri luciferase in pYES2 (6766 bp) A Renilla mulleri luciferase CDS was cloned into the pYES2 (Invitrogen) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Amp), a yeast replication origin (2 micron origin), a yeast selectable marker (URA3), a phage replication origin (f1 origin) and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Renilla mulleri luciferase is under the control of yeast GAL1.
D. Plasmids used to express native Renilla mulleri GFP or luciferase in bacterial cells Using the pET-34 CBD-Renilla mulleri luciferase or pET-34 CBD-Renilla mulleri GFP piasmid as template, high fidelity inverse PCR was used to precisely delete the CBD and all other coding sequences 5' to the native Renilla mulleri luciferase or GFP start codon. The plasmids were recircularized and reintroduced into BL21 (DE3) cells (Novagen, Madison, WI). These plasmids are designed to express large quantities of native-length polypeptide upon induction with IPTG. Dependent on the nature of the expressed polypeptide, the protein can fold properly and reside in a functional form in the cytosal or be released into the culture medium. When expressed in this manner, significant functional activity is observed for all bioluminescent proteins described herein. The Gaussia luciferase is released into the culture medium.
1 ) Native Ptilosarcr~s GFP in pET-34 (6014 bp) A Ptilosarcus GFP CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 originl, lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, ribosome binding sequence (rbs), LlC (ligation i 5 independent cloning) site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Ptilosarcus GFP is under the joint control of lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
2) Native Renilia mulleri GFP in pET-34 (6014 bp) A Renilla mulleri GFP CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Renilla mulleri GFP is under the joint control of lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
3) Native Gaussia luciferase in pET-34 (5855 bp) A Gaussia luciferase CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Gaussia luciferase is under the joint control of lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
4) Native Pleuromamma luciferase in pET-34 (5894 bp) A Pleuromamma luciferase CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin iColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs, LIC site, 3' LlC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Pleuromamma luciferase is under the joint control of lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
5) Native Renilla mulleri luciferase in pET-34 (6233 bp) A Renilla mulleri luciferase CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication arigin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f 1 origin), lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the Renilla mulleri luciferase is under the joint control of lac operator and promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
5. Plasmids used to purify a cellulose binding domain-Renilla mullari luciferase or GFP fusion protein from bacterial cells The coding region of the Renilla mulleri luciferase or GFP was amplified with a high fidelity polymerase (Pfu turbo, Stratagene) using the cloned pBluescript phagemid as template, and inserted using a ligation independent cloning (LIC) site into the pET-34 LIC vector (Novagen). The resulting cellulose binding domain (CBD)-luciferase or CBD-GFP fusion protein can be expressed at high levels in BLI(DE3) cells (Novagen) after induction with IPTG. Due to the nature of CBD-clos, the major portion of the expressed protein will reside in insoluble inclusion bodies. Inclusion bodies can be isolated in semi-pure state and functional CBD-fusion proteins can be recovered by renaturatian. Inclusion of the thrombin and enterokinase (EK) cleavage sites in the fusion protein permits isolation of highly purified native or near-native proteins for the purposes of rigorous analysis.

1 ) CBD-Renilla mullari luciferase in pET-34 16824 bp) A CBD-Renilla mulleri luciferase CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen), which contains, inter olio, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 originl, lacl sequence, T7 promoter, iac operator, rbs, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator, thrombin cleavage site, the RNase-S-peptide tag (S tagl CDS sequence, EK cleavage site and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the CBD-Renilla mulleri luciferase is under the joint control of lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
2) CBD-Gaussia luciferase in pET-34 (6446 bp) A CBD-Gaussia luciferase CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagenl, which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator, thrombin cleavage site, S tag CDS sequence, EK
cleavage site and various restriction cloning sites. The expression of the CBD-Gaussia luciferase is under the joint control of the lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
3) CBD-Plauromamma luciferase in pET-34 (6485 bp) A CBD-Pleuromamma iuciferase CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen), which contains, inter olio, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 originl, lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs sequence, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator, thrombin cleavage site, S tag CDS sequence, EK cleavage site and various restriction cloning sites.
Expression of the CBD-Pleuromamma luciferase is under the joint control of lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
4) CBD-Ptilosarcus GFP in pET-34 (6605 bp) A CBD-Ptilosarcus GFP CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen) which contains, inter olio, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs sequence, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS. His tag sequence, T7 terminator, thrombin cleavage site, S tag CDS
sequence, EK cleavage site and various restriction cloning sites. Expression of the CBD-Ptilosarcus GFP is under the joint control of lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.:
5) CBD-Renilla mulleri GFP in pET-34 (6605 bp) A CBD-Renilla mulleri GFP CDS was cloned into the pET-34 (Novagen) which contains, inter alia, a bacterial replication origin (ColE1 origin), a bacterial selectable marker (Kan), a phage replication origin (f1 origin), lacl sequence, T7 promoter, lac operator, rbs sequence, LIC site, 3' LIC overlap sequence, His tag CDS, His tag sequence, T7 terminator, thrombin cleavage site, S tag CDS
sequence, EK cleavage site and various restriction cloning sites. The expression of the CBD-Renilla mulleri GFP is under the joint control of the lac operator and T7 promoter, which is inducible by IPTG.
F. Plasmid for expressing Renilla mulleri luciferase-GFP fusion protein As depicted in Figure 7, Renilla mulleri GFP was inserted into the ligation independent cloning site of the pET-34 vector (Novagen). The cellulose binding domain (CBD) that is normally present in pET-34 was deleted using inverse PCR.
To facilitate optimization for analytical uses of the resulting fusion protein (such as for BRET), additional restriction sites (not shown) have been introduced into the linker region, permitting insertion of desired linking and target proteins or moieties. Using two of these sites, the Renilla mulleri luciferase CDS was inserted in the standard position of the CBD. In this plasmid, or in similar constructs that retain the CBD, near-native and native GFP can be cleaved from the fusion protein by treatment with thrombin or enterokinase (EK), respectively.
The RNase S-peptide tag (S tag CDS) facilitates immunoaffinity purification of the GFP or the fusion protein, and allows quantitation of these proteins in crude extracts using a commercial RNase assay (Novagen). If the luciferase is separately fused to the S-tag in a second separate plasmid, association or co-expression of the S-protein/luciferase and S-proteinlGFP via the RNase domain creates a test system for intermolecular BRET.
G. Functional expression of Renilla mulleri GFP in mammalian cells WO 99/49019 PCTIUS99l06698 HeLa cells were transfected with the plasmid pcDNA3.1 ( + ) containing Renilla mulleri GFP under the control of a CMV promoter (construct No. B( 1 ) as described above). HeLa cells were burst transfvected with 1.5 micrograms of pcDNA3.1 per plate using the LipofectAMINE plus kit (GIBCO).
When HeLa cells were burst transfected with 30 micrograms of pcDNA-Renilla mulleri GFP DNA and grown at 37°C for 8 hours, a sub-population of cells were observed to be highly fluorescent. The fluorescence was localized to pairs of cells that were undergoing, or apparently had recently undergone, a single round of cell-division. This result indicates that native Renilla mulleri GFP
can be expressed, folded and complexed properly with the chromophore, and retain its function to produce green fluorescence in mammalian cells. This is in contrast to the Aeguorea GFP, which folds inefficiently into a functional form under the physiological conditions.
Filters (470140 excitation filter, 495 excitation dichroic filter and 525/50 emission filter) used in visualization of R. mulleri GFP fluorescence in HeLa cells were the Endo GFP filter set sold by Chroma.
Since modifications will be apparent to those of skill in this art, it is intended that this invention be limited only by the scope of the appended claims.

WO 99!49019 PCT/US99/06698 Summary of the Sequence Listing 1. SEQ ID NO. 1 Renilla reniformis Luciferase [U.S. Patent No. 5,418,1551 2. SEQ ID NO. 2 Cypridina hilgendorfii luciferase [EP 0 387 355]
3. SEQ ID NO. 3 Modified Luciola cruciata Luciferase [firefly; U.S. Patent No.4,968,613]
4. SEO. - -ID N0. 4 Vargula (Cypridina) luciferase fThompson et al. ( 1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6567-6571 and from JP 3-30678 Osaka 5. SEa 1D NO. 5 Apoaequorin-encoding gene [U S. Patent No. 5,093,240, PAQ440]
6. SEO, --ID NO. 6 Encoded Aequorin AE0.1 [Prasher et al. (1987) "Sequence Comparisons of CDNAS Encoding for Aequorin Isotypes," Biochemistry 26:1326-1332]
7. SEO -ID NO. 7 Encoded Aequorin AEa2 [Prasher et al. (1987)]

8. SECT 1D -NO. 8 Encoded Aequorin AEQ3 [Prasher et al. (1987)1 9. SEQ -ID NO. 9 Aequorin photoprotein [Charbonneau et al. (1985) "Amino Acid Sequence of the Calcium-Dependent Photoprotein Aequorin," Biochemistry 24:6762-6771 ]

10. SEO. lD NO. 10 Aequorin mutant with increased bioluminescence activity [U.S. Patent No. 5,360,728; Asp 124 changed to Ser]

11. SEa ID NO. 11 Aequorin mutant with increased bioluminescence activity [U.S. Patent No. 5,360,728; Glu 135 changed to Ser]

12. SEQ ID NO. 12 Aequorin mutant~with increased bioluminescence activity [U.S. Patent No. 5,360,728 Gly 129 changed to Ala]

13. SEQ ID NO. 13 Encoded apoaequorin [sold by Sealite, Sciences, Bogart, GA as AO.UALITE~, when reconstituted to form aequorin]

14. SEa ID NO. 14 Vibrio fisheri Flavin reductase [U.S. Patent No.
5,484,723]

15. SEQ ID NO. 15 nucleic acid encoding Renilla mulleri green fluorescent protein (GFP) 16. SEQ ID NO. 16 Encoded Renilla mulleri green fluorescent protein (GFP) 17. SECI ID NO. 17 nucleic acid encoding Renilla mulleri luciferase 18. SEQ ID NO. 18 Encoded Renilla mulleri luciferase 19. SEG! ID NO. 19 nucleic acid encoding Gausssia luciferase 20. SEa ID NO. 20 Encoded Gausssia luciferase 21. SEO. ID NO. 21 nucleic acid encoding a Gaussia luciferase fusion protein 22. SEQ ID NO. 22 Encoded Gaussia luciferase fusion protein 23. SECZ ID NO. 23 Renilla reniformis GFP peptide corresponding to amino acid sequences near the amino-terminus of R. mulleri GFP

24. SEQ ID NO. 24 Renilla reniformis GFP peptide corresponding to amino acid sequences near the amino-terminus of R. mulleri GFP

25. SEQ ID NO. 25 Renilla renifvrmis GFP peptide corresponding to amino acid sequences near the middle of R. mulleri GFP

26. SEQ ID NO. 26 Renilla reniformis GFP peptide corresponding to amino acid sequences near the middle of R. mulleri GFP

27. SEQ ID NO. 27 Renilla reniformis GFP peptide corresponding to amino acid sequences near the carboxy-terminus of R. mulleri GFP

28. SEQ ID NO. 28 Pleuromamma iuciferaselinsert 861 by 29. SEQ ID No. 29 encoded Pleuromamma luciferase 198 as 30. SEQ ID N0:30 Ptilosarcus GFPlinsertA\1 104 by 31. SEa ID N0:31 Ptilosarcus GFPlinsertB\1279 by 32. SEQ ID N0:32 Ptilosarcus GFP 238 as WO 99/49019 PCT/US99/Obb98 SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: PROLUME, LTD.
(B) STREET: 1085 William Pitt Way (D) STATE: Pennsylvania (D) COUNTRY: USA
(E) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 15236 (i) INVENTOR/APPLICANT:
tA) NAME: Bryan, Bruce (B) STREET: 716 Arden Drive (C) CITY: Beverly Hills (D) STATE: California (D) COUNTRY: USA
(E) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 90210 (i) INVENTOR/APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: Szent-Gyorgyi, Christopher (B) STREET: 719 Duncan Avenue (C) CITY: Pittsburgh (D) STATE: Pennsylvania (D) COUNTRY: USA
(E) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 15237 (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: LUCIFERASES, FLUORESCENT PROTEINS, NUCLEIC ACIDS ENCODING THE LUCIFERASES
AND FLUORESCENT PROTEINS AND THE USE
THEREOF IN DIAGNOSTICS, HIGH THROUGHPUT
SCREENING AND NOVELTY ITEMS
(iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 32 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe (B) STREET: 4250 Executive Square, 7th Floor (C) CITY: La Jolla (D) STATE: CA
(E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) ZIP: 92037 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE:
(B) COMPUTER: IBM Compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: FastSEQ Version 1.5 and ASCII
(vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATE: 26-MAR-1999 (C) CLASSIFICATION:
(iii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: 60/102,939 (B) FILING DATE: O1-OCT-1998 (vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:

(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: 60/089,367 (B) FILING DATE: 15-JUNE-1998 (vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:60/079,624 (B) FILING DATE: 27-MAR-1998 (viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: Seidman, Stephanie L
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 33,779 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: 24729-P121 (ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: 619 450-8400 (B) TELEFAX: 619-450-8499 (C) TELEX:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO: l:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1196 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...942 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Renilla Reinformis Luciferase (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
PATENT NO.: 5,418,155 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:1:

Ser Leu Lys Met Thr Ser Lys Val Tyr Asp Pro Glu Gln Arg Lys Arg Met Ile Thr Gly Pro G1n Trp Trp Ala Arg Cys Lys Gln Met Asn Val Leu Asp Ser Phe Ile Asn Tyr Tyr Asp Ser Glu Lys His Ala Glu Asn Ala Val Ile Phe Leu His Gly Asn Ala Ala Ser Ser Tyr Leu Trp Arg His Val Val Pro His Ile Glu Pro Val Ala Arg Cys Ile Ile Pro Asp 65 70 75 . 80 ATT ATG AAA TAT
TCA AGG

LeuIleGly MetGlyLys SerGly LysSerGly AsnGly SerTyrArg LeuLeuAsp HisTyrLys TyrLeu ThrAlaTrp LeuAsn PheLeuIle TyrGlnArg ArgSerPhe PheVal GlyHisAsp TrpGly AlaCysLeu AlaPheHis TyrSerTyr GluHis GlnAspLys IleLys AlaIleVal HisAlaGlu SerValVal AspVal IleGluSer TrpAsp GluTrpPro AspIleGlu GluAspIle AlaLeu IleLysSer GluGlu GlyGluLys MetValLeu GluAsnAsn PhePhe ValGluThr MetLeu ProSerLys IleMetArg LysLeuGlu ProGlu GluPheAla AlaTyr LeuGluPro PheLysGlu LysGlyGlu ValArg ArgProThr LeuSer TrpProArg GluIlePro LeuValLys GlyGly LysProAsp ValVal GlnIleVal ArgAsnTyr AsnAlaTyr LeuArg AlaSerAsp AspLeu ProLysMet PheIleGlu SerAspPro GlyPhe PheSerAsn AlaIle ValGluGly AlaLysLys PheProAsn ThrGlu PheValLys ValLys GlyLeuHis PheSerGln GluAspAla ProAsp GluMetGly LysTyr IleLysSer TTTTTATTTA

PheValGlu ArgValLeu LysAsn GluGln TACATTTGTT
ATGTAATAAA
CTCGGTTTTA
TTATAAAAAA
A

(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ N0:2:
ID

(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:

(A) LENGTH: 1822 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA

(ix) FEATURE:

(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...1665 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Cypridina hilgendorfii luciferase (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:

PATENT NO.: EP 0 387 355 TORAY

(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: N0:2:
SEQ ID

ATT ATA

MetLys Leu Ile Ile Leu Ser LeuAlaTyr CysVal ThrVal Ile Ile GTA GAA

AsnCys Gln Asp Ala Cys Pro AlaGluAla ProSer SerThr Val Glu GAA GCT

ProThr Val Pro Thr Ser Cys LysGluGly GluCys IleAsp Glu Ala CGA GAC

ThrArg Cys Ala Thr Cys Lys IleLeuSer AspGly LeuCys Arg Asp TGC TGT

GluAsn Lys Pro Gly Lys Thr ArgMetCys GlnTyr ValIle Cys Cys GGA TAT

GluSer Arg Val Glu Ala Ala PheArgThr PheTyr AlaLys Gly Tyr GGT AAA

ArgPhe Asn Phe Gln Glu Pro TyrValLeu AlaArg GlyThr Gly Lys ACC CTC

LysGly Gly Asp Trp Ser Val ThrMetGlu AsnLeu AspGly Thr Leu AAG ACA

GlnLys Gly Ala Val Leu Thr ThrLeuGlu ValVal GlyAsp Lys Thr ATA ATT GCT ATC
ACT ACT

ValIleAspIle ThrGln AlaThrAla AspPro IleThrVal AsnGly GlyAlaAspPro ValIle AlaAsnPro PheThr IleGlyGlu ValThr IleAlaValVal GluIle ProGlyPhe AsnIle ThrValIle GluPhe PheLysLeuIle ValIle AspIleLeu GlyGly ArgSerVal ArgIle AlaProAspThr AlaAsn LysGlyLeu IleSer GlyIleCys GlyAsn LeuGluMetAsn AspAla AspAspPhe ThrThr AspAlaAsp GlnLeu AlaIleGlnPro AsnIle AsnLysGlu PheAsp GlyCysPro PheTyr GlyAsnPro5er AspIle GluTyrCys LysGly LeuMetGlu ProTyr ArgAlaValCys ArgAsn AsnIleAsn PheTyr TyrTyrThr LeuSer CysAlaPheAla TyrCys MetGlyGly GluGlu ArgAlaLys HisVal LeuPheAspTyr ValGlu ThrCysAla AlaPro GluThrArg GlyThr CysValLeuSer GlyHis ThrPheTyr AspThr PheAspLys AlaArg TyrGlnPheGln GlyPro CysLysGlu LeuLeu MetAlaAla AspCys TyrTrpAsnThr TrpAsp ValLysVal SerHis ArgAspVal GluSer TyrThrGluVal GluLys ValThrIle ArgLys GlnSerThr ValVal WO 99!49019 ~ PCT/US99/06698 Asp Ile Val Asp Gly Lys Gln Lys GlyGly AspVal Leu Val Val Val ATC ACA ATA

Ser Pro Tyr Ser Ser Glu Asn Ser TyrTrpGln AspGly Ile Thr~ Ile ATC CCT GCT

Asp Leu Thr Thr Ala Ile Leu Glu LeuValVal LysPhe Ile Pro Ala TTT CAT AGA

Asn Lys Gln Leu Leu Val Val Ile AspProPhe AepGly Phe His Arg ACA TAT CAA

Lys Cys Gly Ile Cys Gly Asn Asn AspSerThr AspAsp Thr Tyr Gln TTT GCT ACC

Phe Asp Ala Glu Gly Ala Cys Leu ProAsnPro ProGly Phe Ala Thr ACA GCT CGA

Cys Glu Glu Gln Lys Pro Glu Glu LeuCysAsn SerLeu Thr Ala Arg GAT TGT GTC

Phe Ser Ser Ile Asp Glu Lys Asn CysTyrLys ProAsp Asp Cys Val ATT TAT CTG

Arg Ala Arg Cys Met Tyr Glu Cys ArgGlyGln GlnGly Ile Tyr Leu TGT AAA GAA

Phe Asp His Ala Trp Glu Phe Lys CysTyrIle LysHis Cys Lys Glu GAC GAA CAA

Gly Thr Leu Glu Val Pro Pro Cys Asp Glu Gln TAAGACTACT
ACAGCAGAAG
ATAAAAGAGA
AGCTGTAGTT
CTTCAAAAAC

GATGTACTCA
TTGTTTACTT
ACATAAAAAT
AAATTGTTAT
TATCATAACG

AA

(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ N0:3:
ID

(i) SEQUENCE
CHARACTERISTICS:

(A) LENGTH: 1644 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE
TYPE:
cDNA

(ix) FEATURE:

(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...1644 WO 99!49019 PCT/US99106698 (D)OTHER INFORMATION: Luciola Cruciata (Firefly) Luciferase (x) PUBLICATION
INFORMATION:

PATErTr .
NO :

, , (xi) DESCRIPTION: SEQ N0:3:
SEQUENCE ID

MetGlu AsnMetGluAsn AspGlu AsnIleVal ValGly ProLysPro PheTyr ProIleGluGlu GlySer AlaGlyThr GlnLeu ArgLysTyr MetGlu ArgTyrAlaLys LeuGly AlaIleAla PheThr AsnAlaVal ThrGly ValAspTyrSer TyrAla GluTyrLeu GluLys SerCysCys LeuGly LysAlaLeuGln AsnTyr GlyLeuVal ValAsp GlyArgIle AlaLeu CysSerGluAsn CysGlu GluPhePhe IlePro ValIleAla GlyLeu PheIleGlyVal GlyVal AlaProThr AsnGlu IleTyrThr LeuArg GluLeuValHis SerLeu GlyIleSer LysPro ThrIleVal PheSer SerLysLysGly LeuAsp LysValIle ThrVal GlnLysThr ValThr ThrIleLysThr IleVal IleLeuAsp SerLys ValAspTyr ArgGly TyrGlnCysLeu AspThr PheIleLys ArgAsn ThrProPro GlyPhe GlnAlaSerSer PheLys ThrValGlu ValAsp ArgLysGiu GlnVal AlaLeuIleMet AsnSer SerGlySer ThrGly LeuProLys WO 99/49019 PCT/US99/06b98 Gly GlnLeu ThrHisGlu Val ThrArgPhe SerHisAla Val Asn Thr ArgAsp ProIle TyrGlyAsn GlnValSer ProGlyThr AlaValLeu ThrVal ValPro PheHisHis GlyPheGly MetPheThr ThrLeuGly TyrLeu IleCys GlyPheArg ValValMet LeuThrLys PheAspGlu GluThr PheLeu LysThrLeu GlnAspTyr LysCysThr SerValIle LeuVaI ProThr LeuPheAla IleLeuAsn LysSerGlu LeuLeuAsn LysTyr AspLeu SerAsnLeu ValGluIle AlaSerGly GlyAlaPro LeuSer LysGlu ValGlyGlu AlaValAla ArgArgPhe AsnLeuPro GlyVal ArgGln GlyTyrGly LeuThrGlu ThrThrSer AlaIleIle IleThr ProGlu GlyAspAsp LysProGly AlaSerGly LysValVal ProLeu PheLys AlaLysVal IleAspLeu AspThrLye LysSerLeu GlyPro AsnArg ArgGlyGlu ValCysVal LysGlyPro MetLeuMet LysGly TyrVal AsnAsnPro GluAlaThr LysGluLeu IleAepGlu GluGly TrpLeu HisThrGly AspIleGly TyrTyrAsp GluGluLys HisPhe PheIle ValAspArg LeuLysSer LeuIleLys TyrLysGly TyrGln ValPro ProAlaGlu LeuGluSer ValLeuLeu GlnHisPro GCT GAT GCT

SerIlePheAsp GlyVal AlaGlyVal Pro Pro Val Gly Ala Asp Ala GCC GGA ATG

GluLeuProGLy ValVal ValLeuGlu Ser Lys Asn Thr Ala Gly Met ATG GTT GCA

GluLysGluVal AspTyr ValAlsSer Gln Ser Asn Lys Met Val Ala GGT GTA GGT

ArgLeuArgGly ValArg PheValAsp Glu Pro Lys Leu Gly Val Gly GAC ATC AAA

ThrGlyLysIle GlyArg AlaIleArg Glu Leu Lys Pro Asp Ile Lys GCT
AAG
ATG

ValAla Lys Met (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1820 base pairs iB) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...1664 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Vargula (cypridina) luciferase (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
JP 3-30678 Osaka (Tsuji) (A) AUTHORS: Thompson et al.
(C) JOURNAL: Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
(D) VOLUME: 86 (F) PAGES: 1326-1332 (G) DATE: (1989) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:4:

Met Lys Ile Ile Ile Leu Ser Val Ile Leu Ala Tyr Cys Val Thr Asp Asn Cys Gln Asp Ala Cys Pro Val Glu Ala Glu Pro Pro Ser Ser Thr Pro Thr Val Pro Thr Ser Cys Glu Ala Lys Glu Gly Glu Cys Ile Asp GCA AAA TCA

ThrArg Cys Thr Cys Arg AspIleLeu Asp GlyLeuCys Ala Lys Ser CCA ACA TGC

GluAsn Lys Gly Lys Cys CysArgMet Gln TyrValIle Pro Thr Cys GTA GCT ACG

GluCys Arg Glu Ala Gly TyrPheArg Phe TyrGlyLys Val Ala Thr TTT CCT CTG

ArgPhe Asn Gln Glu Gly LysTyrVal Ala ArgGlyThr Phe Pro Leu GAT GTA GAG

LysGly Gly Trp Ser Thr LeuThrMet Asn LeuAspGly Aep Val Glu GCT ACT GAG

GlnLys Gly Val Leu Lys ThrThrLeu Val AlaGlyAsp Ala Thr Glu ATT GCT ATC

ValIle Asp Thr Gln Thr AlaAspPro Thr ValAsnGly Ile Ala Ile CCA GCT ATT

GlyAla Asp Val Ile Asn ProPheThr Gly GluValThr Pro Ala Ile GTT CCG ACA

IleAla Val Glu Ile Gly PheAsnIle Val IleGluPhe Val Pro Thr ATC GAT AGA

PheLys Leu Val Ile Ile LeuGlyGly Ser ValArgIle Ile Asp Arg ACA AAA GGT

AlaPro Asp Ala Asn Gly LeuIleSer Ile CysGlyAsn Thr Lys Gly AAT GAT GAT

LeuGlu Met Asp Ala Asp PheThrThr Ala AspGlnLeu Asn Asp Asp CCC AAC GGC

AlaIle Gln Asn Ile Lys GluPheAsp Cys ProPheTyr Pro Asn Gly TCT GAA CTG

GlyAsn Pro Asp Ile Tyr CysLysGly Met GluProTyr Ser Glu Leu TGT AAT TAT

ArgAla Val Arg Asn Ile AsnPheTyr Tyr ThrLeuSer Cys Asn Tyr GCT GGA GAA GAA AGA
GCT AAA CAC GTC

Cys Ala Phe Tyr Cys Met Gly Glu Glu Arg Ala Lys His Ala Gly Val TAT GCT ACG

Leu Phe Asp Val Glu Thr Cys Ala Pro Glu Thr Arg Gly Tyr Ala Thr TCA TAT AGA

Cys Val Leu Gly His Thr Phe Asp Thr Phe Asp Lys Ala Ser Tyr Arg CAG GAG TGT

Tyr Gln Phe Gly Pro Cys Lys Ile~Leu Met Ala Ala Asp Gln Glu Cys ACA GTT TCA

Tyr Trp Asn Trp Asp Val Lys Ser His Arg Asp Val Glu Thr Val Ser GTA ATC GTA

Tyr Thr Glu Glu Lys Val Thr Arg Lys Gln Ser Thr Val Val Ile Val GTG GTC GTA

Asp Leu Ile Asp Gly Lys Gln Lys Val Gly Gly Val Asp Val Val Val TAC ACT GGA

Ser Ile Pro Ser Ser Glu Asn Ser Ile Tyr Trp Gln Asp Tyr Thr Gly ACG CCT TTC

Asp Ile Leu Thr Ala Ile Leu Glu Ala Leu Val Val Lys Thr Pro Phe CAG CAT GCA

Asn Phe Lys Leu Leu Val Val Ile Arg Asp Pro Phe Asp Gln His Ala GGC TAT GAT

Lys Thr Cys Ile Cys Gly Asn Asn Gln As Gly Tyr Ser Thr Asp Asp GCA GCT GGA

Phe Phe Asp Glu Gly Ala Cys Leu Thr Pro Asn Pro Pro Ala Ala Gly GAA GCT CTC

Cys Thr Glu Gln Lys Pro Glu Glu Arg Leu Cys Asn Asn Glu Ala Leu TCT ATC GAC
GAG AAA TGT
AAT GTC TGC
TAC AAG CCT
GAC

Phe Asp Ser le Asp Glu Lys Ser I Cys Asn Val Cys Tyr Lys Pro Asp CGA TGT ATG
TAC GAG TAT
TGC CTG AGG
GGA CAA CAA
GGA

Arg Ile Ala ys Leu Arg Gly Gln Gln Arg Cys Met Gly Tyr Glu Tyr C

CAT GCT TGG
GAG TTC AAG
AAA GAA TGC
TAC ATA AAA
CAT

Phe Cys Asp His Ala Trp Glu Phe Lys Lys Glu Cys Tyr Ile Lys His Gly Asp Thr Leu Glu Val Pro Pro Glu Cys Gln ATACAGAAGC TAAGGCTACT ACAGCAGAAG ATAAAAi~AGA AACTGTAGTT CCTTCAAAAA 1738 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:5:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 958 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v1 FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A} NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 115...702 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: apoaequorin-encoding gene (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
PATENT NO.: 5,093,240 (A) AUTHORS: Inouye et al.
(C) JOURNAL: Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
(D) VOLUME: 82 (F) PAGES: 3154-3158 (G) DATE: (1985) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:5:

GGGGGGGGGG GGGAATGCAA
TTCATCTTTG

ATCAACTAAA TTGTCTCGAC

Met TAC TCA GAC

Thr Ser Lys Gln Ser Val Lys Leu Thr Asp Phe Asn Pro Tyr Ser Asp CGA AAT GAT

Arg Trp Ile Gly His Lys His Met Phe Phe Leu Val Asn Arg Asn Asp ATC GTC GCA

His Asn Gly Lys Ser Leu Asp Glu Met Tyr Lys Ser Asp Ile Val Ala AAC GAG AAA

Ile Val Ile Asn Leu Gly Ala Thr Pro Gln Ala Arg His Asn Glu Lys GGA GCT

Lys Asp Ala Val Glu Ala Phe Phe Gly Gly Met Lys Tyr Gly Gly Ala GAA GGA

Val Glu Thr Asp Trp Pro Ala Tyr Ile Trp Lys Lys Leu Ala Glu Gly AAC GAA

Thr Asp Glu Leu Glu Lys Tyr Ala Lys Pro Thr Leu Ile Arg Asn Glu GTT GAC

Ile Trp Gly Asp Ala Leu Phe Asp Ile Lys Asp Gln Asn Gly Val Asp TAC ACC

Ala Ile Thr Leu Asp Glu Trp Lys Ala Lys Ala Ala Gly Ile Tyr Thr ACA TTC

Ile Gln Ser Ser Glu Asp Cys Glu Glu Arg Val Cys Asp Ile Thr Phe GAG ATG

Asp Glu Ser Gly Gln Leu Asp Val Asp Thr Arg Gln His Leu Glu Met TGC GAA

Gly Phe Trp Tyr Thr Met Asp Pro Ala Lys Leu Tyr Gly Gly Cys Glu ATGCACCCTA GGAAGATGAT GTGATTTTGA

Ala Val Pro AGAACTTACA AATCGAAAAA GTAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAA~I~~i~AAAA

ppA AAAAAAAAAA 932 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:6:

(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:

(A) LENGTH: 591 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA

(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO

(iv) ANTISENSE: NO

(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:

(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:

( ix ) FEAT'LJRE

(A) NAME/KEy; Coding Sequence (H) LOCATION: 1...588 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Recombinant Aequorin AEQ1 (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:

(A) AUTHORS: Prasher et ai.
(B) TITLE: Sequence Comparisons of Complementary DNAs Encoding Aequorin Isotypes (C) JOURNAL: Biochemistry (D) VOLUME: 26 (F) PAGES: 1326-1332 (G) DATE: 1987 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:6:
ATG AGCGAA CTT ACA GAC AAC 48' ACC CAA CCA GAC
TAC TTC
TCA
GTC
AAG

.Met SerGlu Gln Tyr Val Leu Thr Asp Asp Asn Thr Ser Lys Pro Phe AAA CAC CAC AAT CTT

Pro TrpIle Gly Arg Lys Met Phe Phe Asp Val Lys His His Asn Leu CAC TCT GAC GTC AAG

Asn AsnGly Arg Ile Leu Glu Met Tyr Ala Ser His Ser Asp Val Lys ATT CTT GCA GAA GCC

Asp ValIle Asn Asn Gly Thr Pro Gln Lys Arg Ile Leu Ala Glu Ala AAA GCC TTC GCT ATG

His AspAla Val Glu Phe Gly Gly Gly Lys Tyr Lys Ala Phe Ala Met GTA CCT TAC GGA AAA

Gly GluThr Glu Trp Glu Ile Glu Trp Arg Leu Val Pro Tyr Gly Lys TCC AGG TCA CAA ACA

Ala GluGlu Leu Lys Tyr Lye Asn Ile Leu Ile Ser Arg Ser Gln Thr TTA TTG GAT GAC GAC

Arg TrpGly Asp.Ala Phe Ile Ile Lys Gln Asn Leu Leu Asp Asg Asp GCT GAA AAA ACC TCT

Gly IleSer Leu Asp Trp Ala Tyr Lys Asp Gly Ala Glu Lys Thr Ser ATC CAATCG.TCA GAA TGC GAA ACA AGA TGC GAT 480 ATC GAT GAG TTC GTG

Ile GlnSer Ser Glu Cys Glu Thr Arg Cys Asp Ile Asp Glu Phe Val GAT CTC GTT ATG AGA

Ile GluSer Gly Gln Asp Asp Glu Thr Gln His Asp Leu Val Met Arg GGA ATG CCT GAA CTC

Leu PheTrp Tyr Thr Asp Ala Cys Lys Tyr Gly Gly Met Pro Glu Leu GGA GTCCCC TAA
GCT

Gly ValPro Ala WO 99/49019 PCT/US99/Ob698 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 591 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...588 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Recombinant Aequorin AEQ2 (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
(A) AUTHORS: Prasher et al.
(B) TITLE: Sequence Comparisons of Complementary DNAs Encoding Aequorin Isotypes (C) JOURNAL: Biochemistry (D) VOLUME: 26 (F) PAGES: 1326-1332 (G) DATE: 1987 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:7:

ACC TAC GTC ACA GAC
AGC TTC
GAA

Met Ser Gln SerValLys Leu SerAsp AspAsn Thr Glu Tyr Thr Phe AGA ATT CGA TTC CTT

Pro Trp Gly HisLysHis Met AsnPhe AspVal Arg Ile Arg Phe Leu CAC GGA ATC ATG AAG

Asn Asn Lys SerLeuAsp Glu ValTyr AlaSer His Gly Ile Met Lys ATT ATC AAC CCT GCC

Asp Val Asn LeuGlyAla Thr GluGln LysArg Ile Ile Asn Pro Ala AAA GCT GAA GGA ATG

His Asp Val AlaPhePhe Gly AlaGly LysTyr Lys Ala Glu Gly Met GTG ACT TGG GAA AAA

Gly Glu 85p ProAlaTyr Ile GlyTrp LysLeu Val Thr Trp Glu Lys ACT GAA GAG AAC ACG

Ala Asp Leu LysTyrAla Lys GluPro LeuIle Thr Glu Glu Asn Thr ATA GGT GCT GTT GAT

Arg Trp Asp LeuPheAsp Ile AspLys GlnAsn Ile Gly Ala Val Asp GCC GAA GCT

Gly IleThr LeuAsp TrpLye AlaTyr Thr Lys Ala Gly Ala Glu Ala ATC GAT TGC

Ile GlnSer SerGlu CysGlu GluThr Phe Arg Val Asp Ile Asp Cys GAT CTC CAA

Ile GluSer GlyGln AspVal AspGlu Met Thr Arg His Asp Leu Gln GGA ATG TAC

Leu PheTrp TyrThr AspPro AlaCys Glu Lys Leu Gly Gly Met Tyr GGA GTCCCC TAA
GCT

Gly ValPro Ala (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:8:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 591 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single {D) TOPOLOGY: linear {ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...588 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Recombinant Aequorin AEQ3 (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
(A) AUTHORS: Prasher et al.
(B) TITLE: Sequence Comparisons of Complementary DNAs Encoding Aequorin Isotypes (C) JOURNAL: Biochemistry (D) VOLUME: 26 (F) PAGES: 1326-1332 (G) DATE: 1987 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:8:

Met Thr Ser Glu Gln Tyr Ser Val Lys Leu Thr Ser Asp Phe Asp Asn Pro Arg Trp Ile Gly Arg His Lys His Met Phe Asn Phe Leu Asp Val CAC ATC ATG

Asn Asn Gly Lys Ser Leu Asp Glu ValTyr Lye Ala Ser His Ile Met ATT AAC CCT

Asp Val Ile Asn Leu Gly Ala Thr GluGln Ala Lys Arg Ile Asn Pro AAA GGA TTC GCT ATG
GAT GAC AAA
GCT TAT

His Asp ValGly Phe GlyGlyAla Gly Lys Tyr Lys Ala Asp Phe Met GTG ACT CCT TAC AAA

Gly Glu gspTrp Ala IleGluGly Trp Lys Leu Val Thr pro Tyr Lys ACT GAA AAA GCC ACG

Ala Asp LeuGlu Tyr LysAsnGlu Pro Leu Ile Thr Glu Lys Ala Thr ATA GGT TTG GAT GAT

Arg Trp AspAla Phe IleValAsp Lys Gln Asn Ile Gly Leu Asp Asp GCC ACA GAA AAA GCT

Gly Ile LeuAsp Trp AlaTyrThr Lys Ala Gly Ala Thr Glu Lys Ala ATC TCA GAT GAG GTG

Ile Gln SerGlu Cys GluThrPhe Arg Cys Asp Ile Ser Asp Glu Val GAT AAT CTC GTT AGA

Ile Glu GlyGln Asp AspGluMet Thr Gln His Asp Asn Leu Val Arg GGA TGG ATG CCT CTC

Leu Phe TyrThr Asp AlaCysGlu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Trp Met Pro Leu GGA GTC TAA
GCT CCC

Gly Val Ala Pro (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:9:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 567 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...567 -18l43-(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Aequorin photoprotein (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
(A) AUTHORS: Charbonneau et al.
(B) TITLE: Amino acid sequence of the calcium-dependent photoprotein aequorin (C) JOURNAL: Am. Chem. Soc.
(D) VOLUME: 24 (E) ISSUE: 24 (F) PAGES: 6762-6771 (G) DATE: 1985 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9:

AAG GAC AAC CCA AAA CGA
TGG ATT

Val LysLeu Thr Pro Asp Phe Asn IleGly His Asp Pro Arg Lys Trp GAT AAC ATC
CAC
AAT

Lys HisMet Phe Asn Phe Leu Val Asn His GlyArg Ser Asp Asn Ile GCG GTT AAT

Leu AspGlu Met Val Tyr Lys Ser Asp Ile IleAsn Leu Ala Val Asn AAA GAT GAA

Gly AlaThr Pro Glu Gln Ala Arg His Lys AlaVal Ala Lys Asp Glu TTC TTCGGA GGA GCT GCA.ATG TAT GGT GTA ACTGAA CCT 240 AAA GAA TGG

Phe PheGly Gly Ala Ala Met Tyr Gly Val ThrGlu Pro Lys Glu Trp GAA TACATC GAA GGA TGG AAA CTG GCT TCC GA1~TTG AGG 288 AGA GAG AAA

Glu TyrIle Glu Gly Trp Lys Leu Ala Ser GluLeu Arg Arg Glu Lys CTT TGG GCA

Tyr SerLys Asn Gln Ile Thr Ile Arg Leu GlyAsp Leu Leu Trp Ala CAA ATT GAT

Phe AspIle Ile Asp Lys Asp Asn Gly Ala SerLeu Glu Gln Ile Asp GCT CAA GAA

Trp LysAla Tyr Thr Lys Ser Gly Ile Ile SerSer Asp Ala Gln Glu TGC GAA CAG

Cys GluGlu Thr Phe i Asp Ile Asp SerGly Leu 0 Val Cys Glu Gln CAA TTT ACC

Asp ValAsp Glu Met Thr Arg His Leu Gly TrpTyr Met Gln Phe Thr GAT CCTGCT TGC GAA AAG CTC GGT GGA GCT CCC
TAC GTC

Asp ProAla Cys Glu Lys Leu Gly Gly Ala Pro Tyr Val (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 588 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...588 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Aequorin mutant w/increased bioluminescence activity (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
PATENT NO.: 5,360,728 (K) RELEVANT RESIDUES IN SEQ ID NO: 10:
Asp 124 changed to Ser (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:

TAC GTC ACA TTC
AAG

Met Thr Ser Glu Gln SerVal LysLeu Pro Asp Asp Asn Tyr Thr Phe CGA TTT CTT

Pro Lys Trp Ile Gly HisLys HisMet Asn Phe Asp Val Arg Phe Leu ATC ATG AAG

Asn His Asn Gly Arg SerLeu AspGlu Val Tyr Ala Ser Ile Met Lys GAT ATT GTT ATA AAC CTTGGA GCAACA GAA CAA AAA CGT
AAT CCT GCC

Asp Ile Val Ile Asn LeuGly AlaThr Glu Gln Lys Arg Asn Pro Ala GAA GGA ATG

His Lys Asp Ala Val AlaPhe PheGly Ala Ala Lys Tyr Glu Gly Met TGG GAA AAA

Gly Val Glu Thr Glu ProGlu TyrIle Gly Trp Arg Leu Trp Glu Lys AAA AAC ACA

Ala Ser Glu Glu Leu ArgTyr SerLys Gln Ile Leu Ile Lys Asn Thr GCA ATT GAC

Arg Leu Trp Gly Asp LeuPhe AspIle Ser Lys Gln Asn Ala Ile Asp GCT GAA TCT

Gly IleSer Leu Asp TrpLysAla TyrThr Lys Ala Gly Ala Glu Ser ATC GAT GTG

Ile GlnSer Ser Glu CysGluGlu ThrPhe Arg Cys Asp Ile Asp Val GAT CTC AGA

Ile GluSer Gly Gln AspValAsp GluMet Thr Gln His Asp Leu Arg GGA ATG CTC

Leu PheTrp Tyr Thr AspProAla CysGlu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Met Leu GGA GTCCCC
GCT

Gly ValPro Ala (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 588 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...588 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Recombinant site-directed Aequorin mutant w/increased biolum. activity (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
PATENT NO.: 5,360,728 (K) RELEVANT RESIDUES IN SEQ ID NO: 11:
Glu 135 changed to Ser (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:11:

Met Thr Ser Glu Gln Tyr Ser Val Lys Leu Thr Pro Asp Phe Asp Asn Pro Lys Trp Ile Gly Arg His Lys His Met Phe Asn Phe Leu Asp Val Asn His Asn Gly Arg Ile Ser Leu Asp Glu Met Val Tyr Lys Ala Ser ATT ATA CTT GCC

Asp Val Asn Asn GlyAlaThr ProGluGln LysArg Ile Ile Leu Ala AAA GCT GCC ATG

His Asp Val Glu PhePheGly GlyAlaAla LysTyr Lys Ala Ala Met GTA ACT CCT AAA

Gly Glu Glu Trp GluTyrIle GluGlyTrp ArgLeu Val Thr Pro Lys TCC GAA AGG ACA

Ala Glu Leu Lys TyrSerLys AsnGlnIle LeuIle Ser Glu Arg Thr TTA GGT TTG GAC

Arg Trp Asp Ala PheAspIle IleSerLys GlnAsn Leu Gly Leu Asp GCT TCA TCA TCT

Gly Ile Leu Asp TrpLysAla TyrThrLys AlaGly Ala Ser Ser Ser ATC TCG GAT GTG

Ile Gln Ser Glu CysGluGlu ThrPheArg CysAsp Ile Ser Asp Val GAT AGT CTC AGA

Ile Glu Gly Gln AspValAsp GluMetThr GlnHis Asp Ser Leu Arg GGA TGG ATG CTC

Leu Phe Tyr Thr AspProAla CysGluLys TyrGly Gly Trp Met Leu GGA GTC
GCT CCC

Gly Val Ala Pro (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 588 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v)'FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY; Coding Sequence (H) LOCATION: 1...588 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Recombinant site-directed Aequorin mutant w/increased biolum. activity (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
PATENT NO.: 5,360,728 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:12:

TAC GTC CCA TTC AAC

Met Thr Ser Glu Gln Ser ValLysLeu Thr Asp AspAsn Tyr Pro Phe CGA AAT CTT

Pro Lys Trp Ile Gly His LysHisMet Phe Phe AspVal Arg Asn Leu ATC GTC AAG

Asn His Asn Gly Arg Ser LeuAspGlu Met Tyr AlaSer Ile Val Lys AAT GAA GCC

Asp Ile Val Ile Asn Leu GlyAlaThr Pro Gln LysArg Asn Glu Ala GAA GCT ATG

His Lys Asp Ala Val Ala PhePheGly Gly Ala LysTyr Glu Ala Met TGG GGA AAA

Gly Val Glu Thr Glu Pro GluTyrIle Glu Trp ArgLeu Trp Gly Lys AAA CAA ACA

Ala Ser Glu Glu Leu Arg TyrSerLys Asn Ile LeuIle Lys Gln Thr GCA TCC GAC

Arg Leu Trp Gly Asp Leu PheAspIle Ile Lye GlnAsn Ala Ser Asp GAT ACC TCT

Ala Ala Ile Ser Leu Glu TrpLysAla Tyr Lys AlaGly Asp Thr Ser GAA TTC GTG

Ile Ile Gln Ser Ser Asp CysGluGlu Thr Arg CysAsp Glu Phe Val CAG ATG AGA

Ile Asp Glu Ser Gly Leu ValAsp Glu Thr GlnHis Gln Asp Met Arg Leu Gly Phe Trp Tyr Thr Met Asp Pro Ala Cys Glu Lys Leu Tyr Gly Gly Ala Val Pro (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:13:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 567 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...567 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Recombinant apoaequorin (AQUALITE°) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:13:

AAG TTC AAA ATT

Val LeuThr Pro Asp AspAsnPro Trp IleGly Arg His Lys Phe Lys CAC CTT CAC

Lys MetPhe Asn Phe AspValAsn Asn GlyArg Ile Ser His Leu His GAC AAG ATT

Leu GluMet Val Tyr AlaSerAsp Val IleAsn Asn Leu Asp Lys Ile GCA GCC AAA

Gly ThrPro Glu Gln LysArgHis Asp AlaVal Glu Ala Ala Ala Lys TTC ATG GTA

Phe GlyGly Ala Gly LysTyrGly Glu ThrGlu Trp Pro Phe Met Val TAC AAA TCC

Glu IleGlu Gly Trp LysLeuAla Glu GluLeu Lys Arg Tyr Lys Ser TCA ACA TTA

Tyr LysAsn Gln Ile LeuIleArg Trp GlyAsp Ala Leu Ser Thr Leu GAT GAC GCT

Phe IleIle Asp Lys GlnAsnGly Ile LeuSer Asp Glu Asp Asp Ala AAA TCT ATC

Txp AlaTyr Thr Lys AspGlyIle Gln SerSer Glu Asp Lys Ser Ile GTG ATT AGT

CysGlu Glu Thr Phe i CysAsp Asp Glu GlyGln Leu 0 Val Ile Ser AGA TTA TGG

AspVal Asp Glu Met Thr GlnHis Gly Phe TyrThr Met Arg Leu Trp Asp Pro Ala Cys Glu Lys Leu Tyr Gly Gly Ala Val Pro (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:14:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 236 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
PATENT NO.: 5,484,723 (ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Vibrio fisheri Flavin reductase (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:14:
Mei Pro Ile Asn Cys Lys Val Lys Ser Ile Glu Pro Leu Ala Cys Asn Thr Phe Arg Ile Leu Leu His Pro Glu Gln Pro Val Ala Phe Lys Ala Gly Gln Tyr Leu Thr Val Val Met Gly Glu Lys Asp Lys Arg Pro Phe Ser Ile Ala Ser Ser Pro Cys Arg His Glu Gly Glu Ile Glu Leu His Ile Gly Ala Ala Glu His Asn Ala Tyr Ala Gly Glu Val Val Glu Ser Met Lys Ser Ala Leu Glu Thr Gly Gly Asp Ile Leu Ile Asp Ala Pro His Gly Glu Ala Trp Ile Arg Glu Asp Ser Asp Arg Ser Met Leu Leu - Ile Ala i15 Gly Thr Gly Phe Ser Tyr Val Arg Ser Ile Leu Asp His Cys Ile Ser Gln Gln Ile Gln Lys Pro Ile Tyr Leu Tyr Trp Gly Gly Arg Asp Glu Cys Gln Leu Tyr Ala Lys Ala Glu Leu Glu Ser Ile Ala Gln Ala His Ser His Ile Thr Phe Val Pro Val Val Glu Lys Sex Glu Gly Trp Thr Gly Lys Thr Gly Asn Val Leu Glu Ala Val Lys Ala Asp :Phe Asn Ser Leu Ala Asp Met Asp Ile Tyr Ile Ala Gly Arg Phe Glu Met Ala Gly Ala Ala Arg Glu Gln Phe Thr Thr Glu Lys Gln Ala Lys Lys Glu Gln Leu Phe Gly Asp Ala Phe Ala Phe Ile (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:15:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1079 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: double (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 259...975 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Renilla mulleri GFP
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:15:

GACGCATCTA GTGGGATTAT
TCGAGCGGTA

CACAACAAAC TCTTAAAATA
AGCCACATTT

AGTAGTAAAA ATATAATATA
TGATAGAGTA

AACAGAGTAA CTCTTGTTAA
TGCAATCGAA

CAA ATA TGT

Met Ser Lys Gln Ile Leu Lys Asn Thr Leu Cys GTA AAT CTG AAC

Gln Glu Met Ser Tyr Lys Val Glu Gly Ile Val Asn Val Asn Leu Asn TTT GGC AAA TTC

His Val Thr Met Glu Gly Cys Gly Asn Ile Leu Gly Phe Gly Lys Phe CTG ACG AAA CCT

Asn Gln Val Gln Ile og Val Thr Gly Ala Pro Leu Phe Leu Lys Pro GAT TTT CAA ACT

Ala Phe Ile Val Ser Pro Ala Tyr Gly Asn Arg Phe Asp Phe Gln Thr TAT GAT TAT TTT

Thr Lys Pro Asn Asp Ile Ser Phe Ile Gln Ser Pro Tyr Asp Tyr Phe TTT TTA CGT GGA

Ala Gly Met Tyr Glu Arg Thr Tyr Glu Asp Gly Leu Phe Leu Arg Gly ATT TTA ATA GTC

Val Glu Arg Ser Asp Ile Asn Glu Asp Lys Phe Tyr Ile Leu Ile Val -2g/43-GTG AGT TTC GAT

Arg Glu TyrLys Gly Asn Pro Asp GlyPro Val Met Val Ser Phe Asp AAG ATA CCT TTT

Gln Thr IleLeu Gly Glu Ser Glu AlaMet Tyr Met Lys Ile Pro Phe AAT GGC GTA CTT

Asn Gly ValLeu Val Glu Ile Val.TyrLys Leu Asn Asn Gly Val Leu GGG TGT ATG ACA

Ser Lys TyrTyr Ser His Lys Leu MetLys Ser Lya Gly Cys Met Thr GTA CCT TAT TTT

Gly Val LysGlu Phe Ser His Ile GlnHis Arg Leu Val Pro Tyr Phe AAG GAC GGG GTT

Glu Thr TyrVal Glu Gly Phe Glu GlnHis Glu Thr Lys Asp Gly Val ATT TCT GGA CCA

Ala Ala GlnMet Thr Ile Lys Leu GlySer Leu His Ile Ser Gly Pro TGG ATTACTTTTT AATAAT
CCAATTCGTG

Glu Val Trp AATTTTTTAA ACAATTATCA ATGTTTTGTG ATATGTTTGT AAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAio~A 1079 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:16:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 238 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:16:
Met Ser Lys Gin Ile Leu, Lys Asn Thr Cys Leu Gln Glu Val Met Ser Tyr Lys Val Asn Leu Glu Gly Ile Val Asn Asn His Val Phe Thr Met Glu Gly Cys Gly Lys Gly Asn Ile Leu Phe Gly Asn Gln Leu Val Gln Ile Arg Val Thr Lys Gly Ala Pro Leu Pro Phe Ala Phe Asp Ile Val Ser Pro Ala Phe Gln Tyr Gly Asn Arg Thr Phe Thr Lys Tyr Pro Asn Asp Ile Ser Asp Tyr Phe Ile Gln Ser Phe Pro Ala Gly Phe Met Tyr Glu Arg Thr Leu Arg Tyr Glu Asp Gly Gly Leu Val Glu Ile Arg Ser Asp Ile Asn Leu Ile Glu Asp Lys Phe Val Tyr Arg Val Glu Tyr Lys Gly Ser Asn Phe Pro Asp Asp Gly Pro Val Met Gln Lys Thr Ile Leu Gly Ile Glu Pro Ser Phe Glu Ala Met Tyr Met Asn Asn Gly Val Leu Val Gly Glu Val Ile Leu Val Tyr Lys Leu Asn Ser Gly Lys Tyr Tyr Ser Cys His Met Lys Thr Leu Met Lys Ser Lys Gly Val Val Lys Glu Phe Pro Ser Tyr His Phe Ile Gln His Arg Leu Glu Lys Thr Tyr Val Glu 210 Gly Gly Phe Val Glu Gln His Glu Thr Ala Ile Ala Gln Met Thr Ser Ile Gly Lys Pro Leu Gly Ser Leu His Glu Trp Val (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:17:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1217 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: double (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: Genomic DNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 31...963 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Renilla mulleri luciferase (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:17:

Met Thr Ser Lys Val Tyr Asp Pro Glu Leu Arg Lys Arg Met Ile Thr Gly Pro Gln 2o Trp Ala Arg Cys Lys Gln Met Asn Val Leu Asp Ser Phe Ile Asn Tyr Tyr Asp Ser Glu Lys His Ala Glu Asn Ala Val Ile Phe Leu His Gly Asn Ala Ala Ser SerTyr LeuTrp Val HisVal GluProVal AlaArg Arg Pro His Val ATA ATG

CysIle IleProAsp Leu Gly GlyLys SerGlyLys SerGly Ile Met CTA CAT

AsnGly SerTyrArg Leu Asp TyrLys TyrLeuThr GluTrp Leu His CCA AAG

PheLys HisLeuAsn Leu Lys IleIle PheValGly HisAsp Pro Lys TTT TAT

TrpGly AlaCysLeu Ala His CysTyr GluHisGln AspArg Phe Tyr GCT AGT

IleLys AlaValVal His Glu ValVal AspValIle GluSer Ala Ser ATT GAA

TrpAsp GluTrpPro Asp Glu AspIle AlaLeuIle LysSer Ile Glu GTT GAG

GluGlu GlyGluLys Met Leu AsnAsn PhePheVal GluThr Val Glu ATG AAG

MetLeu ProSerLys Ile Arg LeuGlu ProGluGlu PheAla Met Lys AAA AAA

AlaTyr LeuGluPro Phe Glu GlyGlu ValArgArg ProThr Lys Lys ATC TTG

LeuSer TrpProArg Glu Pro ValLys GlyGlyLys ProAsp Ile Leu AAT AAT

ValVal GluIleVal Arg Tyr AlaTyr LeuArgAla SerHis Asn Asn ATT TCT

AspLeu ProLysMet Phe Glu AspPro GlyPhePhe SerAsn Ile Ser AAG TTC

AlaIle ValGluGly Ala Lys ProAsn ThrGluPhe ValLys Lys Phe TCA GAA

ValLys GlyLeuHis Phe Gln AspAla ProAspGlu MetGly Ser Glu GTT CGT

AsnTyr IleLysSer Phe Glu ValLeu LysAsnGlu Gln Val Arg WO 99/49019 PCTlUS99/06698 CACATTCTTA TGTAATAAAA CTTTGTTTTA ATAAATTAAT GATTCAGAAA AAAAi~AP~AAA 1209 AAAAAAAA

(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:18:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 311 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:18:
Mit Thr Ser Lys V51 Tyr Asp Pro Glu Leu Arg Lys Arg Met Ile Thr Gly Pro Gln Trp Trp Ala Arg Cys Lys Gln Met Asn Val Leu Asp Ser Phe Ile Asn Tyr Tyr Asp Ser Glu Lys His Ala Glu Asn Ala Val Ile Phe Leu His Gly Asn Ala Ala Ser Ser Tyr Leu Trp Arg His Val Val Pro His Val Glu Pro Val Ala Arg Cys Ile Ile Pro Asp Leu Ile Gly Met Gly Lys Ser Gly Lys Ser Gly Asn Gly Ser Tyr Arg Leu Leu Asp His Tyr Lys Tyr Leu Thr Glu Trp Phe Lys His Leu Asn Leu Pro Lys Lys Ile Ile Phe Val Gly His Asp Trp Gly Ala Cys Leu Ala Phe His Tyr Cys Tyr Glu His Gln Asp Arg Ile Lys Ala Val Val His Ala Glu Ser Val Val Asp Val Ile Glu Ser Trp Asp Glu Trp Pro Asp Ile Glu Glu Asp Ile Ala Leu Ile Lys Ser Glu Glu Gly Glu Lys Met Val Leu Glu Asn Asn Phe Phe Val Glu Thr Met Leu Pro Ser Lys Ile Met Arg Lys Leu Glu Pro Glu Glu Phe ~Ala Ala Tyr Leu Glu Pro Phe Lys Glu Lys Gly Glu Val Arg Arg Pro Thr Leu Ser Trp Pro Arg Glu Ile Pro Leu Val Lys Gly Gly Lys Pro Asp Val Val Glu Ile Val Arg Asn Tyr Asn Ala Tyr Leu Arg Ala Ser His Asp Leu Pro Lys Met Phe Ile Glu Ser Asp Pro Gly Phe Phe Ser Asn Ala Ile Val Glu Gly Ala Lys Lys Phe Pro Asn Thr Glu Phe Val Lye Val Lys Gly Leu His Phe Ser Gln Glu Asp Ala Pro Asp Glu Met Gly Asn Tyr Ile Lys Ser Phe Val Glu ArgVal Leu Lys Asn Glu Gln (2) N0:19:
INFORMATION
FOR
SEQ
ID

(i) SEQUENCE
CHARACTERISTICS:

(A) LENGTH: 765 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: double (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA

(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO

(iv) ANTISENSE: NO

(v) FRAGMENT
TYPE:

(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:

(ix) FEATURE:

(A) NAME/KEY:
Coding Sequence (H ) LOCATION: 37...594 (D) OTHER
INFORMATION:

(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: N0:19:
SEQ ID

GGGAAA

MetGly ValLysVal Leu CTT GCC

PheAla Ile Cys Ile Ala Val GluAlaLys ProThrGlu Asn Leu Ala GAT GTA

AsnGlu Phe Asn Ile Val Ala AlaSerAsn PheAlaThr Thr Asp Val GAT TTG

AspLeu Ala Asp Arg Gly Lys ProGlyLys LysLeuPro Leu Asp Leu CTC AAT

GluVal Lys Glu Met Glu Ala AlaArgLys AlaGlyCys Thr Leu Asn TGT CAC

ArgGly Leu Ile Cys Leu Ser IleLysCys ThrProLys Met Cys His TTT CAC

LysLys Ile Pro Gly Arg Cys ThrTyrGlu GlyAspLys Glu Phe His CAG GCT

SerAla Gly Gly Ile Gly Glu IleValAsp IleProGlu Ile Gln Ala TTT ATG

ProGly Lys Asp Leu Glu Pro GluGlnPhe ileAlaGln Val Phe Met GAC ACA TGC AAA CTT
ACT

AspLeu Cys Val CysThr Gly Leu Lys Gly Ala Asn Asp Thr Cys Leu GAT AAG TGG AGA

ValGln Cys Ser LeuLeu Lys Leu Pro Gln Cys Ala Asp Lys Trp Arg AAA GGC GTG AAG

ThrPhe Ala Ser IleGln Gln Asp Lys Ile Gly Ala Lys Gly Val Lys TCCTAATAGA
ATACTGCATA
ACTGGATGAT

GlyGly Asp (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:20:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 186 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:20:
Met Gly Val Lys Val Leu Phe Ala Leu Ile Cys Ile Ala Val Ala Glu Ala Lys Pro Thr Glu Asn Asn Glu Asp Phe Asn Ile Val Ala Val Ala Ser Asn Phe Ala Thr Thr Asp Leu Asp Ala Asp Arg Gly Lys Leu Pro Gly Lys Lys Leu Pro Leu Glu Val Leu Lys Glu Met Glu Ala Aan Ala Arg Lys Ala Gly Cys Thr Arg Gly Cys Leu Ile Cys Leu Ser His Ile Lys Cys Thr Pro Lys Met Lys Lys Phe Ile Pro Gly Arg Cys His Thr Tyr Glu Gly Asp Lys Glu Ser Ala Gln Gly Gly Ile Gly Glu Ala Ile Val Asp Ile Pro Glu Ile Pro Gly Phe Lys Asp Leu Glu Pro Met Glu Gln Phe Ile Ala Gln Val Asp Leu Cys Val Asp Cys Thr Thr Gly Cys Leu Lys Gly Leu Ala Asn Val Gln Cys Ser Asp Leu Leu Lys Lys Trp Leu Pro Gln Arg Cys Ala Thr Phe Ala Ser Lys Ile Gln Gly Gln Val Asp Lys Ile Lys Gly Ala Gly Gly Asp leo lss (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:21:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1146 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: double (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE:
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CBD Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...1146 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: DNA encoding a CBD-Gaussia luciferase fusion protein (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CBD Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 1...591 (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Gaussia luciferase (B) LOCATION: 591-1146 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:21:

GTT TTT AAC AAC TCA
AAA

Met Ser Glu Tyr Ser LysSer Ala G1n Thr Asn Val Phe Asn Asn Ser CCA ATC ATT AAC AAT

Ile Thr Ile Lys Thr ThrSer Asp Ser Asp Leu Pro Ile Ile Asn Asn GAC AAA AGA TAT CAA

Leu Asn Val Val Tyr TyrThr Ser Asp Gly Thr Asp Lys Arg Tyr Gln ACT TGG GAC GCT AGC

Gly Gln Phe Cys His GlyAla Leu Leu Gly Asn Thr Trp Asp Ala Ser GAT ACT AAA ACA ACA

Tyr Val Asn Ser Val AlaAsn Phe Val Lys Glu Asp Thr Lys Thr Thr CCA TCA TAT ACA GCA

Ala Ser Thr Thr Asp TyrVal Glu Phe Gly Phe Pro Ser Tyr Thr Ala GCA ACT AAA GGA GGA

Ser Gly Ala Leu Lys GlnPhe Ile Thr Ile Gln Ala Thr Lys Gly Gly loo los llo ACA TCA TGG AAC TAT

Arg Ile Lys Asp Ser TyrThr Gln Thr Asn Asp Thr Ser Trp Asn Tyr GAT AGT TCA CCA ACA

Ser Asp Val Thr Phe Ala Ser Ser Ser Thr Pro Val Val Asn Pro Lys TAT GGT
GGA
GCT
AAA
GTT
CTT
GGT
ACA
GCA
CCA
GGT

GlyTyr IleGly Gly Ala Lys Val Ser Ala Leu Gly Thr Ala Pro Gly GCA ATT GGT ATG
AAA GAA

GlyLeu ValPro Arg Gly Ser Thr Ile Gly Met Lys Thr Ala Ala Glu ATG CTG

AlaAla LysPhe Glu Arg Gln His Asp Ser Pro Asp Gly Thr Met Leu AAA CTT

AspAsp AspAsp Lys Met Gly Val Val Leu Phe Ala Ile Cys Lys Leu ACT GAT

IleAla ValAla Glu Ala Lys Pro Glu Asn Asn Glu Phe Asn Thr Asp GCT GAT

IleVal AlaVal Ala Ser Asn Phe Thr Thr Asp Leu Ala Asp Ala Asp TTA CTC

ArgGly LysLeu Pro Gly Lys Lys Pro Leu Glu Val Lys Glu Leu Leu GGC TGT

MetGlu AlaAsn Ala Arg Lys Ala Cys Thr Arg Gly Leu Ile Gly Cys CCC TTT

CysLeu SerHis Ile Lys Cys Thr Lys Met Lys Lys Ile Pro Pro Phe GAC CAG

GlyArg CysHis Thr Tyr Glu Gly Lys Glu Ser Ala Gly Gly Asp Gln CCT TTT

IleGly GluAla Ile Val Asp Ile Glu Ile Pro Gly Lys Asp Pro Phe GCA TGT

LeuGlu ProMet Glu Gln Phe Ile Gln Val Asp Leu Val Asp Ala Cys ACT CTT TGT

CysThr ThrGly Cys Leu Lys Gly Ala Asn Val Gln Ser Asp Leu Cys AAG AGA GCT AGC AAA

LeuLeu LysLys Trp Leu Pro Gln Cys Ala Thr Phe Ser Lys Arg Ala GGC AAG GAT

Ile Gln Val Asp Lys Ile Gly Ala Gly Gly Gln Lys Asp Gly (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:22:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 382 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: CBD-Gaussia luciferase fusion protein (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:22:
Met Ser Val Glu Phe Tyr Asn Ser Asn Lys Ser Ala Gln Thr Asn Sex Ile Thr Pro Ile Ile Lys Ile Thr Asn Thr Ser Asp Ser Asp Leu Asn Leu Asn Asp Val Lys Val Arg Tyr Tyr Tyr Thr Ser Asp Gly Thr Gln Gly Gln Thr Phe Trp Cys Asp His Ala Gly Ala Leu Leu Gly Asn Ser Tyr Val Asp Asn Thr Ser Lys Val Thr Ala Asn Phe Val Lys Glu Thr Ala Ser Pro Thr Ser Thr Tyr Asp Thr Tyr Val Glu Phe Gly Phe Ala Ser Gly Ala Ala Thr Leu Lys Lys Gly Gln Phe Ile Thr Ile Gln Gly Arg Ile Thr Lys Ser Asp Trp Ser Asn Tyr Thr Gln Thr Asn Asp Tyr Ser Phe Asp Ala Ser Ser Ser Thr Pro Val Val Asn Pro Lys Val Thr 145 Tyr Ile Gly Gly Ala Lys Val Leu Gly Thr Ala Pro Gly Ser Ala Gly Leu Val Pro Arg Gly Ser Thr Ala Ile Gly Met Lys Glu Thr Ala Ala Ala Lys Phe Glu Arg Gln His Met Asp Ser Pro Asp Leu Gly Thr Asp Asp Asp Asp Lys Met Gly Val Lys Val Leu Phe Ala Leu Ile Cys Ile Ala Val Ala Glu Ala Lys Pro Thr Glu Asn Asn Glu Asp Phe Asn Ile Val Ala Val Ala Ser Asn Phe Ala Thr Thr Asp Leu Asp Ala Asp Arg Gly Lys Leu Pro Gly Lys Lys Leu Pro Leu Glu Val Leu Lys Glu Met Glu Ala Asn Ala Arg Lys Ala Gly Cys Thr Arg Gly Cys Leu Ile Cys Leu Ser His Ile Lys Cys Thr Pro Lys Met Lys Lys Phe Ile Pro Gly Arg Cys His Thr Tyr Glu Gly Asp Lys Glu Ser Ala Gln Gly Gly Ile Gly Glu Ala Ile Val Asp Ile Pro Glu Ile Pro Gly Phe Lys Asp Leu Glu Pro Met Glu Gln Phe Ile Ala Gln Val Asp Leu Cys Val Asp WO 99149019 PC'f/US99/06698 Cys Thr Thr Gly Cys Leu Lys Gly Leu Ala Asn Val Gln Cys Ser Asp Leu Leu Lys Lys Trp Leu Pro Gln Arg Cys Ala Thr Phe Ala Ser Lys Ile Gln Gly Gln Val Asp Lys Ile Lys Gly Ala Gly Gly Aep (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:23 (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 41 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) NAME/KEY:
(B) LOCATION:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Amino-terminal Renilla reniformis GFP
peptide (Identity of residue#5 unknov~m) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:23:
Mit Asp Leu Ala X5a Lys Leu Gly Leu Lys Glu Val Met Pro Thr Lys Ile Asn Leu Glu Gly Leu Val Gly Asp His Ala Phe Ser Met Glu Gly Val Gly Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Glu Gly (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:24:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:24:
Val Lys Ile Ser Val Thr Lys Gly Ala Pro Leu Pro Phe Ala Phe Asp Ile Val Ser Val Ala Phe (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO: 25:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:

(A) LENGTH: 40 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(AI NAME/KEY:
(H) LOCATION:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Renilla reniformis GFP peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:25:
Ala Tyr Thr Gly Tyr Pro Glu Glu Ile Ser Asp Tyr Phe Leu Gln Ser Phe Pro Glu Gly Phe Thr Tyr Glu Arg Gly Asn Ile Arg Tyr Gln Asp Gly Gly Thr Ala Ile Val Lys Ser (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:26:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 12 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) NAME/KEY:
(B) LOCATION:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Renilla reniformis GFP peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:26:
Ile Val Gly Met Gln Pro Ser Tyr Glu Ser Met Tyr (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:27:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 81 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTISENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) NAME/KEY:
(B) LOCATION:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Carboxyl-terminal Reni3la reniformis GFP
peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:27:
Thr Asn Val Thr Ser Val Ile Gly Gin Ile Ile Ala Phe Lys Leu Gln Thr Gly Lys His Phe Thr Tyr His Met Arg Thr Val Tyr Lys Ser Lys Lys Pro Val Glu Thr Met Pro Leu Tyr His Phe Ile Gln His Arg Leu 35 40. 45 Val Lys Thr Asn Val Asp Thr Ala Ser Gly Tyr Val Val Gln His Glu Thr Ala Ile Ala Ala His Ser Thr Ile Lys Lys Ile Glu Gly Ala Ala Arg (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:28:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 861 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: unknown (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: Pleuromamma (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (B) LOCATION: 148...741 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Pleuromamma luciferase (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:28:

Met Leu Arg Asn Cys Ala Arg Lys Gln Glu Gln Val Cys Ala Asp Val Thr Glu Met Lys Cys Gln Ala Val Ala TrpAlaAspCys GlyPro PheAsp SerThrGly Arg Asn Cys Arg Arg GTT

GlnValGlnTyr LysAspTyr AlaTyr LysSerCys Val Glu Asp Val GTC

TyrThrValPro HisArgLys GlnVal ProGluCys Lys Gln Thr Val AAC

LysAspAsnCys ValThrAsp TrpGlu ValAspAla Asn Gly Lys Asn GAA

ValTrpGlyGly ThrGluLys CysThr ProValThr Trp Glu Cys Glu GAA

AsnIleValGlu LysAspVal AspPhe ProThrVal Lys Thr Cys Glu CCT

GlyIleLeuSer HisLeuLys TyrAla AspPheIle Glu Gly Ser Pro TTG

HisSerLeuSer MetArgThr AsnCys GlnValLys Ser Ser Asp Leu AGG AAG TAC

Cys Arg Pro Val Lys Thr Cys Ala Thr Val Glu His Glu Arg Lys Tyr GAA GAC GTT

Cys Ser Met Lye Pro Gln Cys Ser Pro Val Thr His Ile Glu Asp Val CAC CAG TAA

Pro Aap Gln Glu Lys Val Lys Lys Cys Leu Thr His Gln ATGTTATCAA TTTTAGCTCT TACTAATTTA
AACATAATAA ATATCACATC GAAGCCCTTT

A

(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:29:

(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 198 amino acids (B) TYPE: polypeptide (C) STRANDEDNESS: N/A
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (A) NAME/KEY: Pleuromamma luciferase (B) LOCATION:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Pleuromamma luciferase (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: Pleuromamma (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:29:
Met Leu Arg Asn Cya Ala Arg Lye Gln Glu Gln Val Cys Ala Asp Val Thr Glu Met Lys Cys Gln Ala Val Ala Trp Ala Asp Cys Gly Pro Arg Phe Asp Ser Thr Gly Arg Asn Arg Cys Gln Val Gln Tyr Lys Asp Thr Ala Tyr Lys Ser Cys Val Glu Val Asp Tyr Thr Val Pro His Arg Lys Gln Val Pro Glu Cys Lys Gln Val Thr Lys Asp Asn Cys Val Thr Asp Trp Glu Val Asp Ala Asn Gly Asn Lys Val Trp Gly Gly Thr Glu Lys Cys Thr Pro Val Thr Trp Glu Glu Cys Asn Ile Val Glu Lys Asp Val Asp Phe Pro Thr Val Lys Thr Glu Cys Gly Ile Leu Ser His Leu Lys Tyr Ala Asp Phe Ile Glu Gly Pro Ser His Ser Leu Ser Met Arg Thr Asn Cys Gln Val Lys Ser Ser Leu Asp Cys Arg Pro Val Lys Thr Arg Lys Cys Ala Thr Val Glu Tyr His Glu Cys Ser Met Lys Pro Gln Glu Asp Cys Ser Pro Val Thr Val His Ile Pro Asp Gln Glu Lys Val His Gln Lys Lys Cys Leu Thr (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:30:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1104 base pairs (H) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: unknown (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: Ptilosarcus gurneyi (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (Insert A) (B) LOCATION: 34...747 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Ptilosarcus Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP ) (x) PUBLICATION
INFORMATION:

(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION : N0:30:
SEQ
ID

CACTTTAGAC
AAA
ATf3 AAC
CGC
AAC
GTA
TTA
AAG

Met Asn Arg Asn Val Leu Lys AsnThr GlyLeu LysGlu IleMetSer AlaLys AlaSerVal GluGly IleVal AsnAsn HisVal PheSerMet GluGly PheGlyLys GlyAsn ValLeu PheGly AsnGln LeuMetGln IleArg ValThrLys GlyGly ProLeu ProPhe AlaPhe AspIleVal SerIle AlaPheGln TyrGly AsnArg ThrPhe ThrLys TyrProAsp AspIle AlaAspTyr PheVal GlnSer PhePro AlaGly PhePheTyr GluArg AsnLeuArg PheGlu AspGly AlaIle ValAsp IleArgSer AspIle SerLeuGlu AspAsp LysPhe HisTyr LysVal GluTyrArg GlyAsn GlyPhePro SerAsn Gly Pro Val Met Gln Lys Ala Ile Leu Gly Met Glu Pro Ser Phe Glu Val Val Tyr Met Asn Ser Gly Val Leu Val Gly Glu Val Asp Leu Val Tyr Lys Leu Glu Ser Gly Asn Tyr Tyr Ser Cys His Met Lys Thr Phe Tyr Arg Ser Lys Gly Gly Val Lys Glu Phe Pro Glu Tyr His Phe Ile His His Arg Leu Glu Lys Thr Tyr Val Glu Glu Gly Ser Phe Val Glu Gln His Glu Thr Ala Ile Ala Gln Leu Thr Thr Ile Gly Lys Pro Leu Gly Ser Leu His Glu Txp Val TGATCAAAAA F,FI~~AAAAAAA AAAA 1104 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:31:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1279 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: unknown (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: Ptilosarcus gurneyi (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: Coding Sequence (Insert B) (B) LOCATION: 7...720 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: Ptilosarcus Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION:
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:31:

Met Asn Arg Asn Val Leu Lys Aan Thr Gly Leu Lys Glu Ile Met Ser Ala Lys Ala Ser Val Glu Gly Ile Val Asn Aan His Val Phe Ser Met Glu Gly Phe Gly Lys Gly Asn Val Leu Phe Gly Asn Gln Leu Met Gln Ile Arg Val Thr Lys Gly Gly Pro Pro Phe Ala Phe Ile Val Ser Ala Phe Gln Gly Leu Asp Ile Tyr CGC TAC ATT TTT

Asn Thr Phe Thr Lys Pro Asp Asp Ala Asp Tyr Val Arg Tyr Ile Phe 75 80 ~ 85 TCA TTT AGA TTT

Gln Phe Pro Ala Gly Phe Tyr Glu Asn Leu Arg Glu Ser Phe Arg Phe GGC ATT ATA GAT

Asp Ala Ile Val Asp Arg Ser Asp Ser Leu Glu Asp Gly Ile Ile Asp TTC GAG AAC AGT

Lys His Tyr Lys Val Tyr Arg Gly Gly Phe Pro Asn Phe Glu Asn Ser CCC GCC ATG TTT

Gly Val Met Gln Lys Ile Leu Gly GIu Pro Ser Glu Pro Ala Met Phe GTC GGC GGC CTC

Val Tyr Met Asn Ser Val Leu Val Glu Val Asp Val Val Gly Gly Leu AAA AAC TGC ACG

Tyr Leu Glu Ser Gly Tyr Tyr Ser His Met Lys Phe Lys Asn Cys Thr 170 1?5 180 AGA GTG CCG TTT

Tyr Ser Lys Gly Gly Lys Glu Phe Glu Tyr His Ile Arg Val Pro Phe CAT ACC GAA GTG

His Arg Leu Glu Lye Tyr Val Glu Gly Ser Phe Glu His Thr Glu Val CAC GCA ACA CCT

Gln Glu Thr Ala Ile Gln Leu Thr Ile Gly Lys Leu His Ala Thr Pro TCC GTG ATATACTGGG
GAAAATCACC

Gly Leu His Glu Trp Ser Val GGAAAATGAC GTAGAAAATC
CAATTTACTG
GGGAAAATGA

TGGGGAAAAT CTGTAGAAAA
GACCAATTTA
CTGGGGAAAT

ACTGTGGAAA TGGGTTGATA
ATGACCAAAA
TACTGTAGAA

TAACCGTTTG ATTTTGTAAT
GAAGCTTGTG
TATACAAGTT

GTTGTATGAT CTTCAGCAAA
CTATAGACGT
CGTCATTCAT

AAGCATATTG ACGTACACAA
AAACCTCGAC
GGAGAGCATA

CAGCAGTTGG ATATATACAC
AATCTTTAAA
CCGATCAAAA

ATATATATAT AATCTGTTCT
ATATATATCT
ACATAGTTTG

TGATCACTAA AAAA p~F~AAAAAAAAAAAAAA 12 p~AP.AAAAAAA 7 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:32:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 238 amino acids (B) TYPE: polypeptide (C) STRANDEDNESS: N/A
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: Protein (A) NAME/KEY: Ptilosarcus gurneyi Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) (B) LOCATION:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: Ptilosarcus Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: Ptilosarcus gurneyi (x) PUBLICATION INFORMATION
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:32:
Met Asn Arg Asn 5a1 Leu Lys Asn Thr Gly Leu Lys Glu Ile Met Ser Ala Lys Ala Ser Val Glu Gly Ile Val Asn Asn Hie Val Phe Ser Met Glu Gly Phe Gly Lys Gly Asn Asn Val Leu Phe Gly Asn Gln Leu Met Gln Ile Arg Val Thr Lys Gly Gly Pro Leu Pro Phe Ala Phe Asp Ile Val . Ser Ile Ala Phe Gln Tyr Gly Asn Arg Thr Phe Thr Lys Tyr Pro Asp Asp Ile Ala Asp Tyr Phe Val Gln Ser Phe Pro Ala Gly Phe Phe Tyr Glu Arg Asn Leu Arg Phe Glu Asp Gly Ala Ile Val Asp Ile Arg Ser Asp Ile Ser Leu Glu Asp Asp Lys Phe His Tyr Lys Val Glu Tyr Arg Gly Asn Gly Phe Pro Ser Asn Gly Pro Val Met Gln Lys Ala Ile Leu Gly Met Glu Pro Ser Phe Glu Val Val Tyr Met Asn Ser Gly Val Leu Val Gly Glu Val Asp Leu Val Tyr Lys Leu Glu Ser Gly Asn Tyr Tyr Ser Cys His Met Lys Thr Phe Tyr Arg Ser Lys Gly Gly Val Lys Glu Phe Pro Glu Tyr His Phe Ile His His Arg Leu Glu Lys Thr Tyr Val Glu Glu Gly Ser Phe Val Glu Gln His Glu Thr Ala Ile Ala Gln Leu Thr Thr Ile Gly Lys Pro Leu Gly Sex Leu His Glu Trp Val

Claims (99)

1. An isolated nucleic acid fragment, comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding a Renilla mulleri luciferase, a Gaussia luciferase or a Pleuromamma luciferase.

2. The isolated nucleic acid fragment of claim 1, wherein the Gaussia is a member of the species of princeps.

3. The isolated nucleic acid fragment of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid is DNA.

4. The isolated nucleic acid fragment of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid is RNA.

5. An isolated nucleic acid fragment of claim 1, comprising the sequence of nucleotides selected from the group consisting of a sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 17, SEQ. ID No.
19, or SEQ ID No. 28;
a sequence of nucleotides encoding the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 18, SEQ ID No. 20 or SEQ ID No. 29; and a sequence of nucleotides that hybridizes under high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 17, SEQ ID No. 19 or SEQ
ID No. 28.

6. A nucleic acid probe or primer, comprising at feast 14 contiguous nucleotides selected from the sequence of nucleotides set forth in the coding portion of SEQ ID Nos. 17, 19 or 28.

7. The nucleic acid probe or primer of claim 6, comprising at least 16 contiguous nucleotides selected from the sequence of nucleotides set forth in the coding portion of SEQ ID Nos. 17, 19 or 28.

8. The nucleic acid probe or primer of claim 6, comprising at least 30 contiguous nucleotides selected from the sequence of nucleotides set forth in the coding portion of SEQ ID Nos. 17, 19 or 28.

9. A plasmid, comprising the nucleic acid fragment of claim 1.

10. The plasmid of claim 9 that is an expression vector.

11. The plasmid of claim 10, comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding:

a promoter region;
a Gaussia, Pleuromamma or Renilla mulleri luciferase; and a selectable marker;
wherein the sequence of nucleotides encoding the luciferase is operatively inked to the promoter, whereby the luciferase is expressed.

12. The plasmid of claim 10, further comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding a green fluorescent protein (GFP).

13. A recombinant host cell, comprising the plasmid of claim 10.

14. The cell of claim 13, wherein the cell is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial cell, a yeast cell, a fungal cell, a plant cell, an insect cell and an animal cell.

15. A method for producing a Gaussia, Renilla mulleri or Pleuromamma luciferase protein, comprising growing the recombinant host cell of claim 13, wherein the luciferase protein is expressed by the cell, and recovering the expressed luciferase protein.

16. An isolated substantially purified Gaussia, Renilla mulleri or Pleuromamma luciferase protein.

17. The isolated protein of claim 16, wherein the protein has the sequence of amino acids set forth in SEQ ID Nos. 18, 20 or 29.

18. A combination, comprising:
an article of manufacture; and a bioluminescence generating system, whereby the combination is a novelty item, wherein the bioluminescence generating system comprises a luciferase encoded by the nucleic acid of claim 1.

19. The combination of claim 18, further comprising a luciferin.

20. The combination of claim 18, further comprising a green fluorescent protein (GFP).

21. The combination of claim 20, wherein the GFP is a Renilla GFP or a Ptilocarpus GFP.

22. The combination of claim 18, wherein the article of manufacture is selected from among toys, cosmetics, fountains, personal care items, fairy dust, beverages, soft drinks, foods, textile products, bubbles, balloons, personal items, dentifrices, soaps, body paints, bubble bath, ink and paper products.

23. The combination of claim 22 that is a toy gun.

24. The combination of claim 22 that is a food.

25. The combination of claim 22 that is a beverage.

26. The combination of claim 22 that is a cosmetic.

27. The combination of claim 18, wherein the article of manufacture is selected from among squirt guns, pellet guns, finger paints, foot bags, greeting cards, slimy play material, clothing, bubble making toys, bath powders, cosmetics, body lotions, gels, body powders, body creams, toothpastes, mouthwashes, soaps, body paints, bubble bath, inks, wrapping paper, gelatins, icings, frostings, greeting cards, beer, wine, champagne, soft drinks, ice cubes, ice, dry ice and fountains.

28. The combination of claim 27 that is a toy gun.

29. The combination of claim 27 that is a food.

30. The combination of claim 27 that is a beverage.

31. The combination of claim 27 that is a cosmetic.

32. An isolated nucleic acid fragment, comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding a Renilla green fluorescent protein (GFP) or a Ptilocarpus green fluorescent protein.

33. The isolated nucleic acid fragment of claim 32, wherein the Renilla species is selected from the group consisting of Renilla reniformis, Renilla kollokeri and Renilla mulleri.

34. The isolated nucleic acid fragment of claim 32, wherein the nucleic acid is DNA.

35. The isolated nucleic acid fragment of claim 32, wherein the nucleic acid is RNA.

36. An isolated nucleic acid fragment encoding a green fluorescent protein (GFP), comprising the sequence of nucleotides selected from the group consisting of a sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15, SEQ ID No.
30 or SEQ ID No. 31;

a sequence of nucleotides encoding the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 16 or SEQ ID No. 32; and a sequence of nucleotides that hybridizes under high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15, SEQ ID No. 30 or SEQ
ID No. 31.

37. A nucleic acid probe or primer, comprising at least 14 contiguous nucleotides selected from the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No.
15, SEQ ID No. 30 or SEQ ID No. 31.

38. The probe or primer of claim 37, comprising at least 16 contiguous nucleotides selected from the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15, SEQ ID No. 30 or SEQ ID No. 31.

39. The probe or primer of claim 37, comprising at least 30 contiguous nucleotides selected from the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15, SEQ ID No. 30 or SEQ ID No. 31.

40. A plasmid, comprising the sequence of nucleotides of claim 32.

41. An expression vector, comprising:
the plasmid of claim 40;
a promoter element;
a multiple cloning site for the introduction of nucleic acid; and a selectable marker;
wherein the nucleic acid encoding the multiple cloning site is positioned between nucleic acids encoding the promoter element and the green fluorescent protein and wherein the nucleic acid encoding the green fluorescent protein is operatively linked to the promoter element.

42. The plasmid of claim 40, further comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding:
a promoter element;
a selectable marker;
wherein, the sequence of nucleotides encoding the green fluorescent protein is operatively linked to the promoter element, whereby the green fluorescent protein is expressed.

43. The plasmid of claim 42, further comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding a luciferase.

44. A recombinant host cell, comprising the plasmid of claim 40.

45. The cell of claim 44, wherein the cell is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial cell, a yeast cell, a fungal cell, a plant cell, an insect cell and an animal cell.

46. An isolated substantially purified Renilla mulleri green fluorescent protein (GFP) or a Ptilosarcus GFP.

47. A composition, comprising the green fluorescent protein of claim 46.

48. The composition of claim 47, further comprising at least one component of a bioluminescence generating system.

49. The composition of claim 48, wherein the bioluminescence generating system is selected from those isolated from: an insect system, a coelenterate system, a ctenophore system, a bacterial system, a mollusk system, a crustacea system, a fish system, an annelid system, and an earthworm system.

50. The composition of claim 48, wherein the bioluminescence generating system is selected from those isolated from: fireflies, Mnemiopsis, Beroe ovata, Aequorea, Obelia, Vargula, Pelagia, Renilla, Pholas Aristostomias, Pachystomias, Poricthys, Cypridina, Aristostomias, such Pachystomias, Malacosteus, Gonadostomias, Gaussia, Watensia, Halisturia, Vampire squid, Glyphus, Mycotophids, Vinciguerria, Howella, Florenciella, Chaudiodus, Melanocostus, Sea Pens, Chiroteuthis, Eucleoreuthis, Onychoteuthis, Watasenia, cuttlefish, Sepiolina, Oplophorus, Acanthophyra, Sergestes, Gnathophausia, Argyropelecus, Yarella, Diaphus, Gonadostomias and Neoscopelus.

51. The composition of claim 50, wherein the bioluminescence generating system is selected from those isolated from Aeguorea, Obelia, Vargula and Renilla.

52. A combination, comprising:
an article of manufacture; and a Renilla or Ptilosarcus green fluorescent protein (GFP).

53. The combination of claim 52, further comprising at least one component of a bioluminescence generating system, whereby the combination is a novelty item.

54. The combination of claim 53, wherein the combination comprises a luciferase.

55. The combination of claim 53, wherein the combination comprises a luciferin.

56. The combination of claim 53, wherein the combination comprises a luciferin and a luciferase.

57. The combination of claim 52, wherein the article of manufacture is selected from among toys, fountains, personal care items, cosmetics, fairy dust, beverages, soft drinks, foods, textile products, bubbles, balloons, personal items, dentifrices, soaps, body paints, bubble bath, ink and paper products.

58. The combination of claim 57 that is a toy gun.

59. The combination of claim 57 that is a food.

60. The combination of claim 57 that is a cosmetic.

61. The combination of claim 57 that is a beverage.

62. The combination of claim 52, wherein the article of manufacture is selected from among squirt guns, pellet guns, finger paints, foot bags, slimy play material, clothing, bubble making toys, bath powders, body lotions, gels, body powders, body creams, toothpastes, mouthwashes, soaps, body paints, bubble bath, inks, wrapping paper, gelatins, icings, frostings, beer, wine, champagne, soft drinks, ice cubes, ice, dry ice and fountains.

63. The combination of claim 62 that is a toy gun.

64. The combination of claim 62 that is a food.

65. The combination of claim 62 that is a cosmetic.

66. The combination of claim 62 that is a beverage.

67. An antibody that immuno-specifically binds a Renilla mulleri luciferase, a Gaussia luciferase or a Pleuromamma luciferase, or a fragment or derivative of said antibody containing the binding domain thereof.

68. The antibody of claim 67 which is a monoclonal antibody.

69. An antibody that immuno-specifically binds a Renilla green Fluorescent protein (GFP) or a Ptilocarpus GFP, or a fragment or derivative of paid antibody containing the binding domain thereof.

70. The antibody of claim 69, wherein the Renilla GFP is a Renilla reniformis, Renilla kollokeri or Renilla mulleri GFP.

71. The antibody of claim 69 which is a monoclonal antibody.

72. A nucleic acid construct, comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a luciferase and a nucleotide sequence encoding a green fluorescent protein (GFP).

73. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72, wherein the luciferase is a Renilla mulleri luciferase, a Gaussia luciferase or a Pleuromamma luciferase.

74. The nucleic acid construct of claim 73, wherein the Gaussia luciferase is a Gaussia princepes luciferase.

75. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72, wherein the luciferase is encoded by:
a sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 17, SECT ID No.
19, or SEQ ID No. 28;
a sequence of nucleotides encoding the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 18, SEQ ID No. 20 or SEQ ID No. 29; and a sequence of nucleotides that hybridizes under high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 17, SEQ ID No. 19 or SEQ
ID No. 28.

76. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72, wherein the GFP is a Renilla green fluorescent protein (GFP) or a Ptilocarpus GFP.

77. The nucleic acid construct of claim 76, wherein the Renilla GFP is a Renilla reniformis, Renilla kollokeri or Renilla mulleri GFP.

78. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72, wherein the GFP is encoded by:
a sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15, SEQ ID No.
30 or SEQ ID No. 31;
a sequence of nucleotides encoding the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID No. 16 or SEQ ID No. 32; and a sequence of nucleotides that hybridizes under high stringency to the sequence of nucleotides set forth in SEQ ID No. 15, SEQ ID No. 30 or SEQ
ID No. 31.

79. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72, wherein the luciferase and GFP are from Renilla.

80. The nucleic acid construct of claim 79, wherein the Renilla luciferase and GFP are from Renilla mulleri.

81. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72, wherein the nucleotide sequence encoding the luciferase and GFP are linked contiguously.

82. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72 which is DNA.

83. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72 which is RNA.

84. A plasmid, comprising the nucleic acid construct of claim 72.

85. The plasmid of claim 84, further comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding:
a promoter element;
a selectable marker;
wherein, the sequence of nucleotides encoding the luciferase and GFP is operatively linked to the promoter element, whereby a fusion protein of the luciferase and GFP is expressed.

86. A recombinant host cell, comprising the plasmid of claim 84.

87. The cell of claim 86, wherein the cell is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial cell, a yeast cell, a fungal cell, a plant cell, an insect cell and an animal cell.

88. An isolated substantially purified luciferase and GFP fusion protein.

89. The fusion protein of claim 88, wherein the luciferase and GFP are from Renilla.

90. The fusion protein of claim 89, wherein the Renilla luciferase and GFP are from Renilla mulleri.

91. A composition, comprising the fusion protein of claim 88.

92. The composition of claim 91, further comprising at least one component of a bioluminescence generating system.

93. The composition of claim 92, wherein the component of the bioluminescence generating system is luciferin.

94. The nucleic acid construct of claim 72, wherein the nucleotide sequence encoding the luciferase and GFP are not contiguous.

95. The nucleic acid construct of claim 94, comprising a sequence of nucleotides that encodes a ligand binding domain of a target protein.

96. A nucleic acid probe or primer, comprising at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 16 to 30 nucleotides, that are based an amino acids 51 to 68, 82 to 98 and 198 to 208 set forth in SEQ ID No. 16, amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ. ID No. 24, amino acids 9-20 set forth in SEQ ID No. 25 or amino acids 39-53 set forth in SEQ ID No. 27.

97. The probe or primer of claim 96, comprising a sequence of nucleic acids in SEQ ID No.15 that encodes the sequence of amino acids.

98. A method of isolating nucleic acid that encodes a Renilla green fluorescent protein (GFP), comprising:
screening a Renilla nucleic acid library with a probe or plurality of probes of claim 96; and identifying and isolating nucleic acid that encodes a GFP.

99. A method of isolating nucleic acid that encodes a Renilla green fluorescent protein (GFP), comprising:
amplifying nucleic acid in a Renilla nucleic acid library with a primer or plurality of primers of claim 96; and isolating the amplified nucleic acids, whereby nucleic acid encoding a GFP is identified and isolated.